Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C24000744_Camellia Court_TIR_Approved
SURFACE WATER UTILITY JFarah 05/06/2025 DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING yqi 05/15/2025 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT CAMELLIA COURT TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ...................................................................................................................... 4 Project Overview ......................................................................................................... 4 Predeveloped Site Conditions ..................................................................................... 4 Developed Site Conditions .......................................................................................... 4 King County Area, Washington .................................................................................. 14 Ur-urban land ......................................................................................................... 14 SECTION II ................................................................................................................... 15 Conditions and Requirements Summary ................................................................... 15 Conditions of Approval............................................................................................... 18 SECTION III .................................................................................................................. 21 Off-Site Analysis ........................................................................................................ 21 Task 1: Define and Map Study Area ...................................................................... 21 Task 2: Resource Review ...................................................................................... 22 Task 3: Field Inspection ......................................................................................... 31 Task 4: Drainage System Description and Problem Descriptions .......................... 32 Task 5: Mitigation of Existing or Potential Problems .............................................. 34 SECTION IV .................................................................................................................. 40 Flow Control Analysis and Water Quality Design ...................................................... 40 Existing Site Hydrology .......................................................................................... 40 Developed Site Hydrology ...................................................................................... 42 SECTION V ................................................................................................................... 44 Conveyance System Analysis and Design ................................................................ 44 SECTION VI .................................................................................................................. 45 Special Reports and Studies ..................................................................................... 45 SECTION VII ................................................................................................................. 46 Other Permits, Variances and Adjustments ............................................................... 46 SECTION VIII ................................................................................................................ 47 CSWPPP Analysis and Design (Part A) .................................................................... 47 SWPPP Plan Design (Part B) .................................................................................... 47 SECTION IX .................................................................................................................. 49 Bond Quantities, Facility Summaries, and Declaration of Covenant .......................... 49 SECTION X ................................................................................................................... 50 Operations and Maintenance Manual ........................................................................ 50 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington APPENDICES ............................................................................................................... 51 Appendix “A” Legal Description ................................................................................. 52 Appendix “B” WWHM Modeling Results .................................................................... 53 Appendix “C” Bond Quantity Worksheet .................................................................... 54 Appendix “D” Construction Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ........................... 55 Appendix “E” Declarations of Covenant Prohibiting Use of Leachable Metals........... 56 List of Figures Figure 1 TIR Worksheet .................................................................................................. 5 Figure 2 Vicinity Map ..................................................................................................... 11 Figure 3 Drainage Basins, Subbasins, and Site Characteristics ................................... 12 Figure 4 Soils ................................................................................................................ 13 Figure 5 City of Renton Topography Map ..................................................................... 23 Figure 6 City of Renton erosion Hazard Areas Map ...................................................... 24 Figure 7 City of Renton Flood Hazards Map ................................................................. 25 Figure 8 City of Renton Streams & Wetlands Map ........................................................ 26 Figure 9 City of Renton Landslide Hazards Map ........................................................... 27 Figure 10 City of Renton Seismic Hazard Areas Map ................................................... 28 Figure 11 FEMA Map .................................................................................................... 29 Figure 12 City of Renton Drainage Complaints Map ..................................................... 30 Figure 13 Offsite Analysis Downstream Map ................................................................ 35 Figure 14 Offsite Analysis Downstream Table .............................................................. 36 Figure 15 Predeveloped Area Map................................................................................ 41 Figure 16 Developed Area Map .................................................................................... 43 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 4 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION I PROJECT OVERVIEW The Project is the proposed development of three parcels with a 6-story, 72-unit residential building. The Project is located at 99, 101 & 107 Williams Ave S, Renton, Washington (Site) also known as Tax Parcel Numbers 0007200-0096, 723150-2130, and 723150-2125. The Project will meet the drainage requirements of the 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual (Manual) PREDEVELOPED SITE CONDITIONS The total existing Site area is approximately 17,262 s.f. (0.396 acres). The total Project area is 19,262 s.f. (0.439 acres), which includes the Site, the sidewalk area within Williams Avenue S ROW to be reconstructed and the proposed paving within the alley. The Site is currently developed with a single family home, a duplex, a multi-unit commercial building, concrete and gravel parking area, and landscaping. The Site is generally flat with a shallow grade to the west and is contained within one Threshold Discharge Area (TDA). Runoff from the Site generally leaves via sheet flow in one of three directions. Due to the flat slopes it is difficult to establish the exact extents of the areas which drain to the three natural discharge locations. The first natural discharge location is the western property line along the alley. Runoff here is collected by the storm drain system in the alley and conveyed north. The second natural discharge location is along the south property line along the alley Runnoff here is collected by catch basins and conveyed east towards the storm main in Williams Ave S via pipe. The third natural discharge location is along the eastern project with runoff draining to the curb along Williams Ave S. This includes roof runoff from the southernmost building which discharges via pipe to the gutter. Gutter flow generally travels north to an existing offsite catch basin. Runoff from all NDAs converges within the ¼ mile and therefore the Site will be considered to be one TDA. Drainage basins and natural discharge locations for the Site are shown in Figure 3. The existing Site coverage is shown in Figure 15 DEVELOPED SITE CONDITIONS The applicant is seeking approval to develop three parcels totalling 0.396 acres into a 6- story, 72-unit residential building (Project). All existing improvements located on the Site will be demolished or removed during construction. The project is required to meet the City’s Peak Rate Flow Control Standard (Existing Conditions) and Enhanced Basic Water Quality treatment. This standard matches the developed Site peak flow rates to the peak flow rates of existing conditions. The proposed impervious surface areas are as follows: roof area of the proposed building, sidewalk, curb and gutter along Williams Ave S and paving along alley. The Project will generate approximately 18,976 s.f. of impervious area (0.436 acres). Total new and replaced pollution generating surfaces (PGIS) will be below the 5,000 s.f. threshold for requiring water quality treatment. The Project will result in less than a 0.15 CFS increase in the 100-year peak flow rate when compared to the existing conditions, so no flow control facility will be required. Proposed Site cover and surfaces are show in Figure 16, Developed Site Conditions. (See Section IV). 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 5 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 1 TIR WORKSHEET TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET Part 1 PROJECT OWNER AND PROJECT ENGINEER Part 2 PROJECT LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION Project Owner: Leon Cohen Phone: (206) 714-8237 Address: 9219 SE 33rd PL Mercer Island, WA 98040 Project Engineer: Jonathan S. Murray, P.E. Company: D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Phone: (425) 827-3063 Project Name: Camellia Court CED Permit#: C24-000744 Location: Township: 23 North Range: 05 East Section: 17 Site Address: 99, 101, 107 Williams Ave S, Renton, WA 98057 Part 3 TYPE OF PERMIT APPLICATION Part 4 OTHER REVIEWS AND PERMITS Land Use (e.g. Subdivision/ Short Subd) Building (e.g. M/F / Commercial / SFR) Grading Right-of-Way Use Other: ________________________ DFW HPA Shoreline Management COE CWA 404 Structural Rockery/Vault/___ ECY Dam Safety DOE Dam Safety ESA Section 7 FEMA Floodplain COE Wetlands Other: ________________________ Part 5 PLAN AND REPORT INFORMATION Technical Information Report Site Improvement Plan (Engr. Plans) Type of Drainage Review (check one): Date (include revision Dates): Date of Final: Full Targeted Simplified Large Project Directed _2/15/2024,_11/21/2024 __________________ _3/18/2025__________ Plan Type (check one): Date (include revision Dates): Date of Final: Full Modified Simplified 2/27/2024,_11/21/2024 ________________ __3/18/2025_______ 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 6 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington Part 6 ADJUSTMENT APPROVALS Type (circle one): Standard / Blanket Description: (include conditions in TIR Section 2) _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ Approved Adjustment No. ______________________ Date of Approval:_______________________ Part 7 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS Monitoring Required: (Yes)/ No Start Date: ______TBD________ Completion Date __________________ Describe: __________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ Re: KCSWDM Adjustment No.___________ Part 8 SITE COMMUNITY AND DRAINAGE BASIN Community Plan: _________________________________ Special District Overlays:_N/A________________________________ Drainage Basin:_ Lower Cedar River/Cedar Main Urban Sub Basin_______ Stormwater Requirements: Peak Rate Flow Control Standard (Matching Existing Conditions) and Enhanced Basic WQ Treatment Part 9 ONSITE AND ADJACENT SENSITIVE AREAS River/ Stream_______________________ Lake ______________________________ Wetlands___________________________ Closed Depression___________________ Floodplain__________________________ Other Aquifer Protection Area (Zone 1) Steep Slope____________________ Erosion Hazard__________________ Landslide Hazard________________ Coal Mine Hazard________________ Seismic Hazard__________________ Habitat Protection________________ ________________________________ 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 7 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington Part 10 SOILS Soil Type _______Ur________ _________________ _________________ _________________ Slopes ______8-15%______ _________________ _________________ _________________ Erosion Potential _Moderate to Severe _________________ _________________ _________________ High Groundwater Table (within 5 feet) Sole Source Aquifer other __________________________ Seeps/Springs Additional Sheets Attached Part 11 DRAINAGE DESIGN LIMITATIONS REFERENCE Core 2 –Offsite Analysis Sensitive / Critical Areas SEPA Aquifer Protection Area LIMITATION / SITE CONSTRAINT ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ Additional Sheet Attached Part 12 TIR SUMMARY SHEET (provide one TIR Summary Sheet per Threshold Discharge Area) Threshold Discharge Area: Site comprised of one TDA (name or description) Core Requirements (all 8 apply) Discharge of Natural Location Number of Natural Discharge Locations: 2 Offsite Analysis Level: 1 / 2 / 3 dated:________________ Flow Control (incl. facility Level: 1 / 2 / 3 or Exemption Number________ summary sheet) Conveyance System Spill containment located at: TBD__________________ Erosion and Sediment Control/ ESC Site Supervisor:_ TBD____________________ Construction Stormwater Contact Phone:______TBD____________________ Pollution Prevention After Hours Phone:_TBD_____________________ Maintenance and Operation Responsibility: Private / Public If Private, Maintenance Log Required: Yes / No Financial Guarantees and Provided: Yes / No Liability 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 8 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington Part 12 TIR SUMMARY SHEET (provide one TIR Summary Sheet per Threshold Discharge Area) Water Quality Type: Basic / Sens. Lake / Enhanced Basic / Bog (include facility summary sheet) or Exemption No. _____________________ On-Site BMPS Describe: None Feasible for Impervious. Special Requirements (as applicable) Area Specific Drainage Type: CDA / SDO / MDP / BP / LMP / Shared Fac. / None Requirements Name:_____________________________________ Floodplain/Floodway Delineation Type: Major / Minor / Exemption / None 100-year Base Flood Elevation (or range):_______ Datum: Flood Protection Facilities Describe: N/A Source Control Describe Landuse: M/F Residential (comm. / industrial landuse) Describe any structural controls: N/A Oil Control High-use Site: Yes / No Treatment BMP: ________________________ Maintenance Agreement: Yes / No with whom?_______________________________ Other Drainage Structures Describe: 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 9 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington Part 13 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL REQUIREMENTS MINIMUM ESC REQUIREMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION Clearing Limits Cover Measures Perimeter Protection Traffic Area Stabilization Sediment Retention Surface Water Collection Dewatering Control Dust control Flow Control Control Pollutants Protect Existing and Proposed BMPs/Facilities Maintain Protective BMPs/ Manage Project MINIMUM ESC REQUIREMENTS AFTER CONSTRUCTION Stabilize Exposed Surfaces Remove and Restore Temporary ESC Facilities Clean and Remove All Silt and Debris, Ensure Operations of Permanent Facilities, restore operation of Flow Control BMP Facilities as necessary Flag limits of SAO and open space preservation areas Other __________________________ Part 14 STORMWATER FACILITY DESCRIPTIONS (Note: Include Facility Summary and Sketch Flow Control Description Water Quality Description On-Site BMPs Description Detention Infiltration Regional Facility Shared Facility Other _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ Vegetated Flowpath Wetpool Filtration Oil Control Spill Control Other _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ Full Dispersion Full Infiltration Limited Infiltration Rain Garden Bioretention Permeable Pavements Basic Dispersion Soil Amendment Perforated Pipe Connection Other _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 11 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 2 VICINITY MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 12 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 3 DRAINAGE BASINS, SUBBASINS, AND SITE CHARACTERISTICS 0 GRAPHIC SCALE 15 30 45 1 INCH = 30 FT. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 13 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 4 SOILS 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 14 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington KING COUNTY AREA, WASHINGTON UR-URBAN LAND Map Unit Setting • Urban land: 100 percent • Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Urban Land Interpretive groups • Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified • Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 8 • Hydric soil rating: No 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 15 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION II CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY The Project must comply with the following Core and Special Requirements: • C.R. #1 – Discharge at the Natural Location: Existing drainage discharges from Site at three locations but converges within ¼ mile from the Site, indicating it’s contained within one TDA. Developed discharge from the project will be directed south to an existing catch basin within the alley. • C.R. #2 – Offsite Analysis: Analysis is included in Section III. The Analysis describes the Site’s runoff patterns in detail. • C.R. #3 – Flow Control: The Project is required to meet the City’s Peak Rate Flow Control Standard (Existing Conditions). The Site is required to “match the developed peak discharge rates to existing site conditions peak discharge rates for 2-, 10-, and 100-year return periods,” (2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual, Sec. 1.2.3.1). The Project will result in less than an 0.15 CFS increase in the 100-year peak flow and therefore qualifies for an exception from providing a flow control facility. • C.R. #4 – Conveyance System: New pipe systems are required to be designed with sufficient capacity to convey and contain (at minimum) the 25-year peak flow, assuming developed conditions for onsite tributary areas and existing conditions for any offsite tributary areas. Pipe system structures may overtop for runoff events that exceed the 25-year design capacity, provided the overflow from a 100-year runoff event does not create or aggravate a “severe flooding problem” or “severe erosion problem” as defined in C.R. #2. Any overflow occurring onsite for runoff events up to and including the 100-year event must discharge at the natural location for the project site. • C.R. #5 – Erosion and Sediment Control: The Project will provide the seven minimum ESC measures. An erosion and sedimentation control plan is included as a part of the engineering construction plan set. • C.R. #6 – Maintenance and Operations: Maintenance of the proposed storm drainage facilities will be the responsibility of the City. An Operation and Maintenance Manual is provided in Section X. • C.R. #7 – Financial Guarantees: Prior to commencing construction, the Applicant must post a drainage facilities restoration and site stabilization financial guarantee. For any constructed or modified drainage facilities to be maintained and operated by the City, the Applicant must: 1) Post a drainage defect and maintenance financial guarantee for a period of two years, and 2) Maintain the drainage facilities during the two-year period following posting of the drainage defect and maintenance financial guarantee. • C.R. #8 – Water Quality: The Project is exempt from providing water quality treatment due to creating less than 5,000 s.f. of new plus replaced pollution generating surfaces. Total new plus replaced pavement will be less than 5,000 s.f.. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 16 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington The building roof will be greater than 5,000 s.f., but it will be constructed without the use of leachable metals. A declaration of convenant prohbititing the use of leachable metals will be recorded on the property. • C.R. #9 – On-Site BMPs: The Project is required to provide on-site BMPs to mitigate the impacts of storm and surface water runoff. Small lot BMPs were determined by the BMP requirements outlined in Section 1.2.9.2.1 of the CORSWDM. As required by the CORSWDM, small lot BMP requirements were analyzed in the order of preference listed in section 1.2.9.2.1. 1. Full Dispersion: There is an insufficient amount of native growth in order to utilize full dispersion. The lack of required undisturbed area and flowpath lengths means that full dispersion is infeasible for this Project. 2. Full Infiltration: Infiltration based BMPS are prohibited within Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area. 3. All target surfaces not mitigated by requirements 1 and 2 above must be mitigation to the maximum extent feasible using one or more of the following BMPs • Limited Infiltration: Infiltration based BMPS are prohibited within Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area. • Rain Gardens: Infiltration based BMPS are prohibited within Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area. • Bioretention: Infiltration based BMPS are prohibited within Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area. • Permeable Pavement: Infiltration based BMPS are prohibited within Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area. 4. Basic Dispersion: Due to the site layout and coverage for this Project, there is no area available for a flowpath that will meet the requirements of the manual for basic dispersion. BMPS must be implemented at a minimum of 20% for lots between 11,000 and 22,000 square feet. For Projects located in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area these impervious area amounts must be doubled. For this Project the requirement would be 6,575 s.f. Since the BMPS from requirements 1, 2, 3 and 4 above are not feasible the project will implement one or more of the following BMPs to the maximum extent feasible. • Reduced Impervious Surface Credit: Each of the various methods of reduced impervious surface credit are not feasible for this Project. Restricted footprint is not feasible as the proposed building footprint will exceed 4,000 s.f., Wheel strip driveway is not feasible as the project proposes no surface level driveways. Minimum disturbance foundations are not applicable for the foundation requirements of the proposed building in addition to the need for underground parking. Open grid decking over pervious surfaces is not feasible because there are no proposed pervious surfaces. • Native Growth Retention Credit: There is no existing native vegetated surfaces on the Site. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 17 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington • Tree Retention Credit: The Project is not proposing to retain any trees within the Site but will retain two trees along the project frontage. Per the CORSWDM, a perforated stub out connection is required for a project that proposes the connection of roof downspouts to the local drainage system. However, there is no available locations for a perforated stub out connection which will meet the setback requirements. Soil Amendment: “Soil Amendment” per the City of Renton’s requirements must be applied to all disturbed pervious areas on Site. • S.R. #1 – Other Adopted Area-Specific Requirements: Not applicable for this Project. • S.R. #2 – Flood Hazard Area Delineation: Not applicable for this Project. • S.R. #3 – Flood Protection Facilities: Not applicable for this Project. • S.R. #4 – Source Control: Not applicable for this Project. • S.R. #5 – Oil Control: Not applicable for this Project. • S.R. #6 – Aquifer Protection Area: Site is located within Aquifer Protection Zone 1. No infiltration is proposed as a part of this Project. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 18 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL 1. The Applicant shall comply with the mitigation measures issued as part of the Determination of Non- Significance Mitigated, dated December 18, 2023. 1. The project shall comply with the recommendations of the geotechnical report, prepared by Geotech Consultants, dated May 24, 2022, and any updated report(s) associated with the building and construction permits to ensure compliance with the intent of the initial reports. 2. The Applicant’ s geotechnical engineer shall review the project’ s construction and building permit plans to verify compliance with the geotechnical reports. The geotechnical engineer shall submit a sealed letter stating that they reviewed the construction and building permits and in their opinion the plans and specifications meet the intent of the reports. 3. The Applicant shall complete an archaeological survey by a qualified professional on the site prior to ground disturbing activities and an Inadvertent Discoveries Plan prepared by a qualified professional. A report identifying the results and any needed next steps shall be submitted with the Inadvertent Discoveries Plan at the time of the civil construction permit application for review and approval by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to permit issuance. Ground disturbing activities include but are not limited to geotechnical testing, concrete removal, utility removal and replacement, and building excavation. Notice shall be provided to Concerned Tribes to have a tribal monitor on-site if archaeological work or monitoring is performed. 2. The Applicant shall submit revised building designs with the building permit application showing a 12- foot ( 12’) finished floor – to- ceiling height for the ground floor residential amenity and lobby spaces. 3. The Applicant shall complete a lot line adjustment to eliminate the interior lot lines. The adjustment shall be recorded prior to temporary certificate of occupancy. 4. The Applicant shall submit revised landscape plans with the construction permit application showing newly planted street tree species chosen from the City of Renton Approved Tree List Spacing Guidelines with tree grates complying with city specifications. The revised plans shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to construction permit issuance. 5. The Applicant shall make payment into the City’ s Urban Forestry Program fun in an amount of money approximating the current market value of the replacement trees and the labor to install them. The City shall determine the value of replacement trees. Payment shall be made prior to temporary certificate of occupancy. 6. The Applicant shall submit a separate detailed plan set identifying the location and screening provided for all surface and roof top utility/ mechanical equipment with the building permit application. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 7. The Applicant shall submit a surface mounted utility plan that includes cross-section details with the civil construction permit application. The Applicant shall work with franchise utilities to ensure, as practical, utility boxes do not obstruct or displace pedestrian areas. The plan shall provide and identify screening measures consistent with the overall design of the 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 19 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington development. The surface mounted utility plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to civil construction permit approval. 8. The Applicant shall provide revised drawings showing the location of provided bicycle stalls and identifying how the stalls will meet applicable standards in RMC 4 -4-080F11. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 9. The Applicant shall submit revised floor plan drawings identifying how each unit meets the storage standards of RMC 4-4-155 with the building permit application. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 10. The Applicant shall submit revised floor plan drawings identifying how each unit is meeting the kitchen standards of RMC 4-4-155 with the building permit application. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 11. The Applicant shall submit revised drawings showing the southern façade at the ground floor level with similar façade treatments as the front façade, such as glazing and sconce lighting, or as determined by the Current Planning Project Manager at the time of building permit application. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 12. The Applicant shall submit material samples of the ground floor exterior cladding with the building permit application. The materials shall be brick or material equivalent. The size of the brick units shall be the size and scale of typical bricks, such as the neighboring Merrill Gardens building addition to the south or as otherwise determined by the Current Planning Project Manager. The material shall be approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit issuance. 13. The Applicant shall submit revised drawings which include enhancement techniques such as texturing, reveals and/or coloring with a concrete coating or admixture on the western and northern facades. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 14. The Applicant shall maintain visual accessibility along the ground level during typical business and daytime hours. Between the hours of 8 A.M. and 7 P.M. storefront windows shall not be covered with blinds or other visual obstructions. 15. The Applicant shall submit revised elevations with the building permit application which provides pedestrian scale lighting through sconces on the building façade at the entrance with down lighting provided within the recessed area and from the associated entrance awning. The additional lighting shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 16. The Applicant shall submit revised elevations with the building permit application that provides additional sconce lighting along the southern façade at intervals between the conditioned windows. The additional lighting shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 17. The Applicant shall submit revised elevations with the building permit application that provides additional downlighting within the entirety of the front façade awnings. The additional lighting shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 20 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington 18. The Applicant shall provide revised landscaping plans with the building permit application that provides native vegetation to the greatest extent possible and additional vegetation beyond what is currently proposed at the second level on the eastern and southern façade. Vegetation shall be visible to the public through visibility means such as plant height, horizontally climbing plants along the façade, hanging vegetation, and/ or other options as proposed by the Applicant. Native vegetation shall be used to the greatest extent possible. A narrative shall be provided from a Washington licensed landscape architect identifying why native vegetation could not be used in specific instances, why vegetation has been chosen for the specific area and what measures need to be incorporated to ensure the long- term health and survival of the landscaping. An updated arborist report shall identify measures needed to ensure the long -term health and viability for the planted trees. Plans shall identify how vegetation will be irrigated. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit approval. 19. The Applicant shall submit revised drawings with the building permit application which shows all dwelling units with a minimum habitable space area calculated using the habitable space definition in RMC 4-4-155C plus the area of a second bathroom. Additionally, the credit for the portions of square footage for utility space and storage space that is greater than the minimum required may also be included in the habitable space calculation. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager prior to building permit issuance. 20. The Applicant shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Current Planning Project Manager that proposed lighting conforms to the requirements of RMC 4-4-075E. The Manager may require a lighting plan if necessary to make this determination. 21. If not done so already, the loading and delivery areas shall be separated from parking and pedestrian areas as required by RMC 4-9-200(E)(3)(d)(iii). 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 21 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION III OFF-SITE ANALYSIS LEVEL ONE DOWNSTREAM ANALYSIS DISCLAIMER: This report was prepared at the request of Leon Cohen for the 0.396 acre parcels known as a portion of the Northwest Quarter of Section 17, Township 23 North, Range 5 East, W.M., in King County, Tax Parcel Numbers 0007200-0096, 723150-2130, and 723150-2125 (Site). D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. (DRS) has prepared this report for the exclusive use of DRS, the owner, and their agents, for specific application to the development project as described herein. Use or reliance on this report, or any of its contents for any revisions of this project, or any other project, or by others not described above, is forbidden without the expressed permission by DRS. TASK 1: DEFINE AND MAP STUDY AREA This Offsite Analysis was prepared in accordance with Core Requirement #2, Section 1.2.2 of the 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual (Manual). The Site is located at 99, 101, & 107 Williams Ave S, Renton, Washington. The Project is the development of three parcel into a 6-story, 72-unit residential building. See Figures 2 through 13 for maps of the study area. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 22 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington TASK 2: RESOURCE REVIEW • Adopted Basin Plans: King County Department of Permitting and Environmental Review (DPER) and Department of Natural Resources and Parks (DNRP) Lower Cedar River Basin Plan Summary • Finalized Drainage Studies: No available applicable drainage studies at this time. • Basin Reconnaissance Summary Reports: Cedar River Current and Future Conditions Report (April 1993). • Comprehensive Plans: Renton’s Comprehensive Plan, adopted on June 22, 2015, effective July 1, 2015. • Floodplain/Floodway (FEMA) Map: The Site is not located within the 100-year floodplain but is located within the 500-year “Other Flood Area, Zone X” area, See Figure 11. • Other Offsite Analysis Reports: N/A • Sensitive Areas Map Folios: See Figures 6-10. • DNRP Drainage Complaints and Studies: Per King County Water and Land Resources Division, there were no complaints within the downstream paths, within approximately one mile from the Site within the last 10 years. See Figure 12. • USDA King County Soils Survey: See Figure 4 • Wetlands Inventory: Vol. 2 East (1990) – No wetlands identified along the downstream paths in the KC Wetlands Inventory. The City of Renton Mapping Applications indicates there are also no wetlands along the downstream path. See Figure 8. • Migrating River Studies: The Site is not located near the channel migration zones of Cedar River, Tolt River, Raging River, Snoqualmie River, or Green River. • King County Designated Water Quality Problems: Per the Washington State Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report current as of 2012, the reach of the Cedar River will outlet to has three category 5 listings, one category 2 listing, and three category 5 listings. • King County Designated Water Quality Problems: Per the Washington State Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report current as of 2012, there are no water quality problems within 1 mile downstream of the Site. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 23 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 5 CITY OF RENTON TOPOGRAPHY MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 24 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 6 CITY OF RENTON EROSION HAZARD AREAS MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 25 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 7 CITY OF RENTON FLOOD HAZARDS MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 26 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 8 CITY OF RENTON STREAMS & WETLANDS MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 27 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 9 CITY OF RENTON LANDSLIDE HAZARDS MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 28 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 10 CITY OF RENTON SEISMIC HAZARD AREAS MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 29 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 11 FEMA MAP Site (Approximate) 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 30 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 12 CITY OF RENTON DRAINAGE COMPLAINTS MAP Site 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 31 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington TASK 3: FIELD INSPECTION UPSTREAM TRIBUTARY AREA Upon evaluation of the upstream area through examining COR topographic map (see Figure 5) and by conducting field reconnaissance on January 24, 2023, the upstream tributary area for the Site is considered negligible. The parcels to the north sheet flow to the conveyance system on the alley to the west and the parcel to the south appears to be directly piped to the conveyance system on the alley south of the site GENERAL ONSITE AND OFFSITE DRAINAGE DESCRIPTIONS The Site is contained within one Threshold Discharge Area (TDA). Runoff from the Site generally leaves via sheet flow in one of three directions. The first natural discharge location is the western property line along the alley. Runoff here is collected by the storm drain system in the alley and conveyed north. The second natural discharge location is along the south property line along the alley. Runoff here is collected by catch basins and conveyed east towards the storm main in Williams Ave S via pipe. The third natural discharge location is along the eastern project with runoff draining to the curb along Williams Ave S. This includes roof runoff from the southernmost building which discharges via pipe to the gutter. Gutter flow generally travels north to an existing offsite catch basin. Runoff from NDA 1, and NDAs 2 and 3 converges on S Tillicum St and Williams Ave S flowing in a northerly direction before reaching its outfall. A 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 32 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington TASK 4: DRAINAGE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND PROBLEM DESCRIPTIONS DRAINAGE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The downstream analysis is further illustrated and detailed in the Downstream Map Figure 13 and Downstream Table Figure 14. The drainage area is located within the Lower Cedar River. The drainage area was evaluated by reviewing available resources described in Task 2, and by conducting a field reconnaissance on January 1, 2023 under overcast conditions. DOWNSTREAM PATH 1 “NDL 1” is the natural discharge location for NDA 1. It is located along the western property line of the northern portion of the Site. No concentrated flow was observed. Point “A1”, is a Type 1 catch basin collecting sheet flow runoff from NDA 1. From Point “A1” to Point “A2”, runoff is conveyed in a northerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” diameter PVC pipe (±0’-±222’) Point “A2”, is a Type 1 catch basin. (±222’) From Point “A2” to Point “A3”, runoff is conveyed in a northerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” PVC pipe. Moderate flow was observed (±222’-376’). Point “A3” is a Type 1 catch basin. (±376’) From Point “A3” to Point “A4”, runoff is conveyed westerly as pipe flow via 12” RCP. Did not observed (±376’-487’). Point “A4” is a Type 1 catch basin. (±487’) From Point “A4 to Point “A5” runoff is conveyed westerly as pipe flow via a 12” RCP. Did not observed. (±487-±516’) Point “A5” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole. (±516’) From Point “A5” to Point “A6”, runoff is conveyed northerly as pipe flow via a 8” RCP. Did not observed. (±587’-±609’) Point “A6” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole. (±609’) From Point “A6” to Point “A7”, runoff is conveyed in a northerly direction as pipe flow via 8” RCP. Did not observed. (±609’-±650’) Point “A7” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole. (±650’) From Point “A7” to Point “A8”, runoff is conveyed in an easterly direction as pipe flow via an 8” RCP. Did not observed. (±650’-±791’) Point “A8” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole. (±791’) From Point “A8” to Point “A9”, runoff is conveyed in a easterly direction as pipe flow via an 8” RCP. Did not observed (±791’-±929’). Point “A9” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole and the convergence point for the runoff from NDA 1 and NDA 2. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 33 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington From Point “A9” to Point “A10”, runoff is conveyed in a northerly direction as pipe flow via a 12” RCP. Did not observed (±929’-±1,017’). Point “A10” is the outfall to Cedar River. Cedar River flows west. DOWNSTREAM PATH 2 “NDL 2” is the natural discharge location for NDA 2. It is located along the southern property line in the southern portion of the Site Point “B1” is a Type 1 catch basin. The collected roof runoff from the commercial building appears to be piped directly to this catch basin. From Point “B1” to Point “B2”, runoff continues in a westerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” DI pipe. No concentrated flow was observed (±0’-±67’) Point “B2” is a Type 1 catch basin. (±67’) From Point “B2” to Point “B3,” runoff continues in a westerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” DI pipe. (±67’-±118’) Point “B3” is a Type 1 catch basin. (±118’) From Point “B3” to Point “B4”, runoff continues in a northerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” RCP. Did not observed. (±118’-±176’) Point “B4” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole. (±176’) From Point “B4” to Point “B5”, runoff continues in a northerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” RCP. Did not observed. (±176’-±326’) Point “B5” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole. (±326’) Point “B5A” is a Type 1 catch basin which is the NDL for NDA 3. (±0-±33’) From Point “B5” to Point “B6”, runoff continues in a northerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” RCP. Did not observed. (±326’-±683’) Point “B6” is a Type 1 catch basin. (±683’) From Point “B6” to Point “A9”, runoff continues in a northerly direction as pipe flow via an 8” RCP. Did not observed. (±683-±735’) Point “A9” is a Type 2 catch basin manhole and the convergence point for the runoff for all NDAs From Point “A9” to Point “A10”, runoff is conveyed in a northerly direction as pipe flow via a 12” RCP. Did not observed (±735’-±823’). Point “A10” is the outfall to the Cedar River. The Cedar River flows northwest and eventually empties into Lake Washington. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 34 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington TASK 5: MITIGATION OF EXISTING OR POTENTIAL PROBLEMS A review of the King County Water and Land Resources Division – Drainage Services Section Documented Drainage Complaints within one mile of the downstream flow paths has not shown any complaints within the last ten years. The project should not create any problems as specified in Section 1.2.2.1 of the Manual and therefore is not required to provide Drainage Problem Impact Mitigation subject to the requirements of Section 1.2.2.2. During construction, standard sediment and erosion control methods will be utilized. This will include the use of a stabilized construction entrance, perimeter silt fencing, and other necessary measures to minimize soil erosion during construction. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 35 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 13 OFFSITE ANALYSIS DOWNSTREAM MAP GRAPHIC SCALE 0 40 80 160 1 INCH = 80 FT. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 36 Camellia Court Level One Downstream Analysis Renton, Washington FIGURE 14 OFFSITE ANALYSIS DOWNSTREAM TABLE DOWNSTREAM PATH 1 NDA 1 Symbol Drainage Component Type, Name, and Size Drainage Component Description Slope Distance From site Discharge Existing Problems Potential Problems Observations of field inspector resource reviewer, or resident See map Type: sheet flow, swale, Stream, channel, pipe, Pond; Size: diameter Surface area drainage basin, vegetation, cover, depth, type of sensitive area, volume % 1/4 mile = 1,320 feet Constrictions, under capacity, ponding, overtopping, flooding, habitat or organism destruction, scouring, bank sloughing, sedimentation, incision, other erosion Tributary area, likelihood of problem, overflow pathways, potential impacts. NDL 1 Natural discharge location for NDA 1 Runoff exits as sheet flow along the western property line of the northern portion of the Site. None Observed None Anticipated No concentrated flow observed A1 Type 1 CB (Catch Basin) None observed None anticipated Moderate flow observed A1-A2 Northerly pipe flow 8” PVC pipe ±0’-±222’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A2 Type 1 CB ±222 None Observed None Anticipated Moderate flow observed A2-A3 Northerly pipe flow 8” PVC pipe –222’-±376’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A3 Type 1 CB ±376’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A3-A4 Westerly pipe flow 12” RCP (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) ±376’-±487’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A4 Type 1 CB ±487’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A4-A5 Westerly pipe flow 12” diameter RCP. ±487’-±516’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A5 Type 2 CB manhole ±516’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 37 Camellia Court Level One Downstream Analysis Renton, Washington A5-A6 Northerly Pipe flow 8” RCP ±587’-±609 None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A6 Type 2 CB manhole ±609’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A6-A7 Northerly pipe flow 8” RCP ±609’-±650’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A7 Type 2 CB manhole ±650’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A7-A8 Easterly pipe flow 8” RCP ±650’-±791’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A8 Type 2 CB manhole ±791’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A8-A9 Easterly pipe flow 8” RCP ±791’-±929’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A9 Convergence point for the runoff from NDA 1 and NDA 2 Type 2 CB manhole ±929’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A9-A10 Northerly pipe flow 12” RCP ±929’- ±1,017’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A10 Cedar River pipe outfall ±1,017’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 38 Camellia Court Level One Downstream Analysis Renton, Washington DOWNSTREAM PATH 2 NDA 2 Symbol Drainage Component Type, Name, and Size Drainage Component Description Slope Distance From site Discharge Existing Problems Potential Problems Observations of field inspector resource reviewer, or resident See map Type: sheet flow, swale, Stream, channel, pipe, Pond; Size: diameter Surface area drainage basin, vegetation, cover, depth, type of sensitive area, volume % 1/4 mile = 1,320 feet Constrictions, under capacity, ponding, overtopping, flooding, habitat or organism destruction, scouring, bank sloughing, sedimentation, incision, other erosion Tributary area, likelihood of problem, overflow pathways, potential impacts. NDL 2 Natural discharge location for NDA 2 Located along the southern property line in the southern portion of the Site. None Observed None Anticipated No concentrated flow observed B1 Collected roof runoff appears to be piped directly to this CB. Type 1 CB (Catch Basin) ±0 None Observed None Anticipated No concentrated flow observed B1-B2 Easterly pipe flow 8” DI pipe(Ductile Iron) ±0’-±67’ None Observed None Anticipated No concentrated flow observed B2 Type 1 CB ±67 None Observed None Anticipated Moderate flow observed B2-B3 Easterly pipe flow 8” DI pipe ±67’-±118” None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B3 Type 1 CB ±118’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B3-B4 Northerly pipe flow 8” RCP ±118’-±176’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B4 Type 2 CB manhole ±176’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B4-B5 Northerly pipe flow 8” RCP ±176’-±326’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B5 Type 2 CB manhole ±326’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B5A Type 1 CB ±0’-±33’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B5-B6 Northerly pipe flow 8” RCP ±326’-±683’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 39 Camellia Court Level One Downstream Analysis Renton, Washington B6 Type 1 CB ±683’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe B6-A9 Northerly pipe flow 8” RCP ±683’-±735’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A9-A10 Northerly pipe flow 12” RCP ±735’-±823’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe A10 Cedar River pipe outfall ±823’ None Observed None Anticipated Did not observe 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 40 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION IV FLOW CONTROL ANALYSIS AND WATER QUALITY DESIGN EXISTING SITE HYDROLOGY The total existing Site area is approximately 17,262 s.f. (0.396 acres). The total Project area is 19,262 s.f. (0.439 acres), which includes the Site, the sidewalk area within Williams Avenue S ROW to be reconstructed and the proposed paving within the alley. The Site is currently developed with a single family home, a duplex, a multi-unit commercial building, concrete and gravel parking area, and landscaping. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 41 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 15 PREDEVELOPED AREA MAP 0 GRAPHIC SCALE 15 30 45 1 INCH = 30 FT. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 42 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington DEVELOPED SITE HYDROLOGY The applicant is seeking approval to develop three parcels totalling 0.396 acres into a 6- story, 72-unit residential building (Project). The proposed impervious surface areas are as follows: roof area of the proposed building, sidewalk, curb and gutter along Williams Ave S and paving along alley. The Project will generate approximately 18,976 s.f. of impervious area (0.436 acres). The Project is required to meet the City’s Peak Rate Flow Control Standard (Existing Conditions). The Site is required to “match the developed peak discharge rates to existing site conditions peak discharge rates for 2-, 10-, and 100-year return periods,” (2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual, Sec. 1.2.3.1.A). However, the Project will result in less than an 0.15 CFS increase in the 100-year peak flow and therefore qualifies for an exception from providing a flow control facility. Existing 100-year peak runoff from the Site is 0.2123 CFS and the proposed 100-year peak runoff will be 0.3373 CFS, a difference of 0.1250 CFS. See appendix B for WWHM modeling results. Total new and replaced pollution generating surfaces (PGIS) will be 831 s.f., below the 5,000 s.f. threshold for requiring water quality treatment. The building roof will be greater than 5,000 s.f., but it will be constructed without the use of leachable metals. A declaration of convenant prohbititing the use of leachable metals will be recorded on the property. As such, the roof area will not be considered PGIS. See Section II CR#9 for discussion of flow control BMPs. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 43 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington FIGURE 16 DEVELOPED AREA MAP 0 GRAPHIC SCALE 15 30 45 1 INCH = 30 FT. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 44 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION V CONVEYANCE SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN Per Core Requirement #4 of the KCSWDM, the conveyance system must be analyzed and designed for the existing tributary and developed onsite runoff. Pipe systems shall be designed to convey the 25-year storm with a minimum of 6-inches of freeboard between the design water surface and structure grate. Any overflow from the 100-year design storm must not create or aggravate a severe flooding problem. No onsite conveyance system is proposed for the Project. Roof runoff will be collected internally to the building and discharged to an existing catch basin located in the alley south of the building. The conveyance capacity of this connection was analyzed using the 100-year peak flow, as calculated using WWHM, and Manning’s equation to calculate capacity in a pipe. Per the WWHM output for the developed site the 100-year peak flow rate will be 0.3373 CFS. The Manning’s Equation was used to estimate the capacity of the storm stub, which is an 8” PVC pipe at 2.00%. This pipe, is capable of conveying 2.05 cfs. This conveyance system is adequately sized to handle to the 100-year peak flow for the target surfaces. V = (k/n)*[(A/P)^(2/3)]*[S^(1/2)] V= 5.820833 ft/s Q = V * A Q= 2.052222 ft3/s k = unit conversion factor A = flow area of pipe P = wetted perimeter S = slope V= velocity in pipe Q = discharge rate n = mannings n = 0.011 pipe diameter = 0.67 ft P = pipe circumference = 2πr = 2.104865 ft k = 1.49 A = πr^2 = 0.352565 ft2 S = 0.02 ft/ft 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 45 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION VI SPECIAL REPORTS AND STUDIES The following report and studies are included with this submittal. Geotechnical Engineering Study: Geotech Consultants, Inc – May 24, 2022 May 24, 2022 JN 22149 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. Williams Avenue Ventures LLC 9219 Southeast 33rd Place Mercer Island, Washington98040 Attention: Leon Cohen via email: leon@leongcs.com Subject: Transmittal Letter – Geotechnical Engineering Study Proposed Camelia Court Apartment Building 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington Dear Mr. Cohen, Attached to this transmittal letter is our geotechnical engineering report for the proposed Camelia Court Apartment Building to be constructed in Renton. The scope of our services consisted of exploring site surface and subsurface conditions, and then developing this report to provide recommendations for general earthwork and design considerations for foundations, retaining walls, subsurface drainage, and temporary excavations and shoring. This work was authorized by your acceptance of our proposal, P-11138, dated March 25, 2022. The attached report contains a discussion of the study and our recommendations. Please contact us if there are any questions regarding this report, or for further assistance during the design and construction phases of this project. Respectfully submitted, GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. Marc R. McGinnis, P.E. Principal cc: Roger H. Newell Architect – Roger H. Newell via email: roger@rhnewellaia.com MKM/MRM:kg GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY Proposed Camelia Court Apartment Building 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington This report presents the findings and recommendations of our geotechnical engineering study for the site of the proposed Camelia Court Apartment building to be constructed in Renton. Development of the property is in the planning stage, and detailed plans were not available at the time of this study. The preliminary site plans provided to us were prepared by Roger H. Newell Architect, dated February 7, 2022. Based on these plans, and our discussions with Leon Cohen. We understand that a new, six story apartment building is proposed to be constructed at the subject property. The new building will be underlain by one story of underground parking, with a deep elevator pit. Additional parking will be available in the main floor. The remaining second through sixth floors will contain residential apartment units of varying square footage. A courtyard will be located atop the parking garage on the second floor in the western-central side of the building. Entrance to the parking garage will be from the western alley, and pedestrian access is proposed off the eastern street. No elevations have been proposed at this time, but we anticipate that excavations of at least 10 to 12 feet will be needed to reach the basement level foundations, with a deeper local excavation for the central elevator pit/building depending on its final design. Zero lot line setbacks are being proposed for the basement level parking garage on all four sides of the property. If the scope of the project changes from what we have described above, we should be provided with revised plans in order to determine if modifications to the recommendations and conclusions of this report are warranted. SITE CONDITIONS SURFACE The Vicinity Map, Plate 1, illustrates the general location of the site in the northern downtown area of Renton. The site is comprised of three contiguous parcels that form a rectangular-shaped lot with approximate dimensions of 150 feet in the north-south direction, and 115 feet in the east-west direction. The site is bordered to the north by a single-family parcel, to the east by Williams Avenue South, and to the south and west by an alleyway. Multi-story retirement living buildings lie both south and west of the alleyways. The grade across the three parcels is essentially flat, with only gentle declines within localized areas on each parcel. This is consistent with the topography in the surrounding area. The northern two parcels are developed with single-family residences located on the eastern sides of the lots. These residences are older in construction and are one to two stories in height. A one-story, commercial building is located on the southern parcel. Grass lawn and parking areas are set on the western half of he northern two lots, and on the western perimeter of the southern lot. The northern adjacent parcel is developed with a one-story residence that is underlain by a partial footprint basement. This residence appears to be set within 5 feet of the common property line at its closest. While streets and alleys line the remaining eastern, southern, and western sides of the property, newer multi story residential buildings are set south and west of the alley. The southern Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 2 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. building is six stories in height, and it does not appear that this structure is underlain by a basement. Based on the limited permitting information available online, it would appear that this six-story building was recently constructed in 2018-2019, as older Google Streets images indicate that this building was once a one-story commercial structure similar to the small building on our site’s southernmost lot. The building to the west of the site is five stories in height and appears to contain one level of below grade parking. West of Williams Avenue South is the Fulton Apartments (110 Williams Avenue South). Our firm provided geotechnical services during the construction of this building in 2002. This building is underlain by a basement. Many of the older single-family residences in this area, including the residences on the subject property and adjacent to the north, have undergone variable levels of post-construction settlement over their lifespans. These homes, which do not have strengthened, modern foundations have visible signs to excessive settlement in the form of cracked foundations, dips of moderate in the roof, and out of level building materials. Many of the on-grade structures in the vicinity also show signs of settlement related distress. Some small cracks could also be observed in the exposed walls of the western apartment building. SUBSURFACE The subsurface conditions on the site were explored advancing three Cone Penetration Tests (CPTs) at the approximate locations shown on the Site Exploration Plan, Plate 2. Our exploration program was based on the proposed construction, anticipated subsurface conditions and those encountered during exploration, and the scope of work outlined in our proposal. The Cone Penetration Tests were advanced using a large, truck push rig on May 9, 2022. The data from the CPTs have been used to characterize the subsurface conditions beneath the site using empirical relations obtained from sensors at the tip of the CPT sounding probe. The CPT logs are attached to the end of this report as Plates 3 through 5. Our firm also completed the geotechnical study, as well as observation of the shoring installation, excavation, and foundation construction for the Fulton Apartments located to the east of the site at 110 Williams Avenue South. As a part of this study, we reviewed the explorations conducted for that project. Apparently, it has not been possible to obtain from the City of Renton the explorations that were completed for the retirement living facilities to the west and south of the site. Soil Conditions The CPTs were advanced on the western side of the site, within the gravel parking areas. CPT-1 and CPT-2 were advanced near the northwest and southwest corners of the site, and CPT-3 was advanced in the approximate central-western edge of the site. Beneath the ground surface, loose alluvial silt and sand was revealed, containing scattered organic layers. This upper, loose soil layer continued to a depth of 10 to 16 feet, where medium-dense sand and gravel was revealed. This sand and gravel layer was observed to be highly variable in density, exhibiting a medium-dense and denser constancy in CPT-1 and CPT-2. The deepest looser surficial deposits were revealed in CPT-3, located in the center of the site, where medium-dense soils were not revealed until 16 feet. The medium-dense and denser alluvial sand and gravel continued to the base of the three CPTs at depths of 25 to 36 feet where refusal was met. Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 3 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. The site and surrounding vicinity of Downtown Renton are underlain by a variable layer of unconsolidated, alluvial soils, which are soils that were deposited by flowing water. The alluvium becomes very gravelly and coarse grained typically within 8 to 15 feet of the ground surface. Like most alluvial deposits, the soil beneath the site contains variable soil layers, containing large cobbles and boulders, and occasional organics. As evidenced in the CPTs, it is common to find looser layers within the more alluvial sand and gravel. These layers can be discontinuous and localized depending on the water flow velocities that occurred during the soil’s deposition. Generally similar soil conditions were encountered in our previous borings conducted for the Fulton Apartments to the west. The coarse-grained gravels were 8 to 12 feet below existing grade on the west side of that property, closest to the subject site. Obstructions in the form of cobbles were revealed by our explorations and can be observed by spikes in the CPT readings. These obstructions made advancing the cone rods excessively difficult and led to refusal in all three exploration locations. However, debris, buried utilities, and old foundation and slab elements are commonly encountered on sites that have had previous development. Cobbles and boulders are often found in soils that have been deposited by glaciers or fast-moving water. Groundwater Conditions Groundwater seepage was recorded at a depth of 16 feet in all three exploration locations. This groundwater table is determined by pore pressure measurements on the CPT probe, so can be somewhat inaccurate. However, based on our previous work on the adjacent Fulton Apartments site, we expect seasonal high groundwater to lie at 15 to 16 feet below the ground surface. It should be noted that groundwater levels vary seasonally with rainfall and other factors. We anticipate that groundwater could be found in more permeable soil layers. The stratification lines on the logs represent the approximate boundaries between soil types at the exploration locations. The actual transition between soil types may be gradual, and subsurface conditions can vary between exploration locations. The logs provide specific subsurface information only at the locations tested. The relative densities and moisture descriptions indicated on the CPT logs are empirical correlations based on the conditions observed with the sensory equipment during the explorations. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS GENERAL THIS SECTION CONTAINS A SUMMARY OF OUR STUDY AND FINDINGS FOR THE PURPOSES OF A GENERAL OVERVIEW ONLY. MORE SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS ARE CONTAINED IN THE REMAINDER OF THIS REPORT. ANY PARTY RELYING ON THIS REPORT SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE DOCUMENT. The explorations conducted for this study encountered alluvial silt, sand, and gravel, which is typical for this area of Renton. The surficial 10 to 16 feet of this soil is in a loose/soft state, and the alluvial Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 4 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. soils generally became medium-dense and coarse grained beneath depths of 10 to 14 feet in CPT-1 and CPT-2, and not until a depth of 16 feet in CPT-3. These medium-dense soils generally continued with depth, becoming medium-dense and denser in layers with depth. Current structures in the surrounding area that have been supported in typical conventional shallow foundation systems atop the surficial, looser alluvial soils can experience significant amounts of post-construction settlement due to consolidation of these loose soils over time. Furthermore, the soil in this area that is below the groundwater table is susceptible to liquefaction during a large seismic event. Considering the anticipated excavation depths of more than 10 feet, medium-dense sand and gravel should be encountered at, or close to, the base of much of the excavation, and a heavily reinforced mat foundation can be used for the support of the planned building. A mat foundation is essentially a heavily-reinforced, slab foundation that is intended to distribute the building loads, reduce the necessary bearing capacity, bridge over any excessively soft areas of soil or localized soil liquefaction (sand boils) and reduce the amount of differential settlement across the building. The mat foundation can be placed directly on top of the coarse-grained alluvium, after the excavated surface has been recompacted. Where loose/soft soils are encountered at the planned excavation level, they should be removed and be replaced with compacted granular soils. In wet conditions, this structural fill would likely need to consist of clean crushed rock, such as ballast rock, or 2 to 4-inch quarry spalls. This clean, open-graded rock can be easily placed and compacted without the need for vibratory compaction equipment. The construction budget should contain a contingency for the additional potential cost of overexcavation and replacement. The base of the excavation should be assessed by the project geotechnical engineer to assess whether or not unsuitable soils need to be removed and replaced with structural fill. Additional recommendations can be found in the Mat Foundations section of this report. If only a shallow excavation is proposed later in the design, or the anticipated building loads will be too great to spread out across a lightly loaded mat foundation, deep foundation systems will need to be used to support the new building. In this area, augercast concrete piles are typically used to accomplish this. Preliminary augercast pile recommendations are provided below, but we can provide further recommendations regarding this as the design progresses. Excavations of at least 10 feet are anticipated to be needed to reach the basement level parking garage across all four sides of the site. Based on the zero-lot line setbacks, the excavation depth, poor surficial soils, and the presence of nearby structures and roadways, we expect that excavation shoring will need to be utilized on all four sides of the excavation. For this project, the only appropriate shoring method will be to use a rigid, drilled soldier pile shoring system. Some of the adjacent structures, and the adjacent roadways and utilities rest on loose soils and appear to have undergone varying levels settlement in the past. The shoring design must consider the potential risk of causing additional settlement in these existing, at-risk structures. Due to the high variability in the site soils, and the need to limit shoring deflections, the shoring system should be designed as rigid to the point where little to no deflections are anticipated while the excavation is open during construction of the basement. The shoring system should also be designed with the consideration that overexcavations may need to occur in front of the shoring piles to expose competent medium- dense sand and gravel. Where overexcavation is attempted near the perimeter foundations, it will be necessary to excavate the unsuitable soils one-bucket width at a time, immediately backfilling each overexcavated section with compacted quarry spalls or ballast rock. Refer to the section entitled Temporary Shoring for more information regarding design and installation of the proposed shoring. Based on the soil encountered in our explorations, and from previous construction experience in the vicinity, the site soils should not be excavated at an inclination steeper than a 1.5:1 Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 5 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. (Horizontal:Vertical) extending continuously from top to bottom of a cut. Even at this relatively flat inclination, the loose, uncompressed alluvial soils have an elevated caving potential, and flatter inclinations may be needed where perched seepage, or caving occurs. Vertical excavations should not be attempted, and instability was encountered in temporary cut slopes attempted at a 1:1 (H:V) inclination for the Fulton Apartments project. Ecology blocks, or similar non-structural shoring, will not be sufficient to hold up the loose near-surface soils in vertical excavations. In general, unshored excavations should not extend beneath a 3:1 (H:V) line drawn extending downward from any adjacent foundation, utility, or right-of-way. We also anticipate that the deep excavation for the elevator pit will also need to be shored to prevent caving within the excavation. The adjacent older buildings, such as the house to the immediate north of the site, are likely supported on conventional foundations that bear on compressible soils. As a result, it is likely that they have undergone excessive settlement already. It will be important to determine the foundation design for the newer building to the south. There is always some risk associated with demolition and foundation construction near structures such as this. It is imperative that unshored excavations do not extend below a 3:1 (Horizontal:Vertical) imaginary bearing zone sloping downward from existing footings. Contractors working on the demolition and construction of the new rowhouses must be cautioned to avoid strong ground vibrations, which could cause additional settlement in the neighboring foundations. During demolition, strong pounding on the ground with the excavator, which is often used to break up debris and concrete, should not occur. Large equipment and vibratory compactors should not be used close to the property lines or during large fill compaction operations due to the potential for sustained vibrations to adversely affect the neighboring structures and utilities. Additionally, in order to protect yourselves from unsubstantiated damage claims from the adjacent owners, 1) the existing condition of the foundation should be documented before starting demolition, and 2) the footings should be monitored for vertical movement during the demolition, excavation, and construction process. These are common recommendations for projects located close to existing structures that may bear on loose soil and have already experienced excessive settlement. We can provide additional recommendations for documentation and monitoring of the adjacent structures, if desired. The loose/soft alluvial soils are highly variable in composition, are fine-grained and silty, and contain varying organics. Based on this, and the size of the building, the onsite soils should not be used for any structural fill application at this site, as they will not be able to be adequately compacted and will be in an elevated moisture state. Fill beneath foundations must consist of an angular, clean rock such as quarry spalls or ballast rock, and free-draining granular fill should be used behind backfilled walls. Infiltration or dispersion systems should also not be explored for feasibility at this project due to the presence of basement spaces on and around the site, the composition of the subsurface soils, and the lack of open space to install such a system. All collected stormwater runoff should be tightlined offsite to the appropriate facilities. The lowest floor slab elevation should be set at least 2 feet above the encountered groundwater seepage level, and should be higher than that if possible. This provides added protection against unexpected high groundwater levels causing seepage into the basement garage. Regardless, underslab drainage should be provided below the mat slab. This is redundant protection to prevent a build-up of groundwater beneath the mat foundation in the event of seasonal groundwater fluctuations, which could impart hydrostatic uplift pressures on the foundations. It is likely that deeper penetrations, such as an elevator pit, would need to be of watertight construction. The erosion control measures needed during the site development will depend heavily on the weather conditions that are encountered. We anticipate that a silt fence will be needed around the downslope sides of any cleared areas. The need for a silt fence will be eliminated as soon as the Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 6 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. excavation is below the surrounding grade. Existing pavements, ground cover, and landscaping should be left in place wherever possible to minimize the amount of exposed soil. Rocked staging areas and construction access roads should be provided to reduce the amount of soil or mud carried off the property by trucks and equipment. Trucks should not be allowed to drive off of the rock-covered areas. Cut slopes and soil stockpiles should be covered with plastic during wet weather. Onsite water containment, such as a Baker Tank, or specialty discharge permits may be needed to contain onsite water that accumulates within the excavation. Following clearing or rough grading, it may be necessary to mulch or hydroseed bare areas that will not be immediately covered with landscaping or an impervious surface. On most construction projects, it is necessary to periodically maintain or modify temporary erosion control measures to address specific site and weather conditions. The drainage and/or waterproofing recommendations presented in this report are intended only to prevent active seepage from flowing through concrete walls or slabs. Even in the absence of active seepage into and beneath structures, water vapor can migrate through walls, slabs, and floors from the surrounding soil, and can even be transmitted from slabs and foundation walls due to the concrete curing process. Water vapor also results from occupant uses, such as cooking, cleaning, and bathing. Excessive water vapor trapped within structures can result in a variety of undesirable conditions, including, but not limited to, moisture problems with flooring systems, excessively moist air within occupied areas, and the growth of molds, fungi, and other biological organisms that may be harmful to the health of the occupants. The designer or architect must consider the potential vapor sources and likely occupant uses, and provide sufficient ventilation, either passive or mechanical, to prevent a build up of excessive water vapor within the planned structure. As with any project that involves demolition of existing site buildings and/or extensive excavation and shoring, there is a potential risk of movement on surrounding properties. This can potentially translate into noticeable damage of surrounding on-grade elements, such as foundations and slabs. However, the demolition, shoring, and/or excavation work could just translate into perceived damage on adjacent properties. Unfortunately, it is becoming more and more common for adjacent property owners to make unsubstantiated damage claims on new projects that occur close to their developed lots. Therefore, we recommend making an extensive photographic and visual survey of the project vicinity, prior to demolition activities, installing shoring, and/or commencing with the excavation. This documents the condition of buildings, pavements, and utilities in the immediate vicinity of the site in order to avoid, and protect the owner from, unsubstantiated damage claims by surrounding property owners. Additionally, any adjacent structures should be monitored during demolition and construction to detect soil movements. To monitor their performance, we recommend establishing a series of survey reference points to measure any horizontal deflections of the shoring system. Control points should be established at a distance well away from the walls and slopes, and deflections from the reference points should be measured throughout construction by survey methods. Geotech Consultants, Inc. should be allowed to review the final development plans to verify that the recommendations presented in this report are adequately addressed in the design. Such a plan review would be additional work beyond the current scope of work for this study, and it may include revisions to our recommendations to accommodate site, development, and geotechnical constraints that become more evident during the review process. We recommend including this report, in its entirety, in the project contract documents. This report should also be provided to any future property owners so they will be aware of our findings and recommendations. Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 7 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS In accordance with the International Building Code (IBC), the site class within 100 feet of the ground surface would best be represented by Site Class Type F (Failure Prone Site Class), due to its liquefiable nature. However, ASCE 7 allows for an exception from the F classification if the building period is less than 0.5 seconds. If the building period falls beneath this threshold, a Site Class E can be used for this project. As noted in the USGS website, the mapped spectral acceleration value for a 0.2 second (Ss) and 1.0 second period (S1) equals 1.44g and 0.49g, respectively. If the building period is found to be in excess of 0.5 seconds, a site-specific seismic analysis and study would need to be completed by a specialty consultant, as the ASCE does not allow any other exceptions for larger buildings in liquefiable soils. The soils that will support the building are coarse-grained and in a medium-dense to dense condition. The IBC and ASCE 7 require that the potential for liquefaction (soil strength loss) be evaluated for the peak ground acceleration of the Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCE) which has a probability of occurring once in 2,475 years (2 percent probability of occurring in a 50-year period). The MCE peak ground acceleration adjusted for site class effects (FPGA) equals 0.67g. Current geotechnical analysis cannot accurately predict where and to what extent soil liquefaction will occur during a large earthquake. Using procedures developed by Seed, Idress, et al., it is possible that the coarse-grained soils below the groundwater table could liquefy. While the potential for this to occur in very gravelly soils is thought to be lower than for finer-grained sands. Even so, we have calculated the approximate total ground settlement that could result if liquefaction were to occur in the saturated, loose to medium-dense soils as a result of the design earthquake for this site, and for nearby projects in the Renton Valley. Based on these analyses, it is possible that soil liquefaction could occur at the site during the MCE with total calculated ground settlement in the order of up to 4 to 6 inches. The potential for excessive differential settlement across the structure will be mitigated by the mat foundations such that we would predict differential dynamic settlements of 2 to 4 inches across the structure in the event of a large earthquake. Sections 1803.5 of the IBC and 11.8 of ASCE 7 require that other seismic-related geotechnical design parameters (seismic surcharge for retaining wall design and slope stability) include the potential effects of the Design Earthquake. The peak ground acceleration for the Design Earthquake is defined in Section 11.2 of ASCE 7 as two-thirds (2/3) of the MCE peak ground acceleration, or 0.45g. The recommendations for a mat foundation system presented in this report are intended to prevent catastrophic foundation collapse during a large seismic event. By preventing catastrophic settlement of the foundations, the safety of the occupants should be protected. The intent is not to prevent damage or ensure continued function of the structures after the design seismic event. MAT FOUNDATIONS The mat foundation should be supported on the coarse-grained gravelly alluvial after it has been recompacted. As discussed in the General section, some overexcavation and replacement will likely be necessary to remove loose/soft soils remaining after the excavation is completed. An allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf) should be used for the mat foundation design. A one-third increase in this design bearing pressure may be used when considering short-term wind or seismic loads. Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 8 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. Mat foundations are typically designed using the appropriate flexible method. Foundations designed using this method are also known as Winkler Foundations. For this analysis, we recommend using a coefficient of subgrade reaction of 90 pounds per cubic inch (lb/in3). Any shallow mat slabs should be thickened a minimum depth of 18 inches below the adjacent finish grade around the perimeter of the mat, and this thickened edge of the structural slabs should have a minimum width of 16 inches. Deflections will depend on the stiffness of the slab, but we anticipate total deflections under static conditions over time to be on the order of 2 to 3 inches and differential settlements across the structure on the order of 1 to 2 inches or less, can be anticipated. Lateral loads due to wind or seismic forces may be resisted by friction between the foundations and the bearing soil, or by passive pressure acting on the vertical, embedded portions of the foundation. For the latter condition, the foundation must be either poured directly against relatively level, undisturbed soil or be surrounded by level, well-compacted fill. We recommend using the following ultimate values for the foundation’s resistance to lateral loading. PARAMETER ULTIMATE VALUE Coefficient of Friction 0.40 Passive Earth Pressure 250 pcf Where: pcf is Pounds per Cubic Foot, and Passive Earth Pressure is computed using the equivalent fluid density. If the ground in front of a foundation is loose or sloping, the passive earth pressure given above will not be appropriate. We recommend maintaining a safety factor of at least 1.5 for the foundation’s resistance to lateral loading when using the above ultimate values. AUGERCAST CONCRETE PILES Augercast piles are installed using continuous flight, hollow-stem auger equipment mounted on a crane. Concrete grout must be pumped continuously through the auger as it is withdrawn. This allows the piles to be installed where caving conditions or significant groundwater are anticipated. We recommend that augercast piles be installed by an experienced contractor who is familiar with the anticipated subsurface conditions. An allowable compressive capacity of 30 tons can be attained by installing a 16-inch-diameter, augercast concrete pile at least 10 feet into the medium-dense and denser sand and gravel. For transient loading, such as wind or seismic loads, the allowable pile capacity may be increased by one-third. We can provide design criteria for different pile diameters and embedment lengths, if greater capacities are required. The minimum center-to-center pile spacing should be three times the pier diameter to prevent a reduction in the individual pile compressive capacity. Based on our subsurface information information, we estimate that pile lengths of about 25 to 35 feet below the existing grade would be required to achieve adequate penetration into the medium-dense and denser sand and gravel. This estimated depth will be influenced by the final foundation elevations and required structural demands of the piles. This above compressive capacity does not include the potential downdrag forces that may occur within the soil located above the groundwater table in the event of a seismic-induced liquefaction. This force will vary depending on the excavation depth as well as the pile depths. We can comment Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 9 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. on downdrag forces during the preliminary pile design and once a bottom of excavation elevation has been determined. We estimate that the total settlement of single piles installed as described above will be on the order of one inch. Most of this settlement should occur during the construction phase as the dead loads are applied. The remaining post-construction settlement would be realized as the live loads are applied. We estimate that differential settlements between the foundation piles over any portion of the structures should be less than about one-half-inch. We recommend reinforcing each pile its entire length. This typically consists of a rebar cage extending a portion of the pile’s length with a full-length center bar. Each pile can be assumed to have a point of fixity (point of maximum bending moment) at 15 feet below the top of the pile for design of the reinforcing. Passive earth pressures on the grade beams will also provide some lateral resistance. If structural fill is placed against the outside of the grade beams, the design passive earth pressure from the fill can be assumed to be equal to that pressure exerted by an equivalent fluid with a density of 300 pcf. This passive resistance is an ultimate value that does not include a safety factor. Augercast Pile Installation This section provides general, and typically minimum, guidelines for installation of augercast concrete piles. The piles should be installed by a contractor with experience in the successful installation of augercast piles, in similar soil and groundwater conditions. The piles should be installed with continuous-flight hollow stem auger equipment specifically designed for the installation of auger-placed grout-injected piles. The grout injection point should be at the tip of the auger bit, below the cutting teeth. Due to potential variability in soil conditions on any site, the contractor should provide sufficient auger length to extend the piles well beyond the lengths estimated above and/or indicated by the available exploration information. The following are general accepted techniques that are typically used by local experienced contractors: • The grout should be placed under a minimum pressure of 200 pounds per square inch (psi) to provide adequate bonding with the bearing soils. A pressure gauge should be installed on or near the pump to monitor the pressures during the grouting. The gauge should be easily accessible to the field technician. • A mechanical counter should be located on the grout pump to record the number of strokes required for installation of each pile. • The grout pump should be calibrated prior to pile installation by pumping grout into a container of known volume. This procedure should be repeated as often as deemed necessary to provide a reasonable calibration by the field technician. • Each pile should be drilled and completely filled with grout in an uninterrupted operation. The auger hoisting equipment should be capable of withdrawing the auger smoothly and at a constant rate without jumps or stops. The auger should be removed slowly and smoothly to maintain a constant pressure during removal. A positive grout head of at least 5 feet should be maintained at all times to prevent caving of the drilled hole and the formation of voids. If the removal becomes erratic, or if there is a sudden drop in grout pressure, the pile should be redrilled at least 5 feet below the level when the grout pressure dropped prior to resuming withdrawal. Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 10 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. • Clockwise rotation of the auger should be performed during the grouting process at least until the grout flow is observed out of the top of the drilled hole. This will stabilize the sides and facilitate spoil material removal. • The installation of piles located within 6 pile diameters of each other on the same working day is not recommended, and piles must cure 24 hours before installation of adjacent piles. • The fresh grout will subside, usually within the first 2 hours. If the grout has not set, the pile should be topped off with fresh grout to the cutoff elevation. • Augercast piles may be reinforced with single or bundled steel reinforcing rods or reinforcing bar cages. The reinforcing should be inserted before the grout sets. The reinforcing should be installed plumb and centered in the pile to avoid contact with the soil. Also, each pile should include a full-length, steel rod in the center; this will serve as a probe to determine the continuity of the pile. Pile Installation Observation A representative of project geotechnical engineer should observe the pile installation process on a full-time basis. The monitoring should include collecting and interpreting the installation data and verifying the bearing stratum elevations. FOUNDATION AND RETAINING WALLS Retaining walls backfilled on only one side should be designed to resist the lateral earth pressures imposed by the soil they retain. The following recommended parameters are for walls that restrain level backfill: PARAMETER VALUE Lateral Earth Pressure * At Rest Earth Pressure 45 pcf 60 pcf Passive Earth Pressure 250 pcf Coefficient of Friction 0.40 Soil Unit Weight 130 pcf Where: pcf is Pounds per Cubic Foot, and Lateral and Passive Earth Pressures are computed using the Equivalent Fluid Pressures. * For a restrained wall that cannot deflect at least 0.002 times its height, a uniform lateral pressure equal to 10 psf times the height of the wall should be added to the above lateral equivalent fluid pressure. This applies only to walls with level backfill. The design values given above do not include the effects of any hydrostatic pressures behind the walls and assume that no surcharges, such as those caused by slopes, vehicles, or adjacent foundations will be exerted on the walls. If these conditions exist, those pressures should be added to the above lateral soil pressures. Where sloping backfill is desired behind the walls, we will need to be given the wall dimensions and the slope of the backfill in order to provide the appropriate design earth pressures. The surcharge due to traffic loads behind a wall can typically be accounted for by adding a uniform pressure equal to 2 feet multiplied by the above lateral fluid density. Heavy construction equipment should not be operated behind retaining and foundation walls within a Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 11 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. distance equal to the height of a wall, unless the walls are designed for the additional lateral pressures resulting from the equipment. The values given above are to be used to design only permanent foundation and retaining walls that are to be backfilled, such as conventional walls constructed of reinforced concrete or masonry. It is not appropriate to use the above earth pressures and soil unit weight to back-calculate soil strength parameters for design of other types of retaining walls, such as soldier pile, reinforced earth, modular or soil nail walls. We can assist with design of these types of walls, if desired. The passive pressure given is appropriate only for a shear key poured directly against undisturbed native soil, or for the depth of level, well-compacted fill placed in front of a retaining or foundation wall. The values for friction and passive resistance are ultimate values and do not include a safety factor. Restrained wall soil parameters should be utilized the wall and reinforcing design for a distance of 1.5 times the wall height from corners or bends in the walls, or from other points of restraint. This is intended to reduce the amount of cracking that can occur where a wall is restrained by a corner. Wall Pressures Due to Seismic Forces Per IBC Section 1803.5.12, a seismic surcharge load need only be considered in the design of walls over 6 feet in height. A seismic surcharge load would be imposed by adding a uniform lateral pressure to the above-recommended lateral pressure. The recommended seismic surcharge pressure for this project is 9H pounds per square foot (psf), where H is the design retention height of the wall. Using this increased pressure, the safety factor against sliding and overturning can be reduced to 1.2 for the seismic analysis. Retaining Wall Backfill and Waterproofing Backfill placed behind retaining or foundation walls should be coarse, free-draining structural fill containing no organics. This backfill should contain no more than 5 percent silt or clay particles and have no gravel greater than 4 inches in diameter. The percentage of particles passing the No. 4 sieve should be between 25 and 70 percent. The free-draining backfill should be hydraulically connected to the foundation drain system. Free draining backfill should be used for the entire width of the backfill where seepage is encountered. For increased protection, drainage composites should be placed along cut slope faces, and the walls should be backfilled entirely with free-draining soil. The later section entitled Drainage Considerations should also be reviewed for recommendations related to subsurface drainage behind foundation and retaining walls. The purpose of these backfill requirements is to ensure that the design criteria for a retaining wall are not exceeded because of a build-up of hydrostatic pressure behind the wall. Also, subsurface drainage systems are not intended to handle large volumes of water from surface runoff. The top 12 to 18 inches of the backfill should consist of a compacted, relatively impermeable soil or topsoil, or the surface should be paved. The ground surface must also slope away from backfilled walls at one to 2 percent to reduce the potential for surface water to percolate into the backfill. Water percolating through pervious surfaces (pavers, gravel, permeable pavement, etc.) must also be prevented from flowing toward walls or into the backfill zone. Foundation drainage and waterproofing systems are not intended to handle large volumes of infiltrated water. The compacted subgrade below pervious surfaces and any associated drainage layer Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 12 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. should therefore be sloped away. Alternatively, a membrane and subsurface collection system could be provided below a pervious surface. It is critical that the wall backfill be placed in lifts and be properly compacted, in order for the above-recommended design earth pressures to be appropriate. The recommended wall design criteria assume that the backfill will be well-compacted in lifts no thicker than 12 inches. The compaction of backfill near the walls should be accomplished with hand-operated equipment to prevent the walls from being overloaded by the higher soil forces that occur during compaction. The section entitled General Earthwork and Structural Fill contains additional recommendations regarding the placement and compaction of structural fill behind retaining and foundation walls. The above recommendations are not intended to waterproof below-grade walls, or to prevent the formation of mold, mildew, or fungi in interior spaces. Over time, the performance of subsurface drainage systems can degrade, subsurface groundwater flow patterns can change, and utilities can break or develop leaks. Therefore, waterproofing should be provided where future seepage through the walls is not acceptable. This typically includes limiting cold-joints and wall penetrations and using bentonite panels or membranes on the outside of the walls. There are a variety of different waterproofing materials and systems, which should be installed by an experienced contractor familiar with the anticipated construction and subsurface conditions. Applying a thin coat of asphalt emulsion to the outside face of a wall is not considered waterproofing and will only help to reduce moisture generated from water vapor or capillary action from seeping through the concrete. As with any project, adequate ventilation of basement and crawl space areas is important to prevent a buildup of water vapor that is commonly transmitted through concrete walls from the surrounding soil, even when seepage is not present. This is appropriate even when waterproofing is applied to the outside of foundation and retaining walls. We recommend that you contact an experienced envelope consultant if detailed recommendations or specifications related to waterproofing design or minimizing the potential for infestations of mold and mildew are desired. TEMPORARY SHORING Given the poor soil conditions, excavation depths, zero-lot line setbacks, and presence of nearby settlement sensitive structures, shoring will be needed on all four sides of the excavation. For this project, the only appropriate shoring method that will provide the necessary rigidity to limit deflections in the excavation will be to use drilled, soldier piles. These soldier piles will need to be designed to limit the magnitude and occurrence of any deflections within the retained height of the cut to prevent adversely impacting the adjacent streets, utilities, and buildings. This will be particularly important near the adjacent northern residence. In general, we recommend a maximum 6-foot center-to-center pile spacing, in order to reduce the potential for excessive caving in the loose near-surface soils during excavation and lagging placement. Soldier pile walls would be constructed after making planned cut slopes, and prior to commencing the mass excavation, by setting steel H-beams in a drilled hole and grouting the space between the beam and the soil with concrete for the entire height of the drilled hole. Wet, caving conditions will be encountered in the holes, and the contractor should be prepared to case the holes and/or use the slurry method if caving soil is encountered. Excessive ground loss in the drilled holes must be Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 13 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. avoided to reduce the potential for settlement on adjacent properties. If water is present in a hole at the time the soldier pile is poured, concrete must be tremied to the bottom of the hole. Augercast or Continuous Flight Auger (CFA) drilling methods may also be used if the contractor has these methods available to them. As the excavation proceeds downward, the space between the piles should be lagged with timber, and any voids behind the timbers should be filled with Controlled Density Fill (CDF). Treated lagging is usually required for permanent walls, while untreated lagging can often be utilized for temporary shoring walls. Temporary vertical cuts will be necessary between the soldier piles for the lagging placement. The prompt and careful installation of lagging is important, particularly in loose or caving soil, to maintain the integrity of the excavation and provide safer working conditions. Additionally, care must be taken by the excavator to remove no more soil between the soldier piles than is necessary to install the lagging. Caving or overexcavation during lagging placement could result in loss of ground on neighboring properties. Timber lagging should be designed for an applied lateral pressure of 30 percent of the design wall pressure if the pile spacing is less than three pile diameters. For larger pile spacings, the lagging should be designed for 50 percent of the design load. Soldier Pile Wall Design Temporary or permanent soldier pile shoring that is cantilevered should be designed for an active soil pressure equal to that pressure exerted by an equivalent fluid with a unit weight of 45 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). The active pressures should extend to at least 2 feet below the bottom of the excavation to account for the potential need for overexcavations to expose competent soil. If shoring will be located within a 2:1 (H:V) zone of the footings of the neighboring northern house or near any other potentially settlement sensitive structure, roadway, or utility, it should be designed for an at-rest earth pressure of 60 pcf in order to create a stiffer soldier pile system and to minimize the lateral movement of the shoring in these areas. An additional surcharge will need to be incorporated in the shoring design within the extent of this neighboring structure. The design/depth of the foundations for the building to the south need to be determined, in order to assess whether or not a surcharge needs to be included for the effect of that building’s foundations. Traffic surcharges adjacent to pavements travelled by trucks, such as garbage trucks, can typically be accounted for by increasing the effective height of the shoring wall by 3 feet. Heavier loads, such as those from concrete trucks, concrete pump trucks, large excavation equipment, etc. can create larger surcharge pressures on a shoring system. We can provide appropriate surcharge loads once more detailed plans have been developed. Any temporary cut slopes above the shoring walls will exert additional surcharge pressures. These surcharge pressures will vary, depending on the configuration of the cut slope and shoring wall. We can provide recommendations regarding slope and retaining wall surcharge pressures when the preliminary shoring design is completed. It is important that the shoring design provides sufficient working room to drill and install the soldier piles, without needing to make unsafe, excessively steep temporary cuts. Cut slopes should be planned to intersect the backside of the drilled holes, not the back of the lagging. Lateral movement of the soldier piles below the excavation level will be resisted by an ultimate passive soil pressure equal to that pressure exerted by a fluid with a density of 300 Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 14 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. pcf. No safety factor is included in the given value. This soil pressure is valid only for a level excavation in front of the soldier pile; it acts on two times the grouted pile diameter. This passive pressure should not be assumed to begin until at least 2 feet below the bottom of the excavation to account for the potential for overexcavations to be needed in front of the piles. Cut slopes made in front of shoring walls significantly decrease the passive resistance. This includes temporary cuts necessary to install internal braces or rakers. The minimum embedment below the floor of the excavation for cantilever soldier piles should be equal to the height of the "stick-up." EXCAVATION AND SHORING MONITORING As with any shoring system, there is a potential risk of greater-than-anticipated movement of the shoring and the ground outside of the excavation. This can translate into noticeable damage of surrounding on-grade elements, such as foundations and slabs. Therefore, we recommend making an extensive photographic and visual survey of the project vicinity, prior to demolition activities, installing shoring or commencing excavation. This documents the condition of buildings, pavements, and utilities in the immediate vicinity of the site in order to avoid, and protect the owner from, unsubstantiated damage claims by surrounding property owners. Additionally, the shoring walls and any adjacent foundations should be monitored during construction to detect vertical movement. To monitor their performance, we recommend establishing a series of survey reference points to measure any horizontal deflections of the shoring system. Control points should be established at a distance well away from the walls and slopes, and deflections from the reference points should be measured throughout construction by survey methods. At least every other soldier pile should be monitored by taking readings at the top of the pile. Additionally, benchmarks installed on the surrounding buildings should be monitored for at least vertical movement. We suggest taking the readings at least once a week, until it is established that no deflections are occurring. The initial readings for this monitoring should be taken before starting any demolition or excavation on the site. EXCAVATIONS AND SLOPES Appropriate temporary cut slope inclinations for excavations above the water table are discussed in the General section. The recommended temporary slope inclination is based on the conditions exposed in our explorations, and on what has been successful at other sites with similar soil conditions. It is possible that variations in soil and groundwater conditions will require modifications to the inclination at which temporary slopes can stand. Temporary cuts are those that will remain unsupported for a relatively short duration to allow for the construction of foundations, retaining walls, or utilities. Temporary cut slopes should be protected with plastic sheeting during wet weather. It is also important that surface runoff be directed away from the top of temporary slope cuts. Cut slopes should also be backfilled or retained as soon as possible to reduce the potential for instability. Please note that loose soil can cave suddenly and without warning. Excavation, foundation, and utility contractors should be made especially aware of this potential danger. These recommendations may need to be modified if the area near the potential cuts has been disturbed in the past by utility installation, or if settlement-sensitive utilities are located nearby. Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 15 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. Water should not be allowed to flow uncontrolled over the top of any temporary or permanent slope. All permanently exposed slopes should be seeded with an appropriate species of vegetation to reduce erosion and improve the stability of the surficial layer of soil. DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS We anticipate that permanent foundation walls will be constructed against the shoring walls due to the limited lot line setbacks. Where this occurs, a plastic-backed drainage composite, such as Miradrain, Battledrain, or similar, should be placed against the entire surface of the shoring prior to pouring the foundation wall. Weep pipes located no more than 6 feet on-center should be connected to the drainage composite and poured into the foundation walls or the perimeter footing. A footing drain installed along the inside of the perimeter footing will be used to collect and carry the water discharged by the weep pipes to the storm system. Isolated zones of moisture or seepage can still reach the permanent wall where groundwater finds leaks or joints in the drainage composite. This is often an acceptable risk in unoccupied below-grade spaces, such as parking garages. However, formal waterproofing is typically necessary in areas where wet conditions at the face of the permanent wall will not be tolerable. If this is a concern, the permanent drainage and waterproofing system should be designed by a specialty consultant familiar with the expected subsurface conditions and proposed construction. Plate 6 presents typical considerations for foundation drains at shoring walls. These drains should be surrounded by at least 6 inches of 1-inch-minus, washed rock that is encircled with non-woven, geotextile filter fabric (Mirafi 140N, Supac 4NP, or similar material). At its highest point, a perforated pipe invert should be at least 6 inches below the bottom of a slab floor or the level of a crawl space. The discharge pipe for subsurface drains should be sloped for flow to the outlet point. Roof and surface water drains must not discharge into the foundation drain system. A typical footing drain detail is attached to this report as Plate 7. Underdrainage should be used where: (1) crawl spaces or basements will be below a structure; (2) a slab is below the outside grade; or (3) the outside grade does not slope downward from a building. Drains should also be placed at the base of all earth-retaining walls. As noted in the General section, we recommend underdrainage for a basement floor slab, in the event that unexpected rises in the groundwater levels occur. An underslab drainage detail is attached to this report as Plate 8. For the best long-term performance, perforated PVC pipe is recommended for all subsurface drains. Clean-outs should be provided for potential future flushing or cleaning of footing drains. If the structure includes an elevator with an elevator pit, it will be necessary to provide watertight construction for the elevator pit. As a minimum, a vapor retarder, as defined in the Slabs-On-Grade section, should be provided in any crawl space area to limit the transmission of water vapor from the underlying soils. Crawl space grades are sometimes left near the elevation of the bottom of the footings. As a result, an outlet drain is recommended for all crawl spaces to prevent an accumulation of any water that may bypass the footing drains. Providing a few inches of free draining gravel underneath the vapor retarder is also prudent to limit the potential for seepage to build up on top of the vapor retarder. Groundwater was observed during our field work. If seepage is encountered in an excavation, it should be drained from the site by directing it through drainage ditches, perforated pipe, or French Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 16 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. drains, or by pumping it from sumps interconnected by shallow connector trenches at the bottom of the excavation. The excavation and site should be graded so that surface water is directed off the site and away from the tops of slopes. Water should not be allowed to stand in any area where foundations, slabs, or pavements are to be constructed. Final site grading in areas adjacent to the building should slope away at least one to 2 percent, except where the area is paved. Surface drains should be provided where necessary to prevent ponding of water behind foundation or retaining walls. A discussion of grading and drainage related to pervious surfaces near walls and structures is contained in the Foundation and Retaining Walls section. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND STRUCTURAL FILL All building and pavement areas should be stripped of surface vegetation, topsoil, organic soil, and other deleterious material. It is important that existing foundations be removed before site development. The stripped or removed materials should not be mixed with any materials to be used as structural fill, but they could be used in non-structural areas, such as landscape beds. Structural fill is defined as any fill, including utility backfill, placed under, or close to, a building, or in other areas where the underlying soil needs to support loads. All structural fill should be placed in horizontal lifts with a moisture content at, or near, the optimum moisture content. The optimum moisture content is that moisture content that results in the greatest compacted dry density. The moisture content of fill is very important and must be closely controlled during the filling and compaction process. The allowable thickness of the fill lift will depend on the material type selected, the compaction equipment used, and the number of passes made to compact the lift. The loose lift thickness should not exceed 12 inches, but should be thinner if small, hand-operated compactors are used. We recommend testing structural fill as it is placed. If the fill is not sufficiently compacted, it should be recompacted before another lift is placed. This eliminates the need to remove the fill to achieve the required compaction. The following table presents recommended levels of relative compaction for compacted fill: LOCATION OF FILL PLACEMENT MINIMUM RELATIVE COMPACTION Beneath slabs or walkways 95% Filled slopes and behind retaining walls 90% Beneath pavements 95% for upper 12 inches of subgrade; 90% below that level Where: Minimum Relative Compaction is the ratio, expressed in percentages, of the compacted dry density to the maximum dry density, as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Designation D 1557-91 (Modified Proctor). Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 17 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. LIMITATIONS The conclusions and recommendations contained in this report are based on site conditions as they existed at the time of our exploration and assume that the soil and groundwater conditions encountered in the explorations are representative of subsurface conditions on the site. If the subsurface conditions encountered during construction are significantly different from those observed in our explorations, we should be advised at once so that we can review these conditions and reconsider our recommendations where necessary. Unanticipated conditions are commonly encountered on construction sites and cannot be fully anticipated by the limited area of subsurface explorations, especially while the properties are still developed and occupied. Subsurface conditions can also vary between exploration locations. Such unexpected conditions frequently require making additional expenditures to attain a properly constructed project. It is recommended that the owner consider providing a contingency fund to accommodate such potential extra costs and risks. This is a standard recommendation for all projects. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Williams Avenue Ventures LLC and its representatives, for specific application to this project and site. Our conclusions and recommendations are professional opinions derived in accordance with our understanding of current local standards of practice, and within the scope of our services. No warranty is expressed or implied. The scope of our services does not include services related to construction safety precautions, and our recommendations are not intended to direct the contractor's methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, except as specifically described in our report for consideration in design. Our services also do not include assessing or minimizing the potential for biological hazards, such as mold, bacteria, mildew and fungi in either the existing or proposed site development. ADDITIONAL SERVICES In addition to reviewing the final plans, Geotech Consultants, Inc. should be retained to provide geotechnical consultation, testing, and observation services during construction. This is to confirm that subsurface conditions are consistent with those indicated by our exploration, to evaluate whether earthwork and foundation construction activities comply with the general intent of the recommendations presented in this report, and to provide suggestions for design changes in the event subsurface conditions differ from those anticipated prior to the start of construction. However, our work would not include the supervision or direction of the actual work of the contractor and its employees or agents. Also, job and site safety, and dimensional measurements, will be the responsibility of the contractor. During the construction phase, we will provide geotechnical observation and testing services when requested by you or your representatives. Please be aware that we can only document site work we actually observe. It is still the responsibility of your contractor or on-site construction team to verify that our recommendations are being followed, whether we are present at the site or not. Williams Avenue Ventures LLC JN 22149 May 24, 2022 Page 18 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. The following plates are attached to complete this report: Plate 1 Vicinity Map Plate 2 Site Exploration Plan Plates 3 - 5 Cone Penetration Test Logs Plate 6 Typical Shoring Drain Detail Plate 7 Typical Footing Drain Detail Plate 8 Typical Underslab Drainage Detail We appreciate the opportunity to be of service on this project. Please contact us if you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance. Respectfully submitted, GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. 5/24/2022 Marc R. McGinnis, P.E. Principal MKM/MRM:kg Job No:Date:Plate: 22149 May 2022 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington VICINITY MAP (Source: King County iMap) 1 SITE Job No:Date:Plate: 22149 May 2022 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington SITE EXPLORATION PLAN 2 No Scale Legend: Cone Penetration Test Location CPT-1 CPT-3 CPT-2 Job Date:Plate: 22149 GEOTECHCONSULTANTS, INC. CONE PENETRATION TEST LOG May 2022 Logged by: 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington 3 Job Date:Plate: 22149 GEOTECHCONSULTANTS, INC. CONE PENETRATION TEST LOG May 2022 Logged by: 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington 4 Job Date:Plate: 22149 GEOTECHCONSULTANTS, INC. CONE PENETRATION TEST LOG May 2022 Logged by: 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington 5 Job No:Date:Plate: 22149 May 2022 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington 6 SHORING DRAIN DETAIL Foundation wall & Footing Treated lagging Soldier pile Drainage composite Vapor retarder Slab 4" perforated PVC drain (holes turned downward) 2" PVC weep pipe at 6' centers (Pour into footing or wall below slab) Non-woven filter fabric Washed rock or pea gravel Attach weep pipe to drainage composite. Pierce waterproofing and plastic backing of drainage composite. Note - Refer to the report for additional considerations related to drainage and waterproofing. Waterproofing Job No:Date:Plate: 22149 May 2022 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington 7 FOOTING DRAIN DETAIL Washed Rock (7/8" min. size) Slope backfill away from foundation. Provide surface drains where necessary. 4" min. 4" Perforated Hard PVC Pipe (Invert at least 6 inches below slab or crawl space. Slope to drain to appropriate outfall. Place holes downward.) Tightline Roof Drain (Do not connect to footing drain) Nonwoven Geotextile Filter Fabric NOTES: (1) In crawl spaces, provide an outlet drain to prevent buildup of water that bypasses the perimeter footing drains. (2) Refer to report text for additional drainage, waterproofing, and slab considerations. Backfill (See text for requirements) Vapor Retarder/Barrier and Capillary Break/Drainage Layer (Refer to Report text) Possible Slab Job No:Date:Plate: 22149 May 2022 GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. 99-107 Williams Avenue South Renton, Washington NOTES: (1) Refer to the report text for additional drainage and waterproofing considerations. (2) The typical maximum underslab drain separation (L) is 15 to 20 feet. (3) No filter fabric is necessary beneath the pipes as long as a minimum thickness of 4 inches of rock is maintained beneath the pipes. (4) The underslab drains and foundation drains should discharge to a suitable outfall. 4-inch perforated PVC pipe (slope to drain) Pea gravel or drain rock L L L 9 to 12 inches Vapor Retarder or Waterproof Vapor Barrier TYPICAL UNDERSLAB DRAINAGE 8 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 46 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION VII OTHER PERMITS, VARIANCES AND ADJUSTMENTS None at this time. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 47 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION VIII CSWPPP ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (PART A) The Erosion and Sedimentation Control Design will meet the seven minimum King County requirements: 1. Areas to remain undisturbed shall be delineated with a high visibility plastic fence prior to any site clearing or grading. 2. Site disturbed areas shall be covered with mulch and seeded, as appropriate, for temporary or permanent measures. 3. Perimeter protection shall consist of a silt fence down slope of any disturbed areas or stockpiles. 4. A stabilized construction entrance will be located at the point of ingress/egress (i.e. onsite access road). 5. The detention pond will act as a sediment pond for sediment retention. Perimeter silt fences will provide sediment retention within the bypass areas. 6. Surface water from disturbed areas will sheet flow to the sediment pond for treatment. 7. Dust control shall be provided by spraying exposed soils with water until wet. This is required when exposed soils are dry to the point that wind transport is possible which would impact roadways, drainage ways, surface waters, or neighboring residences. SWPPP PLAN DESIGN (PART B) Construction activities that could contribute pollutants to surface and storm water include the following, with applicable BMP’s listed for each item: 1. Storage and use of chemicals: Utilize source control, and soil erosion and sedimentation control practices, such as using only recommended amounts of chemical materials applied in the proper manner; neutralizing concrete wash water, and disposing of excess concrete material only in areas prepared for concrete placement, or return to batch plant; disposing of wash-up waters from water-based paints in sanitary sewer; disposing of wastes from oil-based paints, solvents, thinners, and mineral spirits only through a licensed waste management firm, or treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) facility. 2. Material delivery and storage: Locate temporary storage areas away from vehicular traffic, near the construction entrance, and away from storm drains. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) should be supplied for all materials stored, and chemicals kept in their original labeled containers. Maintenance, fueling, and repair of heavy equipment and vehicles shall be conducted using spill prevention and control measures. Contaminated surfaces shall be cleaned immediately following any spill incident. Provide cover, containment, and protection from vandalism for all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and other potentially hazardous materials. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 48 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington 3. Building demolition: Protect stormwater drainage system from sediment-laden runoff and loose particles. To the extent possible, use dikes, berms, or other methods to protect overland discharge paths from runoff. Street gutter, sidewalks, driveways, and other paved surfaces in the immediate area of demolition must be swept daily to collect and properly dispose of loose debris and garbage. Spray the minimum amount of water to help control windblown fine particles such as concrete, dust, and paint chips. Avoid excessive spraying so that runoff from the site does not occur, yet dust control is achieved. Oils must never be used for dust control. 4. Sawcutting: Slurry and cuttings shall be vacuumed during the activity to prevent migration offsite and must not remain on permanent concrete or asphalt paving overnight. Collected slurry and cuttings shall be disposed of in a manner that does not violate ground water or surface water quality standards. A formal CSWPPP is provided in Appendix D of this report. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 49 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION IX BOND QUANTITIES, FACILITY SUMMARIES, AND DECLARATION OF COVENANT 1. Bond Quantity Worksheet – Provided in Appendix C of this document. 2. Draft Declarations of Covenant Prohibiting Use of Leachable Metals – Provided in Appendix E of this document. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 50 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington SECTION X OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Excerpts from the 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual are provided in this section. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 51 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington APPENDICES 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 52 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington APPENDIX “A” LEGAL DESCRIPTION PARCEL NO. 0007200096 (99 WILLIAMS AVE S) BEGINNING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF BLOCK 24 IN THE TOWN OF RENTON, AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, ON PAGE 135, RECORDS OF KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON; THENCE WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID BLOCK 115 FEET; THENCE NORTH AND PARALLEL TO THE CENTER LINE OF WILLIAMS ST. 50 FEET; THENCE EAST AND PARALLEL TO THE NORTH LINE OF SAID BLOCK, 115 FEET; THENCE SOUTH ALONG THE EAST LINE OF WILLIAMS ST. 50 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON PARCEL NO. 7231502130 (101 WILLIAMS AVE S) LOT 20, BLOCK 24, TOWN OF RENTON, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, PAGE 135, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON; EXCEPT THE WEST 5 FEET THEREOF HERETOFORE CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF RENTON FOR ALLEY, BY DEED RECORDED UNDER AUDITOR'S FILE NO. 2117471. SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON PARCEL NO. 7231502125 (107 WILLIAMS AVE S) LOT 19, BLOCK 24, TOWN OF RENTON, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, PAGE 135, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON; EXCEPT THE WEST 5 FEET THEREOF, CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF RENTON FOR ALLEY PURPOSES, BY DEED RECORDED UNDER AUDITOR'S FILE NO. 2117484. SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 53 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington APPENDIX “B” WWHM MODELING RESULTS WWHM2012 PROJECT REPORT 23003 8/2/2023 8:26:42 AM Page 2 General Model Information WWHM2012 Project Name:23003 Site Name:Camellia Apartments Site Address:99 Williams Ave S City:Renton Report Date:8/2/2023 Gage:Seatac Data Start:1948/10/01 Data End:2009/09/30 Timestep:15 Minute Precip Scale:1.000 Version Date:2023/01/27 Version:4.2.19 POC Thresholds Low Flow Threshold for POC1:50 Percent of the 2 Year High Flow Threshold for POC1:50 Year 23003 8/2/2023 8:26:42 AM Page 3 Landuse Basin Data Predeveloped Land Use Basin 1 Bypass:No GroundWater:No Pervious Land Use acre A B, Lawn, Flat 0.183 Pervious Total 0.183 Impervious Land Use acre ROADS FLAT 0.034 ROOF TOPS FLAT 0.185 SIDEWALKS FLAT 0.036 Impervious Total 0.255 Basin Total 0.438 23003 8/2/2023 8:26:42 AM Page 4 Mitigated Land Use Basin 1 Bypass:No GroundWater:No Pervious Land Use acre A B, Lawn, Flat 0.003 Pervious Total 0.003 Impervious Land Use acre ROADS FLAT 0.019 ROOF TOPS FLAT 0.373 SIDEWALKS FLAT 0.043 Impervious Total 0.435 Basin Total 0.438 23003 8/2/2023 8:26:42 AM Page 5 Routing Elements Predeveloped Routing 23003 8/2/2023 8:26:42 AM Page 6 Mitigated Routing 23003 8/2/2023 8:26:42 AM Page 7 Analysis Results POC 1 + Predeveloped x Mitigated Predeveloped Landuse Totals for POC #1 Total Pervious Area:0.183 Total Impervious Area:0.255 Mitigated Landuse Totals for POC #1 Total Pervious Area:0.003 Total Impervious Area:0.435 Flow Frequency Method:Log Pearson Type III 17B Flow Frequency Return Periods for Predeveloped. POC #1 Return Period Flow(cfs) 2 year 0.098145 5 year 0.125825 10 year 0.145241 25 year 0.171067 50 year 0.191277 100 year 0.212347 Flow Frequency Return Periods for Mitigated. POC #1 Return Period Flow(cfs) 2 year 0.165869 5 year 0.209525 10 year 0.239187 25 year 0.277666 50 year 0.307117 100 year 0.337284 Annual Peaks Annual Peaks for Predeveloped and Mitigated. POC #1 Year Predeveloped Mitigated 1949 0.127 0.215 1950 0.136 0.232 1951 0.084 0.134 1952 0.070 0.119 1953 0.076 0.129 1954 0.081 0.135 1955 0.090 0.153 1956 0.088 0.150 1957 0.100 0.171 1958 0.081 0.138 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:09 AM Page 8 1959 0.082 0.140 1960 0.081 0.138 1961 0.086 0.146 1962 0.074 0.127 1963 0.084 0.141 1964 0.081 0.138 1965 0.104 0.176 1966 0.069 0.118 1967 0.119 0.203 1968 0.135 0.230 1969 0.094 0.160 1970 0.091 0.154 1971 0.108 0.184 1972 0.123 0.190 1973 0.068 0.115 1974 0.099 0.168 1975 0.114 0.194 1976 0.077 0.130 1977 0.083 0.141 1978 0.101 0.173 1979 0.138 0.236 1980 0.124 0.212 1981 0.102 0.173 1982 0.143 0.244 1983 0.117 0.199 1984 0.074 0.125 1985 0.101 0.173 1986 0.088 0.150 1987 0.136 0.231 1988 0.082 0.140 1989 0.103 0.175 1990 0.210 0.296 1991 0.148 0.236 1992 0.073 0.124 1993 0.063 0.108 1994 0.069 0.117 1995 0.090 0.154 1996 0.105 0.164 1997 0.097 0.159 1998 0.094 0.161 1999 0.193 0.329 2000 0.096 0.164 2001 0.106 0.180 2002 0.123 0.210 2003 0.097 0.163 2004 0.181 0.308 2005 0.083 0.141 2006 0.077 0.124 2007 0.197 0.288 2008 0.142 0.232 2009 0.126 0.214 Ranked Annual Peaks Ranked Annual Peaks for Predeveloped and Mitigated. POC #1 Rank Predeveloped Mitigated 1 0.2101 0.3293 2 0.1972 0.3081 3 0.1931 0.2962 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:09 AM Page 9 4 0.1807 0.2880 5 0.1481 0.2444 6 0.1433 0.2363 7 0.1418 0.2362 8 0.1384 0.2321 9 0.1361 0.2321 10 0.1356 0.2312 11 0.1351 0.2304 12 0.1268 0.2148 13 0.1257 0.2144 14 0.1242 0.2119 15 0.1232 0.2101 16 0.1231 0.2026 17 0.1188 0.1989 18 0.1166 0.1937 19 0.1135 0.1904 20 0.1080 0.1843 21 0.1056 0.1801 22 0.1052 0.1759 23 0.1045 0.1754 24 0.1029 0.1733 25 0.1016 0.1729 26 0.1014 0.1725 27 0.1011 0.1707 28 0.1001 0.1681 29 0.0986 0.1639 30 0.0975 0.1636 31 0.0968 0.1633 32 0.0964 0.1610 33 0.0944 0.1601 34 0.0939 0.1589 35 0.0906 0.1545 36 0.0901 0.1537 37 0.0897 0.1529 38 0.0882 0.1505 39 0.0879 0.1499 40 0.0855 0.1458 41 0.0841 0.1412 42 0.0838 0.1410 43 0.0827 0.1408 44 0.0827 0.1405 45 0.0824 0.1403 46 0.0824 0.1384 47 0.0811 0.1379 48 0.0811 0.1377 49 0.0811 0.1349 50 0.0807 0.1343 51 0.0770 0.1302 52 0.0767 0.1289 53 0.0756 0.1271 54 0.0745 0.1255 55 0.0737 0.1245 56 0.0728 0.1243 57 0.0701 0.1194 58 0.0691 0.1176 59 0.0688 0.1171 60 0.0675 0.1152 61 0.0631 0.1076 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:09 AM Page 10 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:09 AM Page 11 Duration Flows The Duration Matching Failed Flow(cfs)Predev Mit Percentage Pass/Fail 0.0491 1760 8801 500 Fail 0.0505 1593 8215 515 Fail 0.0519 1432 7567 528 Fail 0.0534 1296 7026 542 Fail 0.0548 1170 6528 557 Fail 0.0563 1055 6074 575 Fail 0.0577 963 5683 590 Fail 0.0591 885 5285 597 Fail 0.0606 810 4924 607 Fail 0.0620 736 4581 622 Fail 0.0634 677 4284 632 Fail 0.0649 614 3991 650 Fail 0.0663 571 3737 654 Fail 0.0677 531 3493 657 Fail 0.0692 486 3298 678 Fail 0.0706 454 3110 685 Fail 0.0721 423 2913 688 Fail 0.0735 390 2719 697 Fail 0.0749 366 2560 699 Fail 0.0764 339 2408 710 Fail 0.0778 316 2267 717 Fail 0.0792 290 2127 733 Fail 0.0807 268 1998 745 Fail 0.0821 247 1872 757 Fail 0.0835 231 1756 760 Fail 0.0850 216 1657 767 Fail 0.0864 201 1550 771 Fail 0.0879 188 1446 769 Fail 0.0893 176 1367 776 Fail 0.0907 160 1290 806 Fail 0.0922 150 1215 810 Fail 0.0936 145 1138 784 Fail 0.0950 135 1060 785 Fail 0.0965 127 1003 789 Fail 0.0979 118 954 808 Fail 0.0993 113 898 794 Fail 0.1008 110 864 785 Fail 0.1022 96 823 857 Fail 0.1037 94 777 826 Fail 0.1051 86 741 861 Fail 0.1065 79 706 893 Fail 0.1080 75 664 885 Fail 0.1094 73 623 853 Fail 0.1108 71 601 846 Fail 0.1123 69 573 830 Fail 0.1137 62 549 885 Fail 0.1151 61 521 854 Fail 0.1166 59 498 844 Fail 0.1180 57 466 817 Fail 0.1195 52 445 855 Fail 0.1209 48 424 883 Fail 0.1223 43 408 948 Fail 0.1238 37 389 1051 Fail 0.1252 35 370 1057 Fail 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:09 AM Page 12 0.1266 32 355 1109 Fail 0.1281 30 340 1133 Fail 0.1295 28 323 1153 Fail 0.1309 26 311 1196 Fail 0.1324 25 299 1196 Fail 0.1338 24 282 1175 Fail 0.1353 22 270 1227 Fail 0.1367 19 261 1373 Fail 0.1381 18 249 1383 Fail 0.1396 17 238 1400 Fail 0.1410 15 228 1520 Fail 0.1424 14 218 1557 Fail 0.1439 13 209 1607 Fail 0.1453 13 199 1530 Fail 0.1467 12 187 1558 Fail 0.1482 11 181 1645 Fail 0.1496 10 178 1779 Fail 0.1511 10 171 1710 Fail 0.1525 10 166 1660 Fail 0.1539 10 153 1530 Fail 0.1554 10 148 1480 Fail 0.1568 9 142 1577 Fail 0.1582 9 139 1544 Fail 0.1597 9 135 1500 Fail 0.1611 8 127 1587 Fail 0.1625 8 121 1512 Fail 0.1640 8 116 1450 Fail 0.1654 7 110 1571 Fail 0.1669 7 107 1528 Fail 0.1683 7 106 1514 Fail 0.1697 6 104 1733 Fail 0.1712 6 100 1666 Fail 0.1726 5 95 1900 Fail 0.1740 5 90 1800 Fail 0.1755 5 89 1779 Fail 0.1769 4 84 2100 Fail 0.1783 4 83 2075 Fail 0.1798 4 76 1900 Fail 0.1812 3 72 2400 Fail 0.1827 3 71 2366 Fail 0.1841 3 68 2266 Fail 0.1855 3 65 2166 Fail 0.1870 3 64 2133 Fail 0.1884 3 63 2100 Fail 0.1898 3 62 2066 Fail 0.1913 3 59 1966 Fail The development has an increase in flow durations from 1/2 Predeveloped 2 year flow to the 2 year flow or more than a 10% increase from the 2 year to the 50 year flow. The development has an increase in flow durations for more than 50% of the flows for the range of the duration analysis. 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:09 AM Page 13 Water Quality Water Quality BMP Flow and Volume for POC #1 On-line facility volume:0 acre-feet On-line facility target flow:0 cfs. Adjusted for 15 min:0 cfs. Off-line facility target flow:0 cfs. Adjusted for 15 min:0 cfs. 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:09 AM Page 14 LID Report 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:27 AM Page 15 Model Default Modifications Total of 0 changes have been made. PERLND Changes No PERLND changes have been made. IMPLND Changes No IMPLND changes have been made. 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:27 AM Page 16 Appendix Predeveloped Schematic 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:29 AM Page 17 Mitigated Schematic 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 18 Predeveloped UCI File RUN GLOBAL WWHM4 model simulation START 1948 10 01 END 2009 09 30 RUN INTERP OUTPUT LEVEL 3 0 RESUME 0 RUN 1 UNIT SYSTEM 1 END GLOBAL FILES <File> <Un#> <-----------File Name------------------------------>*** <-ID-> *** WDM 26 23003.wdm MESSU 25 Pre23003.MES 27 Pre23003.L61 28 Pre23003.L62 30 POC230031.dat END FILES OPN SEQUENCE INGRP INDELT 00:15 PERLND 7 IMPLND 1 IMPLND 4 IMPLND 8 COPY 501 DISPLY 1 END INGRP END OPN SEQUENCE DISPLY DISPLY-INFO1 # - #<----------Title----------->***TRAN PIVL DIG1 FIL1 PYR DIG2 FIL2 YRND 1 Basin 1 MAX 1 2 30 9 END DISPLY-INFO1 END DISPLY COPY TIMESERIES # - # NPT NMN *** 1 1 1 501 1 1 END TIMESERIES END COPY GENER OPCODE # # OPCD *** END OPCODE PARM # # K *** END PARM END GENER PERLND GEN-INFO <PLS ><-------Name------->NBLKS Unit-systems Printer *** # - # User t-series Engl Metr *** in out *** 7 A/B, Lawn, Flat 1 1 1 1 27 0 END GEN-INFO *** Section PWATER*** ACTIVITY <PLS > ************* Active Sections ***************************** # - # ATMP SNOW PWAT SED PST PWG PQAL MSTL PEST NITR PHOS TRAC *** 7 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 END ACTIVITY PRINT-INFO <PLS > ***************** Print-flags ***************************** PIVL PYR # - # ATMP SNOW PWAT SED PST PWG PQAL MSTL PEST NITR PHOS TRAC ********* 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 19 7 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 9 END PRINT-INFO PWAT-PARM1 <PLS > PWATER variable monthly parameter value flags *** # - # CSNO RTOP UZFG VCS VUZ VNN VIFW VIRC VLE INFC HWT *** 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 END PWAT-PARM1 PWAT-PARM2 <PLS > PWATER input info: Part 2 *** # - # ***FOREST LZSN INFILT LSUR SLSUR KVARY AGWRC 7 0 5 0.8 400 0.05 0.3 0.996 END PWAT-PARM2 PWAT-PARM3 <PLS > PWATER input info: Part 3 *** # - # ***PETMAX PETMIN INFEXP INFILD DEEPFR BASETP AGWETP 7 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 END PWAT-PARM3 PWAT-PARM4 <PLS > PWATER input info: Part 4 *** # - # CEPSC UZSN NSUR INTFW IRC LZETP *** 7 0.1 0.5 0.25 0 0.7 0.25 END PWAT-PARM4 PWAT-STATE1 <PLS > *** Initial conditions at start of simulation ran from 1990 to end of 1992 (pat 1-11-95) RUN 21 *** # - # *** CEPS SURS UZS IFWS LZS AGWS GWVS 7 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 END PWAT-STATE1 END PERLND IMPLND GEN-INFO <PLS ><-------Name-------> Unit-systems Printer *** # - # User t-series Engl Metr *** in out *** 1 ROADS/FLAT 1 1 1 27 0 4 ROOF TOPS/FLAT 1 1 1 27 0 8 SIDEWALKS/FLAT 1 1 1 27 0 END GEN-INFO *** Section IWATER*** ACTIVITY <PLS > ************* Active Sections ***************************** # - # ATMP SNOW IWAT SLD IWG IQAL *** 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 8 0 0 1 0 0 0 END ACTIVITY PRINT-INFO <ILS > ******** Print-flags ******** PIVL PYR # - # ATMP SNOW IWAT SLD IWG IQAL ********* 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 9 4 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 9 8 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 9 END PRINT-INFO IWAT-PARM1 <PLS > IWATER variable monthly parameter value flags *** # - # CSNO RTOP VRS VNN RTLI *** 1 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 END IWAT-PARM1 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 20 IWAT-PARM2 <PLS > IWATER input info: Part 2 *** # - # *** LSUR SLSUR NSUR RETSC 1 400 0.01 0.1 0.1 4 400 0.01 0.1 0.1 8 400 0.01 0.1 0.1 END IWAT-PARM2 IWAT-PARM3 <PLS > IWATER input info: Part 3 *** # - # ***PETMAX PETMIN 1 0 0 4 0 0 8 0 0 END IWAT-PARM3 IWAT-STATE1 <PLS > *** Initial conditions at start of simulation # - # *** RETS SURS 1 0 0 4 0 0 8 0 0 END IWAT-STATE1 END IMPLND SCHEMATIC <-Source-> <--Area--> <-Target-> MBLK *** <Name> # <-factor-> <Name> # Tbl# *** Basin 1*** PERLND 7 0.183 COPY 501 12 PERLND 7 0.183 COPY 501 13 IMPLND 1 0.034 COPY 501 15 IMPLND 4 0.185 COPY 501 15 IMPLND 8 0.036 COPY 501 15 ******Routing****** END SCHEMATIC NETWORK <-Volume-> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult-->Tran <-Target vols> <-Grp> <-Member-> *** <Name> # <Name> # #<-factor->strg <Name> # # <Name> # # *** COPY 501 OUTPUT MEAN 1 1 48.4 DISPLY 1 INPUT TIMSER 1 <-Volume-> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult-->Tran <-Target vols> <-Grp> <-Member-> *** <Name> # <Name> # #<-factor->strg <Name> # # <Name> # # *** END NETWORK RCHRES GEN-INFO RCHRES Name Nexits Unit Systems Printer *** # - #<------------------><---> User T-series Engl Metr LKFG *** in out *** END GEN-INFO *** Section RCHRES*** ACTIVITY <PLS > ************* Active Sections ***************************** # - # HYFG ADFG CNFG HTFG SDFG GQFG OXFG NUFG PKFG PHFG *** END ACTIVITY PRINT-INFO <PLS > ***************** Print-flags ******************* PIVL PYR # - # HYDR ADCA CONS HEAT SED GQL OXRX NUTR PLNK PHCB PIVL PYR ********* END PRINT-INFO HYDR-PARM1 RCHRES Flags for each HYDR Section *** 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 21 # - # VC A1 A2 A3 ODFVFG for each *** ODGTFG for each FUNCT for each FG FG FG FG possible exit *** possible exit possible exit * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** END HYDR-PARM1 HYDR-PARM2 # - # FTABNO LEN DELTH STCOR KS DB50 *** <------><--------><--------><--------><--------><--------><--------> *** END HYDR-PARM2 HYDR-INIT RCHRES Initial conditions for each HYDR section *** # - # *** VOL Initial value of COLIND Initial value of OUTDGT *** ac-ft for each possible exit for each possible exit <------><--------> <---><---><---><---><---> *** <---><---><---><---><---> END HYDR-INIT END RCHRES SPEC-ACTIONS END SPEC-ACTIONS FTABLES END FTABLES EXT SOURCES <-Volume-> <Member> SsysSgap<--Mult-->Tran <-Target vols> <-Grp> <-Member-> *** <Name> # <Name> # tem strg<-factor->strg <Name> # # <Name> # # *** WDM 2 PREC ENGL 1 PERLND 1 999 EXTNL PREC WDM 2 PREC ENGL 1 IMPLND 1 999 EXTNL PREC WDM 1 EVAP ENGL 0.76 PERLND 1 999 EXTNL PETINP WDM 1 EVAP ENGL 0.76 IMPLND 1 999 EXTNL PETINP END EXT SOURCES EXT TARGETS <-Volume-> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult-->Tran <-Volume-> <Member> Tsys Tgap Amd *** <Name> # <Name> # #<-factor->strg <Name> # <Name> tem strg strg*** COPY 501 OUTPUT MEAN 1 1 48.4 WDM 501 FLOW ENGL REPL END EXT TARGETS MASS-LINK <Volume> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult--> <Target> <-Grp> <-Member->*** <Name> <Name> # #<-factor-> <Name> <Name> # #*** MASS-LINK 12 PERLND PWATER SURO 0.083333 COPY INPUT MEAN END MASS-LINK 12 MASS-LINK 13 PERLND PWATER IFWO 0.083333 COPY INPUT MEAN END MASS-LINK 13 MASS-LINK 15 IMPLND IWATER SURO 0.083333 COPY INPUT MEAN END MASS-LINK 15 END MASS-LINK END RUN 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 22 Mitigated UCI File RUN GLOBAL WWHM4 model simulation START 1948 10 01 END 2009 09 30 RUN INTERP OUTPUT LEVEL 3 0 RESUME 0 RUN 1 UNIT SYSTEM 1 END GLOBAL FILES <File> <Un#> <-----------File Name------------------------------>*** <-ID-> *** WDM 26 23003.wdm MESSU 25 Mit23003.MES 27 Mit23003.L61 28 Mit23003.L62 30 POC230031.dat END FILES OPN SEQUENCE INGRP INDELT 00:15 PERLND 7 IMPLND 1 IMPLND 4 IMPLND 8 COPY 501 DISPLY 1 END INGRP END OPN SEQUENCE DISPLY DISPLY-INFO1 # - #<----------Title----------->***TRAN PIVL DIG1 FIL1 PYR DIG2 FIL2 YRND 1 Basin 1 MAX 1 2 30 9 END DISPLY-INFO1 END DISPLY COPY TIMESERIES # - # NPT NMN *** 1 1 1 501 1 1 END TIMESERIES END COPY GENER OPCODE # # OPCD *** END OPCODE PARM # # K *** END PARM END GENER PERLND GEN-INFO <PLS ><-------Name------->NBLKS Unit-systems Printer *** # - # User t-series Engl Metr *** in out *** 7 A/B, Lawn, Flat 1 1 1 1 27 0 END GEN-INFO *** Section PWATER*** ACTIVITY <PLS > ************* Active Sections ***************************** # - # ATMP SNOW PWAT SED PST PWG PQAL MSTL PEST NITR PHOS TRAC *** 7 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 END ACTIVITY PRINT-INFO <PLS > ***************** Print-flags ***************************** PIVL PYR # - # ATMP SNOW PWAT SED PST PWG PQAL MSTL PEST NITR PHOS TRAC ********* 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 23 7 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 9 END PRINT-INFO PWAT-PARM1 <PLS > PWATER variable monthly parameter value flags *** # - # CSNO RTOP UZFG VCS VUZ VNN VIFW VIRC VLE INFC HWT *** 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 END PWAT-PARM1 PWAT-PARM2 <PLS > PWATER input info: Part 2 *** # - # ***FOREST LZSN INFILT LSUR SLSUR KVARY AGWRC 7 0 5 0.8 400 0.05 0.3 0.996 END PWAT-PARM2 PWAT-PARM3 <PLS > PWATER input info: Part 3 *** # - # ***PETMAX PETMIN INFEXP INFILD DEEPFR BASETP AGWETP 7 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 END PWAT-PARM3 PWAT-PARM4 <PLS > PWATER input info: Part 4 *** # - # CEPSC UZSN NSUR INTFW IRC LZETP *** 7 0.1 0.5 0.25 0 0.7 0.25 END PWAT-PARM4 PWAT-STATE1 <PLS > *** Initial conditions at start of simulation ran from 1990 to end of 1992 (pat 1-11-95) RUN 21 *** # - # *** CEPS SURS UZS IFWS LZS AGWS GWVS 7 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 END PWAT-STATE1 END PERLND IMPLND GEN-INFO <PLS ><-------Name-------> Unit-systems Printer *** # - # User t-series Engl Metr *** in out *** 1 ROADS/FLAT 1 1 1 27 0 4 ROOF TOPS/FLAT 1 1 1 27 0 8 SIDEWALKS/FLAT 1 1 1 27 0 END GEN-INFO *** Section IWATER*** ACTIVITY <PLS > ************* Active Sections ***************************** # - # ATMP SNOW IWAT SLD IWG IQAL *** 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 8 0 0 1 0 0 0 END ACTIVITY PRINT-INFO <ILS > ******** Print-flags ******** PIVL PYR # - # ATMP SNOW IWAT SLD IWG IQAL ********* 1 0 0 4 0 0 4 1 9 4 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 9 8 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 9 END PRINT-INFO IWAT-PARM1 <PLS > IWATER variable monthly parameter value flags *** # - # CSNO RTOP VRS VNN RTLI *** 1 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 END IWAT-PARM1 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 24 IWAT-PARM2 <PLS > IWATER input info: Part 2 *** # - # *** LSUR SLSUR NSUR RETSC 1 400 0.01 0.1 0.1 4 400 0.01 0.1 0.1 8 400 0.01 0.1 0.1 END IWAT-PARM2 IWAT-PARM3 <PLS > IWATER input info: Part 3 *** # - # ***PETMAX PETMIN 1 0 0 4 0 0 8 0 0 END IWAT-PARM3 IWAT-STATE1 <PLS > *** Initial conditions at start of simulation # - # *** RETS SURS 1 0 0 4 0 0 8 0 0 END IWAT-STATE1 END IMPLND SCHEMATIC <-Source-> <--Area--> <-Target-> MBLK *** <Name> # <-factor-> <Name> # Tbl# *** Basin 1*** PERLND 7 0.003 COPY 501 12 PERLND 7 0.003 COPY 501 13 IMPLND 1 0.019 COPY 501 15 IMPLND 4 0.373 COPY 501 15 IMPLND 8 0.043 COPY 501 15 ******Routing****** END SCHEMATIC NETWORK <-Volume-> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult-->Tran <-Target vols> <-Grp> <-Member-> *** <Name> # <Name> # #<-factor->strg <Name> # # <Name> # # *** COPY 501 OUTPUT MEAN 1 1 48.4 DISPLY 1 INPUT TIMSER 1 <-Volume-> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult-->Tran <-Target vols> <-Grp> <-Member-> *** <Name> # <Name> # #<-factor->strg <Name> # # <Name> # # *** END NETWORK RCHRES GEN-INFO RCHRES Name Nexits Unit Systems Printer *** # - #<------------------><---> User T-series Engl Metr LKFG *** in out *** END GEN-INFO *** Section RCHRES*** ACTIVITY <PLS > ************* Active Sections ***************************** # - # HYFG ADFG CNFG HTFG SDFG GQFG OXFG NUFG PKFG PHFG *** END ACTIVITY PRINT-INFO <PLS > ***************** Print-flags ******************* PIVL PYR # - # HYDR ADCA CONS HEAT SED GQL OXRX NUTR PLNK PHCB PIVL PYR ********* END PRINT-INFO HYDR-PARM1 RCHRES Flags for each HYDR Section *** 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 25 # - # VC A1 A2 A3 ODFVFG for each *** ODGTFG for each FUNCT for each FG FG FG FG possible exit *** possible exit possible exit * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** END HYDR-PARM1 HYDR-PARM2 # - # FTABNO LEN DELTH STCOR KS DB50 *** <------><--------><--------><--------><--------><--------><--------> *** END HYDR-PARM2 HYDR-INIT RCHRES Initial conditions for each HYDR section *** # - # *** VOL Initial value of COLIND Initial value of OUTDGT *** ac-ft for each possible exit for each possible exit <------><--------> <---><---><---><---><---> *** <---><---><---><---><---> END HYDR-INIT END RCHRES SPEC-ACTIONS END SPEC-ACTIONS FTABLES END FTABLES EXT SOURCES <-Volume-> <Member> SsysSgap<--Mult-->Tran <-Target vols> <-Grp> <-Member-> *** <Name> # <Name> # tem strg<-factor->strg <Name> # # <Name> # # *** WDM 2 PREC ENGL 1 PERLND 1 999 EXTNL PREC WDM 2 PREC ENGL 1 IMPLND 1 999 EXTNL PREC WDM 1 EVAP ENGL 0.76 PERLND 1 999 EXTNL PETINP WDM 1 EVAP ENGL 0.76 IMPLND 1 999 EXTNL PETINP END EXT SOURCES EXT TARGETS <-Volume-> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult-->Tran <-Volume-> <Member> Tsys Tgap Amd *** <Name> # <Name> # #<-factor->strg <Name> # <Name> tem strg strg*** COPY 1 OUTPUT MEAN 1 1 48.4 WDM 701 FLOW ENGL REPL COPY 501 OUTPUT MEAN 1 1 48.4 WDM 801 FLOW ENGL REPL END EXT TARGETS MASS-LINK <Volume> <-Grp> <-Member-><--Mult--> <Target> <-Grp> <-Member->*** <Name> <Name> # #<-factor-> <Name> <Name> # #*** MASS-LINK 12 PERLND PWATER SURO 0.083333 COPY INPUT MEAN END MASS-LINK 12 MASS-LINK 13 PERLND PWATER IFWO 0.083333 COPY INPUT MEAN END MASS-LINK 13 MASS-LINK 15 IMPLND IWATER SURO 0.083333 COPY INPUT MEAN END MASS-LINK 15 END MASS-LINK END RUN 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 26 Predeveloped HSPF Message File 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 27 Mitigated HSPF Message File 23003 8/2/2023 8:27:30 AM Page 28 Disclaimer Legal Notice This program and accompanying documentation are provided 'as-is' without warranty of any kind. The entire risk regarding the performance and results of this program is assumed by End User. Clear Creek Solutions Inc. and the governmental licensee or sublicensees disclaim all warranties, either expressed or implied, including but not limited to implied warranties of program and accompanying documentation. In no event shall Clear Creek Solutions Inc. be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation to damages for loss of business profits, loss of business information, business interruption, and the like) arising out of the use of, or inability to use this program even if Clear Creek Solutions Inc. or their authorized representatives have been advised of the possibility of such damages. Software Copyright © by : Clear Creek Solutions, Inc. 2005-2023; All Rights Reserved. Clear Creek Solutions, Inc. 6200 Capitol Blvd. Ste F Olympia, WA. 98501 Toll Free 1(866)943-0304 Local (360)943-0304 www.clearcreeksolutions.com 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 54 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington APPENDIX “C” BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET 10.1%2 All prices include labor, equipment, materials, overhead, profit, and taxes. City of Renton Sales Tax is: 1 Select the current project status/phase from the following options: For Approval - Preliminary Data Enclosed, pending approval from the City; For Construction - Estimated Data Enclosed, Plans have been approved for contruction by the City; Project Closeout - Final Costs and Quantities Enclosed for Project Close-out Submittal 1,211.10$ Total Estimated Construction Costs E A + B + C + D 168,573.06$ Estimated Civil Construction Permit - Construction Costs2 Stormwater (Drainage)C 165.15$ As outlined in City Ordinance No. 4345, 50% of the plan review and inspection fees are to be paid at Permit Submittal. The balance is due at Permit Issuance. Significant changes or additional review cycles (beyond 3 cycles) during the review process may result in adjustments to the final review fees. Roadway (Erosion Control + Transportation)D 115,184.47$ Water A 52,012.34$ Wastewater (Sanitary Sewer)B Page 2 of 2 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION I PROJECT INFORMATION Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Unit Reference #Price Unit Quantity Cost Backfill & compaction-embankment ESC-1 7.50$ CY Check dams, 4" minus rock ESC-2 SWDM 5.4.6.3 90.00$ Each Catch Basin Protection ESC-3 145.00$ Each 4 580.00 Crushed surfacing 1 1/4" minus ESC-4 WSDOT 9-03.9(3)110.00$ CY Ditching ESC-5 10.50$ CY Excavation-bulk ESC-6 2.30$ CY 6091 14,009.30 Fence, silt ESC-7 SWDM 5.4.3.1 5.00$ LF 400 2,000.00 Fence, Temporary (NGPE)ESC-8 1.75$ LF Geotextile Fabric ESC-9 3.00$ SY Hay Bale Silt Trap ESC-10 0.60$ Each Hydroseeding ESC-11 SWDM 5.4.2.4 0.90$ SY Interceptor Swale / Dike ESC-12 1.15$ LF Jute Mesh ESC-13 SWDM 5.4.2.2 4.00$ SY Level Spreader ESC-14 2.00$ LF Mulch, by hand, straw, 3" deep ESC-15 SWDM 5.4.2.1 2.90$ SY Mulch, by machine, straw, 2" deep ESC-16 SWDM 5.4.2.1 2.30$ SY Piping, temporary, CPP, 6"ESC-17 13.75$ LF Piping, temporary, CPP, 8"ESC-18 16.00$ LF Piping, temporary, CPP, 12"ESC-19 20.50$ LF Plastic covering, 6mm thick, sandbagged ESC-20 SWDM 5.4.2.3 4.60$ SY 2000 9,200.00 Rip Rap, machine placed; slopes ESC-21 WSDOT 9-13.1(2)51.00$ CY Rock Construction Entrance, 50'x15'x1'ESC-22 SWDM 5.4.4.1 2,050.00$ Each Rock Construction Entrance, 100'x15'x1'ESC-23 SWDM 5.4.4.1 3,675.00$ Each 1 3,675.00 Sediment pond riser assembly ESC-24 SWDM 5.4.5.2 2,525.00$ Each Sediment trap, 5' high berm ESC-25 SWDM 5.4.5.1 22.00$ LF Sed. trap, 5' high, riprapped spillway berm section ESC-26 SWDM 5.4.5.1 80.00$ LF Seeding, by hand ESC-27 SWDM 5.4.2.4 1.15$ SY Sodding, 1" deep, level ground ESC-28 SWDM 5.4.2.5 9.20$ SY Sodding, 1" deep, sloped ground ESC-29 SWDM 5.4.2.5 11.50$ SY TESC Supervisor ESC-30 125.00$ HR 40 5,000.00 Water truck, dust control ESC-31 SWDM 5.4.7 160.00$ HR Unit Reference #Price Unit Quantity Cost EROSION/SEDIMENT SUBTOTAL:34,464.30 SALES TAX @ 10.1%3,480.89 EROSION/SEDIMENT TOTAL:37,945.19 (A) SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL Description No. (A) WRITE-IN-ITEMS Page 1 of 1 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.a EROSION_CONTROL Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost GENERAL ITEMS Backfill & Compaction- embankment GI-1 7.00$ CY Backfill & Compaction- trench GI-2 10.25$ CY Clear/Remove Brush, by hand (SY)GI-3 1.15$ SY Bollards - fixed GI-4 275.00$ Each Bollards - removable GI-5 520.00$ Each Clearing/Grubbing/Tree Removal GI-6 11,475.00$ Acre Excavation - bulk GI-7 2.30$ CY Excavation - Trench GI-8 5.75$ CY Fencing, cedar, 6' high GI-9 23.00$ LF Fencing, chain link, 4'GI-10 44.00$ LF Fencing, chain link, vinyl coated, 6' high GI-11 23.00$ LF Fencing, chain link, gate, vinyl coated, 20' GI-12 1,600.00$ Each Fill & compact - common barrow GI-13 28.75$ CY Fill & compact - gravel base GI-14 31.00$ CY Fill & compact - screened topsoil GI-15 44.75$ CY Gabion, 12" deep, stone filled mesh GI-16 74.50$ SY Gabion, 18" deep, stone filled mesh GI-17 103.25$ SY Gabion, 36" deep, stone filled mesh GI-18 172.00$ SY Grading, fine, by hand GI-19 2.90$ SY Grading, fine, with grader GI-20 2.30$ SY Monuments, 3' Long GI-21 1,025.00$ Each Sensitive Areas Sign GI-22 8.00$ Each Sodding, 1" deep, sloped ground GI-23 9.25$ SY Surveying, line & grade GI-24 975.00$ Day Surveying, lot location/lines GI-25 2,050.00$ Acre Topsoil Type A (imported)GI-26 32.75$ CY Traffic control crew ( 2 flaggers )GI-27 137.75$ HR Trail, 4" chipped wood GI-28 9.15$ SY Trail, 4" crushed cinder GI-29 10.25$ SY Trail, 4" top course GI-30 13.75$ SY Conduit, 2"GI-31 5.75$ LF Wall, retaining, concrete GI-32 63.00$ SF Wall, rockery GI-33 17.25$ SF SUBTOTAL THIS PAGE: (B)(C)(D)(E) SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR STREET AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) Page 1 of 3 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.b TRANSPORTATION Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR STREET AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) ROAD IMPROVEMENT/PAVEMENT/SURFACING AC Grinding, 4' wide machine < 1000sy RI-1 34.50$ SY 203 7,003.50 AC Grinding, 4' wide machine 1000-2000sy RI-2 18.25$ SY AC Grinding, 4' wide machine > 2000sy RI-3 11.50$ SY AC Removal/Disposal RI-4 40.00$ SY 203 8,120.00 Barricade, Type III ( Permanent )RI-5 64.25$ LF Guard Rail RI-6 34.50$ LF Curb & Gutter, rolled RI-7 19.50$ LF Curb & Gutter, vertical RI-8 14.25$ LF 186 2,650.50 Curb and Gutter, demolition and disposal RI-9 20.50$ LF Curb, extruded asphalt RI-10 6.25$ LF Curb, extruded concrete RI-11 8.00$ LF Sawcut, asphalt, 3" depth RI-12 3.00$ LF 580 1,740.00 Sawcut, concrete, per 1" depth RI-13 5.00$ LF Sealant, asphalt RI-14 2.25$ LF 580 1,305.00 Shoulder, gravel, 4" thick RI-15 17.25$ SY Sidewalk, 4" thick RI-16 43.50$ SY Sidewalk, 4" thick, demolition and disposal RI-17 37.00$ SY Sidewalk, 5" thick RI-18 47.00$ SY 146 6,862.00 42 1,974.00 Sidewalk, 5" thick, demolition and disposal RI-19 46.00$ SY 146 6,716.00 42 1,932.00 Sign, Handicap RI-20 97.00$ Each Striping, per stall RI-21 8.00$ Each Striping, thermoplastic, ( for crosswalk )RI-22 3.50$ SF Striping, 4" reflectorized line RI-23 0.55$ LF Additional 2.5" Crushed Surfacing RI-24 4.15$ SY HMA 1/2" Overlay 1.5" RI-25 16.00$ SY HMA 1/2" Overlay 2"RI-26 20.75$ SY 409 8,486.75 HMA Road, 2", 4" rock, First 2500 SY RI-27 32.25$ SY HMA Road, 2", 4" rock, Qty. over 2500SY RI-28 24.00$ SY HMA Road, 4", 6" rock, First 2500 SY RI-29 51.75$ SY 208 10,764.00 HMA Road, 4", 6" rock, Qty. over 2500 SY RI-30 42.50$ SY HMA Road, 4", 4.5" ATB RI-31 43.50$ SY Gravel Road, 4" rock, First 2500 SY RI-32 17.25$ SY Gravel Road, 4" rock, Qty. over 2500 SY RI-33 11.50$ SY Thickened Edge RI-34 10.00$ LF SUBTOTAL THIS PAGE:53,647.75 3,906.00 (B)(C)(D)(E) Page 2 of 3 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.b TRANSPORTATION Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR STREET AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) PARKING LOT SURFACING No. 2" AC, 2" top course rock & 4" borrow PL-1 24.00$ SY 2" AC, 1.5" top course & 2.5" base course PL-2 32.00$ SY 4" select borrow PL-3 5.75$ SY 1.5" top course rock & 2.5" base course PL-4 16.00$ SY SUBTOTAL PARKING LOT SURFACING: (B)(C)(D)(E) LANDSCAPING & VEGETATION No. Street Trees LA-1 150.00$ Each 4 600.00 Median Landscaping LA-2 Right-of-Way Landscaping LA-3 Wetland Landscaping LA-4 SUBTOTAL LANDSCAPING & VEGETATION:600.00 (B)(C)(D)(E) TRAFFIC & LIGHTING No. Signs TR-1 Street Light System ( # of Poles)TR-2 6,000.00$ Each 2 12,000.00 Traffic Signal TR-3 Traffic Signal Modification TR-4 SUBTOTAL TRAFFIC & LIGHTING:12,000.00 (B)(C)(D)(E) WRITE-IN-ITEMS SUBTOTAL WRITE-IN ITEMS: STREET AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS SUBTOTAL:66,247.75 3,906.00 SALES TAX @ 10.1%6,691.02 394.51 STREET AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS TOTAL:72,938.77 4,300.51 (B)(C)(D)(E) Page 3 of 3 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.b TRANSPORTATION Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost DRAINAGE (CPE = Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, N12 or Equivalent) For Culvert prices, Average of 4' cover was assumed. Assume perforated PVC is same price as solid pipe.) Access Road, R/D D-1 30.00$ SY * (CBs include frame and lid) Beehive D-2 103.00$ Each Through-curb Inlet Framework D-3 460.00$ Each CB Type I D-4 1,725.00$ Each CB Type IL D-5 2,000.00$ Each CB Type II, 48" diameter D-6 3,500.00$ Each for additional depth over 4' D-7 550.00$ FT CB Type II, 54" diameter D-8 4,075.00$ Each for additional depth over 4'D-9 570.00$ FT CB Type II, 60" diameter D-10 4,225.00$ Each for additional depth over 4'D-11 690.00$ FT CB Type II, 72" diameter D-12 6,900.00$ Each for additional depth over 4'D-13 975.00$ FT CB Type II, 96" diameter D-14 16,000.00$ Each for additional depth over 4'D-15 1,050.00$ FT Trash Rack, 12"D-16 400.00$ Each Trash Rack, 15"D-17 470.00$ Each Trash Rack, 18"D-18 550.00$ Each Trash Rack, 21"D-19 630.00$ Each Cleanout, PVC, 4"D-20 170.00$ Each Cleanout, PVC, 6"D-21 195.00$ Each Cleanout, PVC, 8"D-22 230.00$ Each Culvert, PVC, 4" D-23 11.50$ LF Culvert, PVC, 6" D-24 15.00$ LF 10 150.00 Culvert, PVC, 8" D-25 17.00$ LF Culvert, PVC, 12" D-26 26.00$ LF Culvert, PVC, 15" D-27 40.00$ LF Culvert, PVC, 18" D-28 47.00$ LF Culvert, PVC, 24"D-29 65.00$ LF Culvert, PVC, 30" D-30 90.00$ LF Culvert, PVC, 36" D-31 150.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 8"D-32 22.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 12"D-33 33.00$ LF SUBTOTAL THIS PAGE:150.00 (B)(C)(D)(E) SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER FACILITIES Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) Page 1 of 5 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.c DRAINAGE Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER FACILITIES Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) DRAINAGE (Continued) Culvert, CMP, 15"D-34 40.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 18"D-35 47.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 24"D-36 64.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 30"D-37 90.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 36"D-38 150.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 48"D-39 218.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 60"D-40 310.00$ LF Culvert, CMP, 72"D-41 400.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 8"D-42 48.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 12"D-43 55.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 15"D-44 89.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 18"D-45 100.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 24"D-46 120.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 30"D-47 145.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 36"D-48 175.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 42"D-49 200.00$ LF Culvert, Concrete, 48"D-50 235.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 6" D-51 16.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 8" D-52 18.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 12" D-53 27.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 15" D-54 40.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 18" D-55 47.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 24" D-56 64.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 30" D-57 90.00$ LF Culvert, CPE Triple Wall, 36" D-58 149.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 6"D-59 69.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 8"D-60 83.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 12"D-61 96.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 15"D-62 110.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 18"D-63 124.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 24"D-64 138.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 30"D-65 151.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 36"D-66 165.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 48"D-67 179.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 54"D-68 193.00$ LF SUBTOTAL THIS PAGE: (B)(C)(D)(E) Page 2 of 5 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.c DRAINAGE Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER FACILITIES Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) DRAINAGE (Continued) Culvert, LCPE, 60"D-69 206.00$ LF Culvert, LCPE, 72"D-70 220.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 6"D-71 48.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 8"D-72 60.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 12"D-73 85.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 15"D-74 122.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 18"D-75 158.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 24"D-76 254.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 30"D-77 317.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 36"D-78 380.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 48"D-79 443.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 54"D-80 506.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 60"D-81 570.00$ LF Culvert, HDPE, 72"D-82 632.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 6"D-83 96.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 8"D-84 100.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 12"D-85 100.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 15"D-86 103.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 18"D-87 106.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 24"D-88 119.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 30"D-89 136.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 36"D-90 185.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 48"D-91 260.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 54"D-92 381.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 60"D-93 504.00$ LF Pipe, Polypropylene, 72"D-94 625.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 6"D-95 70.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 8"D-96 101.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 12"D-97 121.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 15"D-98 148.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 18"D-99 175.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 24"D-100 200.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 30"D-101 227.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 36"D-102 252.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 48"D-103 279.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 54"D-104 305.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 60"D-105 331.00$ LF Culvert, DI, 72"D-106 357.00$ LF SUBTOTAL THIS PAGE: (B)(C)(D)(E) Page 3 of 5 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.c DRAINAGE Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER FACILITIES Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) Specialty Drainage Items Ditching SD-1 10.90$ CY Flow Dispersal Trench (1,436 base+)SD-3 32.00$ LF French Drain (3' depth)SD-4 30.00$ LF Geotextile, laid in trench, polypropylene SD-5 3.40$ SY Mid-tank Access Riser, 48" dia, 6' deep SD-6 2,300.00$ Each Pond Overflow Spillway SD-7 18.25$ SY Restrictor/Oil Separator, 12"SD-8 1,320.00$ Each Restrictor/Oil Separator, 15"SD-9 1,550.00$ Each Restrictor/Oil Separator, 18"SD-10 1,950.00$ Each Riprap, placed SD-11 48.20$ CY Tank End Reducer (36" diameter)SD-12 1,375.00$ Each Infiltration pond testing SD-13 143.00$ HR Permeable Pavement SD-14 Permeable Concrete Sidewalk SD-15 Culvert, Box __ ft x __ ft SD-16 SUBTOTAL SPECIALTY DRAINAGE ITEMS: (B)(C)(D)(E) STORMWATER FACILITIES (Include Flow Control and Water Quality Facility Summary Sheet and Sketch) Detention Pond SF-1 Each Detention Tank SF-2 Each Detention Vault SF-3 Each Infiltration Pond SF-4 Each Infiltration Tank SF-5 Each Infiltration Vault SF-6 Each Infiltration Trenches SF-7 Each Basic Biofiltration Swale SF-8 Each Wet Biofiltration Swale SF-9 Each Wetpond SF-10 Each Wetvault SF-11 Each Sand Filter SF-12 Each Sand Filter Vault SF-13 Each Linear Sand Filter SF-14 Each Proprietary Facility SF-15 Each Bioretention Facility SF-16 Each SUBTOTAL STORMWATER FACILITIES: (B)(C)(D)(E) Page 4 of 5 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.c DRAINAGE Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER FACILITIES Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) WRITE-IN-ITEMS (INCLUDE ON-SITE BMPs) WI-1 WI-2 WI-3 WI-4 WI-5 WI-6 WI-7 WI-8 WI-9 WI-10 WI-11 WI-12 WI-13 WI-14 WI-15 SUBTOTAL WRITE-IN ITEMS: DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER FACILITIES SUBTOTAL:150.00 SALES TAX @ 10.1%15.15 DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER FACILITIES TOTAL:165.15 (B)(C)(D)(E) Page 5 of 5 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.c DRAINAGE Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Connection to Existing Watermain W-1 3,400.00$ Each 4 13,600.00 Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 4 Inch Diameter W-2 58.00$ LF 47 2,726.00 Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 6 Inch Diameter W-3 65.00$ LF 73 4,745.00 Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 8 Inch Diameter W-4 75.00$ LF Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 10 Inch Diameter W-5 80.00$ LF Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 12 Inch Diameter W-6 145.00$ LF 21 3,045.00 Gate Valve, 4 inch Diameter W-7 1,225.00$ Each 1 1,225.00 Gate Valve, 6 inch Diameter W-8 1,350.00$ Each 2 2,700.00 Gate Valve, 8 Inch Diameter W-9 1,550.00$ Each Gate Valve, 10 Inch Diameter W-10 2,100.00$ Each Gate Valve, 12 Inch Diameter W-11 2,500.00$ Each 2 5,000.00 Fire Hydrant Assembly W-12 5,000.00$ Each 1 5,000.00 Permanent Blow-Off Assembly W-13 1,950.00$ Each Air-Vac Assembly, 2-Inch Diameter W-14 3,050.00$ Each Air-Vac Assembly, 1-Inch Diameter W-15 1,725.00$ Each Compound Meter Assembly 3-inch Diameter W-16 9,200.00$ Each 1 9,200.00 Compound Meter Assembly 4-inch Diameter W-17 10,500.00$ Each Compound Meter Assembly 6-inch Diameter W-18 11,500.00$ Each Pressure Reducing Valve Station 8-inch to 10-inch W-19 23,000.00$ Each WATER SUBTOTAL:47,241.00 SALES TAX @ 10.1%4,771.34 WATER TOTAL:52,012.34 (B)(C)(D)(E) SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR WATER Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) Page 1 of 1 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.d WATER Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 CED Permit #:24-000744 Existing Future Public Private Right-of-Way Improvements Improvements (D) (E) Description No. Unit Price Unit Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Quant.Cost Clean Outs SS-1 1,150.00$ Each Grease Interceptor, 500 gallon SS-2 9,200.00$ Each Grease Interceptor, 1000 gallon SS-3 11,500.00$ Each Grease Interceptor, 1500 gallon SS-4 17,200.00$ Each Side Sewer Pipe, PVC. 4 Inch Diameter SS-5 92.00$ LF Side Sewer Pipe, PVC. 6 Inch Diameter SS-6 110.00$ LF 10 1,100.00 Sewer Pipe, PVC, 8 inch Diameter SS-7 120.00$ LF Sewer Pipe, PVC, 12 Inch Diameter SS-8 144.00$ LF Sewer Pipe, DI, 8 inch Diameter SS-9 130.00$ LF Sewer Pipe, DI, 12 Inch Diameter SS-10 150.00$ LF Manhole, 48 Inch Diameter SS-11 6,900.00$ Each Manhole, 54 Inch Diameter SS-13 6,800.00$ Each Manhole, 60 Inch Diameter SS-15 7,600.00$ Each Manhole, 72 Inch Diameter SS-17 10,600.00$ Each Manhole, 96 Inch Diameter SS-19 16,000.00$ Each Pipe, C-900, 12 Inch Diameter SS-21 205.00$ LF Outside Drop SS-24 1,700.00$ LS Inside Drop SS-25 1,150.00$ LS Sewer Pipe, PVC, ____ Inch Diameter SS-26 Lift Station (Entire System)SS-27 LS SANITARY SEWER SUBTOTAL:1,100.00 SALES TAX @ 10.1%111.10 SANITARY SEWER TOTAL:1,211.10 (B)(C)(D)(E) SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET FOR SANITARY SEWER Quantity Remaining (Bond Reduction) (B)(C) Page 1 of 1 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION II.e SANITARY SEWER Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 1055 South Grady Way – 6th Floor | Renton, WA 98057 (425) 430-7200 Date: Name:Project Name: PE Registration No:CED Plan # (LUA): Firm Name:CED Permit # (C): Firm Address:Site Address: Phone No.Parcel #(s): Email Address:Project Phase: Site Restoration/Erosion Sediment Control Subtotal (a) Existing Right-of-Way Improvements Subtotal (b)(b)124,951.11$ Future Public Improvements Subtotal (c)4,300.51$ Stormwater & Drainage Facilities (Public & Private) Subtotal (d)(d)165.15$ (e) (f) Site Restoration Existing Right-of-Way and Storm Drainage Improvements Maintenance Bond 25,883.35$ Bond Reduction 2 Construction Permit Bond Amount 3 Minimum Bond Amount is $10,000.00 1 Estimate Only - May involve multiple and variable components, which will be established on an individual basis by Development Engineering. 2 The City of Renton allows one request only for bond reduction prior to the maintenance period. Reduction of not more than 70% of the original bond amount, provided that the remaining 30% will cover all remaining items to be constructed. 3 Required Bond Amounts are subject to review and modification by Development Engineering. * Note: The word BOND as used in this document means any financial guarantee acceptable to the City of Renton. ** Note: All prices include labor, equipment, materials, overhead, profit, and taxes. (425)-827-3063 jonathan.murray@drstrong.com Camellia Court 23-000361 99, 101 & 107 Williams Avenue S 723150-2125; 723150-2130; 000720-0096 FOR APPROVAL 24-000744 620 7th Avenue Kirkland, WA 98033 225,537.01$ P (a) x 100% SITE IMPROVEMENT BOND QUANTITY WORKSHEET BOND CALCULATIONS 3/18/2025 Jonathan S. Murray 50096 DR Strong Consulting Engineers R ((b x 150%) + (d x 100%)) S (e) x 150% + (f) x 100% Bond Reduction: Existing Right-of-Way Improvements (Quantity Remaining)2 Bond Reduction: Stormwater & Drainage Facilities (Quantity Remaining)2 T (P +R - S) Prepared by:Project Information CONSTRUCTION BOND AMOUNT */** (prior to permit issuance) EST1 ((b) + (c) + (d)) x 20% -$ MAINTENANCE BOND */** (after final acceptance of construction) 37,945.19$ 124,951.11$ 187,591.82$ 37,945.19$ -$ 165.15$ -$ Page 1 of 1 Ref 8-H Bond Quantity Worksheet SECTION III. BOND WORKSHEET Unit Prices Updated: 01/07/2022 Version: 01/07/2022 Printed 3/18/2025 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 55 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington APPENDIX “D” CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Construction Stormwater General Permit Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for Camellia Court Prepared for: The Washington State Department of Ecology Northwest Regional Office 15700 Dayton Avenue N Shoreline, WA 98133 Permittee / Owner Developer Operator / Contractor Leon Cohen 9219 SE 33rd PL Mercer Island, WA 98040 Leon Cohen 9219 SE 33rd PL Mercer Island, WA 98040 TBD 99, 101 & 107 Williams Avenue S, Renton, Washington 98057 Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) Name Organization Contact Phone Number TBD TBD TBD SWPPP Prepared By Name Organization Contact Phone Number Jonathan S. Murray, PE DR Strong Consulting Engineers, Inc. (425) 827-3063 SWPPP Preparation Date March 18, 2025 Project Construction Dates Activity / Phase Start Date End Date Site Development May 2025 November 2025 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page i Table of Contents 1 Project Information ...............................................................................................................2 1.1 Existing Conditions .......................................................................................................2 1.2 Proposed Construction Activities ...................................................................................2 2 Construction Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) ............................................4 2.1 The 12 Elements ...........................................................................................................4 2.1.1 Element 1: Preserve Vegetation / Mark Clearing Limits .........................................4 2.1.2 Element 2: Establish Construction Access .............................................................5 2.1.3 Element 3: Control Flow Rates...............................................................................6 2.1.4 Element 4: Install Sediment Controls .....................................................................7 2.1.5 Element 5: Stabilize Soils.......................................................................................9 2.1.6 Element 6: Protect Slopes....................................................................................10 2.1.7 Element 7: Protect Drain Inlets.............................................................................11 2.1.8 Element 8: Stabilize Channels and Outlets ..........................................................12 2.1.9 Element 9: Control Pollutants ...............................................................................13 2.1.10 Element 10: Control Dewatering ..........................................................................16 2.1.11 Element 11: Maintain BMPs .................................................................................17 2.1.12 Element 12: Manage the Project ..........................................................................18 3 Pollution Prevention Team .................................................................................................20 4 Monitoring and Sampling Requirements ............................................................................21 4.1 Site Inspection ............................................................................................................21 4.2 Stormwater Quality Sampling ......................................................................................21 4.2.1 Turbidity Sampling ...............................................................................................22 4.2.2 pH Sampling ........................................................................................................23 5 Discharges to 303(d) or Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Waterbodies .........................24 5.1 303(d) Listed Waterbodies ..........................................................................................24 5.2 TMDL Waterbodies .....................................................................................................24 6 Reporting and Record Keeping ..........................................................................................25 6.1 Record Keeping ..........................................................................................................25 6.1.1 Site Log Book ......................................................................................................25 6.1.2 Records Retention ...............................................................................................25 6.1.3 Updating the SWPPP ...........................................................................................25 6.2 Reporting ....................................................................................................................25 6.2.1 Discharge Monitoring Reports ..............................................................................25 6.2.2 Notification of Noncompliance ..............................................................................26 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page ii List of Tables Table 1 – Summary of Site Pollutant Constituents .................................................................2 Table 3 – pH-Modifying Sources ............................................................................................15 Table 5 – Management ............................................................................................................18 Table 7 – Team Information ....................................................................................................20 Table 8 – Turbidity Sampling Method ....................................................................................22 Table 9 – pH Sampling Method ..............................................................................................23 List of Appendices A. Site Map B. BMP Detail C. Correspondence D. Site Inspection Form E. Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) F. Engineering Calculations 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 1 List of Acronyms and Abbreviations Acronym / Abbreviation Explanation 303(d) Section of the Clean Water Act pertaining to Impaired Waterbodies BFO Bellingham Field Office of the Department of Ecology BMP(s) Best Management Practice(s) CESCL Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead CO2 Carbon Dioxide CRO Central Regional Office of the Department of Ecology CSWGP Construction Stormwater General Permit CWA Clean Water Act DMR Discharge Monitoring Report DO Dissolved Oxygen Ecology Washington State Department of Ecology EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency ERO Eastern Regional Office of the Department of Ecology ERTS Environmental Report Tracking System ESC Erosion and Sediment Control GULD General Use Level Designation NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units NWRO Northwest Regional Office of the Department of Ecology pH Power of Hydrogen RCW Revised Code of Washington SPCC Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure su Standard Units SWMMEW Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington SWMMWW Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington SWPPP Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan TESC Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control SWRO Southwest Regional Office of the Department of Ecology TMDL Total Maximum Daily Load VFO Vancouver Field Office of the Department of Ecology WAC Washington Administrative Code WSDOT Washington Department of Transportation WWHM Western Washington Hydrology Model 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 2 1 Project Information Project/Site Name: Camellia Court Street/Location: 99, 101 & 107 Williams Ave S City: Renton State: WA Zip code: 98057 Subdivision: N/A Receiving waterbody: Lower Cedar River 1.1 Existing Conditions Total acreage (including support activities such as off-site equipment staging yards, material storage areas, borrow areas). Total acreage: 0.396 Disturbed acreage: 0.396 Existing structures: 0.17 Landscape topography: 0.18 (estimate) Drainage patterns: 0.00 Existing Vegetation: 0.00 (estimate) Critical Areas (wetlands, streams, high erosion, risk, steep or difficult to stabilize slopes): 0.00 List of known impairments for 303(d) listed or Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) for the receiving waterbody: Cedar River – Dissolved Oxygen, Temperature, Bacteria – Fecal Coliform, Bacteria – Escherichia Colifrom Table 1 includes a list of suspected and/or known contaminants associated with the construction activity. Table 1 – Summary of Site Pollutant Constituents Constituent (Pollutant) Location Depth Concentration No known contaminants exist on the Site 1.2 Proposed Construction Activities The applicant is seeking approval to develop three parcels totaling 0.396 acres into a 6-story, 95-unit residential building (Project). All existing improvements located on the Site will be demolished or removed during plat construction. The proposed impervious surface are as follows: roof area of the proposed building, sidewalk, curb and gutter along Williams Ave S and paving along alley. The Project will generate approximately 18,976 s.f. of impervious area (0.436 acres). Total new and replaced pollution generating surfaces (PGIS) will be below the 5,000 s.f. threshold for requiring water quality treatment. The Project will result in less than a 0.15 CFS increase in the 100-year peak flow 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 3 rate when compared to the existing conditions, so no flow control facility will be required. Proposed Site cover and surfaces are show in Figure 16, Developed Site Conditions. (See Section IV). Construction work will be completed under the Site Development permit. Activities will include installation of sewer, water and dry utilities;construction of mutli-family residential building with parking garage; road and sidewalks; and landscaping. Appendix A shows the Site Plan with T.E.S.C. measures. Final stabilization of the disturbed land will include: • Asphalt roadway • Concrete sidewalks • Formal landscape planting Contaminated Site Information: No known contamination exists on Site. Proposed activities regarding contaminated soils or groundwater (example: on-site treatment system, authorized sanitary sewer discharge): Not applicable as no known contamination. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 4 2 Construction Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) The SWPPP is a living document reflecting current conditions and changes throughout the life of the project. These changes may be informal (i.e., hand-written notes and deletions). Update the SWPPP when the CESCL has noted a deficiency in BMPs or deviation from original design. 2.1 The 12 Elements 2.1.1 Element 1: Preserve Vegetation / Mark Clearing Limits To protect adjacent properties and reduce the area of soil exposed to construction, the limits of construction will be clearly marked before land-disturbing activities begin. Trees that are to be preserved, as well as all sensitive areas and their buffers, shall be clearly delineated, both in the field and on the plans. In general, natural vegetation and native topsoil shall be retained in an undisturbed state to the maximum extent possible. The BMPs relevant to marking the clearing limits that will be applied for this project include: The plastic or metal fence will be placed around the perimeter of the developable area of the Site. BMP will be implemented at the start of construction. Alternate BMPs for marking clearing limits are included in Appendix B as a quick reference tool for the onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the CESCL will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix B after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or failing. List and describe BMPs: High Visibility Plastic or Metal Fence (BMP C103) Silt Fence (BMP C223) Installation Schedules: Installation will occur before all other activity. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 5 2.1.2 Element 2: Establish Construction Access Construction access or activities occurring on unpaved areas will be minimized, yet where necessary, access points shall be stabilized to minimize the tracking of sediment onto public roads, and wheel washing, street sweeping, and street cleaning shall be employed to prevent sediment from entering state waters. All wash wastewater shall be controlled on site. Construction entrances will be installed in the location of the proposed access entrance, located on Williams Ave S. Construction road and parking area stabilization will occur along this entrance. List and describe BMPs: Stabilized Construction Entrance (BMP C105) Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization (BMP C107) Installation Schedules: Installation will occur after the clearing limits are marked. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 6 2.1.3 Element 3: Control Flow Rates In order to protect the properties and waterways downstream of the project site, stormwater discharges from the site will be controlled. Since no permanent detention facilities are proposed for the Project, and given the small relative size of the Project, Baker tanks will be utilized as necessary to control flow rates during construction. Alternate flow control BMPs are included in Appendix B as a quick reference tool for the onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix B after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or failing. The project site is located west of the Cascade Mountain Crest. As such, the project must comply with Minimum Requirement 7 (Ecology 2005). In general, discharge rates of stormwater from the site will be controlled where increases in impervious area or soil compaction during construction could lead to downstream erosion, or where necessary to meet local agency stormwater discharge requirements (e.g. discharge to combined sewer systems). Will you construct stormwater retention and/or detention facilities? Yes No Will you use permanent infiltration ponds or other low impact development (example: rain gardens, bio-retention, porous pavement) to control flow during construction? Yes No List and describe BMPs: Silt Fence (BMP C233) Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220) Baker Tanks (as necessary) Installation Schedules: Installation will occur before any grading occurs. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 7 2.1.4 Element 4: Install Sediment Controls Silt fence will be installed around the perimeter of the Site in areas where runoff could sheet- flow offsite. This BMP will be installed at the start of construction. Alternate sediment control BMPs are included in Appendix B as a quick reference tool for the onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix B after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or failing. In addition, sediment will be removed from paved areas in and adjacent to construction work areas manually or using mechanical sweepers, as needed, to minimize tracking of sediments on vehicle tires away from the site and to minimize washoff of sediments from adjacent streets in runoff. Whenever possible, sediment laden water shall be discharged into onsite, relatively level, vegetated areas (BMP C240 paragraph 5, page 4-102). In some cases, sediment discharge in concentrated runoff can be controlled using permanent stormwater BMPs (e.g., infiltration swales, ponds, trenches). Sediment loads can limit the effectiveness of some permanent stormwater BMPs, such as those used for infiltration or biofiltration; however, those BMPs designed to remove solids by settling (wet ponds or detention ponds) can be used during the construction phase. When permanent stormwater BMPs will be used to control sediment discharge during construction, the structure will be protected from excessive sedimentation with adequate erosion and sediment control BMPs. Any accumulated sediment shall be removed after construction is complete and the permanent stormwater BMP will be restabilized with vegetation per applicable design requirements once the remainder of the site has been stabilized. The following BMPs will be implemented as end-of-pipe sediment controls as required to meet permitted turbidity limits in the site discharge(s). Prior to the implementation of these technologies, sediment sources and erosion control and soil stabilization BMP efforts will be maximized to reduce the need for end-of-pipe sedimentation controls. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 8 List and describe BMPs: Silt Fence (BMP C233) Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220) Installation Schedules: These will all be installed before any grading occurs. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 9 2.1.5 Element 5: Stabilize Soils Temporary seeding and cover measures may be required for interim grading activity and at soil stockpiles. Permanent Seeding will occur as grading is completed. All stabilized sections will be seeded and vegetated. Nets and Blankets along with Plastic Covering will be used on all slopes of 2:1 as shown on the plan. Dust Control will occur throughout the site as deemed necessary by the contractor and CESCL. Alternate soil stabilization BMPs are included in Appendix B as a quick reference tool for the onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix B after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or failing. In general, cut and fill slopes will be stabilized as soon as possible and soil stockpiles will be temporarily covered with plastic sheeting. All stockpiled soils shall be stabilized from erosion, protected with sediment trapping measures, and where possible, be located away from storm drain inlets, waterways, and drainage channels. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest Season Dates Number of Days Soils Can be Left Exposed During the Dry Season May 1 – September 30 7 days During the Wet Season October 1 – April 30 2 days Soils must be stabilized at the end of the shift before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast. Anticipated project dates: Start date: TBD End date: TBD Will you construct during the wet season? Yes No List and describe BMPs: Temporary and Permanent Seeding (BMP C120) Nets and Blankets (BMP C122) Plastic Covering (BMP C123) Dust Control (BMP C140) Installation Schedules: These will all be installed before any grading occurs. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 10 2.1.6 Element 6: Protect Slopes Temporary slope protection measures may be required for interim grading activity and at soil stockpiles. Permanent Seeding will occur throughout the site as slopes are stabilized. Nets and Blankets along with Plastic Covering will be used on all slopes of 2:1 Alternate slope protection BMPs are included in Appendix B as a quick reference tool for the onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix B after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or failing. Will steep slopes be present at the site during construction? Yes No List and describe BMPs: Temporary and Permanent Seeding (BMP C120) Nets and Blankets (BMP C122) Plastic Covering (BMP C123) Installation Schedules: In general, cut and fill slopes will be stabilized as soon as possible and soil stockpiles will be temporarily covered with plastic sheeting. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 11 2.1.7 Element 7: Protect Drain Inlets All storm drain inlets and culverts made operable during construction shall be protected to prevent unfiltered or untreated water from entering the drainage conveyance system. However, the first priority is to keep all access roads clean of sediment and keep street wash water separate from entering storm drains until treatment can be provided. Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220) will be implemented for all drainage inlets and culverts that could potentially be impacted by sediment-laden runoff on and near the project site. The following inlet protection measures will be applied on this project: • Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220) There are several existing catch basins which will require filters. If the BMP options listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D), or if no BMPs are listed above but deemed necessary during construction, the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead shall implement one or more of the alternative BMP inlet protection options listed in Appendix B. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 12 2.1.8 Element 8: Stabilize Channels and Outlets Provide stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes, and downstream reaches, will be installed at the outlets of all conveyance systems. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 13 2.1.9 Element 9: Control Pollutants All pollutants, including waste materials and demolition debris, that occur onsite shall be handled and disposed of in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. Good housekeeping and preventative measures will be taken to ensure that the site will be kept clean, well-organized, and free of debris. If required, BMPs to be implemented to control specific sources of pollutants are discussed below. Vehicles, construction equipment, and/or petroleum product storage/dispensing: • All vehicles, equipment, and petroleum product storage/dispensing areas will be inspected regularly to detect any leaks or spills, and to identify maintenance needs to prevent leaks or spills. • On-site fueling tanks and petroleum product storage containers shall include secondary containment. • Spill prevention measures, such as drip pans, will be used when conducting maintenance and repair of vehicles or equipment. • In order to perform emergency repairs on site, temporary plastic will be placed beneath and, if raining, over the vehicle. • Contaminated surfaces shall be cleaned immediately following any discharge or spill incident. Demolition: • Dust released from demolished sidewalks, buildings, or structures will be controlled using Dust Control measures (BMP C140). • Storm drain inlets vulnerable to stormwater discharge carrying dust, soil, or debris will be protected using Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220 as described above for Element 7). • Process water and slurry resulting from sawcutting and surfacing operations will be prevented from entering the waters of the State by implementing Sawcutting and Surfacing Pollution Prevention measures (BMP C152). Concrete and grout: • Process water and slurry resulting from concrete work will be prevented from entering the waters of the State by implementing Concrete Handling measures (BMP C151). Sanitary wastewater: • Portable sanitation facilities will be firmly secured, regularly maintained, and emptied when necessary. Solid Waste: • Solid waste will be stored in secure, clearly marked containers. Other: • Other BMPs will be administered as necessary to address any additional pollutant sources on site. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 14 The project is not expected to exceed the 1,320 gallon stored-fuel threshold that requires developing a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan under the Federal regulations of the Clean Water Act (CWA). List and describe BMPs: Dust Control measures (BMP C140) Concrete Handling measures (BMP C151) Sawcutting and Surfacing Pollution Prevention measures (BMP C152) Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220) Installation Schedules: Immediately following or in conjunction with activities. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL Will maintenance, fueling, and/or repair of heavy equipment and vehicles occur on-site? Yes No List and describe BMPs: N/A Installation Schedules: N/A Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL Will wheel wash or tire bath system BMPs be used during construction? Yes No List and describe BMPs: Presently not anticipated . SWPPP to be amended if wheel wash proves necessary. Installation Schedules: TBD Inspection and Maintenance plan: Weekly Responsible Staff: CESCL Will pH-modifying sources be present on-site? 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 15 Yes No Table 3 – pH-Modifying Sources None Bulk cement Cement kiln dust Fly ash Other cementitious materials New concrete washing or curing waters Waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing Exposed aggregate processes Dewatering concrete vaults Concrete pumping and mixer washout waters Recycled concrete Other (i.e., calcium lignosulfate) [please describe: ] List and describe BMPs: Specific pH treatment measures to be determined by contractor and CECSL. Presently, CO2 sparging or dry ice anticipated approach if pH must be altered. Installation Schedules: prior to placement of concrete Inspection and Maintenance plan: Monitoring will occur at the time of concrete wash operations. Responsible Staff: CESCL Concrete trucks must not be washed out onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Excess concrete must not be dumped on-site, except in designated concrete washout areas with appropriate BMPs installed. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 16 2.1.10 Element 10: Control Dewatering There will be no dewatering as part of this construction project. If excavation results in the requirement of dewatering, this SWPPP can be modified to include dewatering measures including control of discharge waters. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 17 2.1.11 Element 11: Maintain BMPs All temporary and permanent Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) BMPs shall be maintained and repaired as needed to ensure continued performance of their intended function. Maintenance and repair shall be conducted in accordance with each particular BMP specification (see Volume II of the SWMMWW or Chapter 7 of the SWMMEW). Visual monitoring of all BMPs installed at the site will be conducted at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of any stormwater or non-stormwater discharge from the site. If the site becomes inactive and is temporarily stabilized, the inspection frequency may be reduced to once every calendar month. All temporary ESC BMPs shall be removed within 30 days after final site stabilization is achieved or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed. Trapped sediment shall be stabilized on-site or removed. Disturbed soil resulting from removal of either BMPs or vegetation shall be permanently stabilized. Additionally, protection must be provided for all BMPs installed for the permanent control of stormwater from sediment and compaction. BMPs that are to remain in place following completion of construction shall be examined and restored to full operating condition. If sediment enters these BMPs during construction, the sediment shall be removed and the facility shall be returned to conditions specified in the construction documents. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 18 2.1.12 Element 12: Manage the Project Project management will incorporate the key components listed below: Table 5 – Management Design the project to fit the existing topography, soils, and drainage patterns Emphasize erosion control rather than sediment control Minimize the extent and duration of the area exposed Keep runoff velocities low Retain sediment on-site Thoroughly monitor site and maintain all ESC measures Schedule major earthwork during the dry season Other (please describe) As this project site is located west of the Cascade Mountain Crest, the project will be managed according to the following key project components: Phasing of Construction • The construction project is being phased to the extent practicable in order to prevent soil erosion, and, to the maximum extent possible, the transport of sediment from the site during construction. • Revegetation of exposed areas and maintenance of that vegetation shall be an integral part of the clearing activities during each phase of construction, per the Scheduling BMP (C 162). Seasonal Work Limitations • From October 1 through April 30, clearing, grading, and other soil disturbing activities shall only be permitted if shown to the satisfaction of the local permitting authority that silt-laden runoff will be prevented from leaving the site through a combination of the following: o Site conditions including existing vegetative coverage, slope, soil type, and proximity to receiving waters; and o Limitations on activities and the extent of disturbed areas; and o Proposed erosion and sediment control measures. • Based on the information provided and/or local weather conditions, the local permitting authority may expand or restrict the seasonal limitation on site disturbance. • The following activities are exempt from the seasonal clearing and grading limitations: o Routine maintenance and necessary repair of erosion and sediment control BMPs; o Routine maintenance of public facilities or existing utility structures that do not expose the soil or result in the removal of the vegetative cover to soil; and o Activities where there is 100 percent infiltration of surface water runoff within the site in approved and installed erosion and sediment control facilities. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 19 Coordination with Utilities and Other Jurisdictions • Care has been taken to coordinate with utilities, other construction projects, and the local jurisdiction in preparing this SWPPP and scheduling the construction work. Inspection and Monitoring • All BMPs shall be inspected, maintained, and repaired as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. Site inspections shall be conducted by a person who is knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control. This person has the necessary skills to: o Assess the site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality of stormwater, and o Assess the effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the quality of stormwater discharges. • A Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead shall be on-site or on-call at all times. • Whenever inspection and/or monitoring reveals that the BMPs identified in this SWPPP are inadequate, due to the actual discharge of or potential to discharge a significant amount of any pollutant, appropriate BMPs or design changes shall be implemented as soon as possible. Maintaining an Updated Construction SWPPP • This SWPPP shall be retained on-site or within reasonable access to the site. • The SWPPP shall be modified whenever there is a change in the design, construction, operation, or maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to waters of the state. • The SWPPP shall be modified if, during inspections or investigations conducted by the owner/operator, or the applicable local or state regulatory authority, it is determined that the SWPPP is ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. The SWPPP shall be modified as necessary to include additional or modified BMPs designed to correct problems identified. Revisions to the SWPPP shall be completed within seven (7) days following the inspection. • If BMP(s) are deemed do not satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D), the CESCL will promptly implement one or more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix B after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or failing. • Site inspections and monitoring will be conducted in accordance with Special Condition S4 of the CSWGP. Sampling will occur at the baker tank discharge piping. • The SWPPP will be updated, maintained, and implemented in accordance with Special Conditions S3, S4, and S9 of the CSWGP. • As site work progresses the SWPPP will be modified routinely to reflect changing site conditions. The SWPPP will be reviewed monthly to ensure the content is current. • Upon request, contractor shall provide the DOE and City of Renton with current SWPPP. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 20 3 Pollution Prevention Team Table 7 – Team Information Title Name(s) Phone Number Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) TBD TBD Resident Engineer Jonathan S. Murray, PE 425-827-3063 Emergency Ecology Contact Howard Zorzi 425-649-7130 Emergency Permittee/ Owner Contact Leon Cohen 206-714-8237 Non-Emergency Owner Contact Leon Cohen 206-714-8237 Monitoring Personnel TBD TBD Ecology Regional Office Northwest Regional Office 425-649-7000 City Spill Hotline (8:00 am to 5:00 pm) 425-295-0500 King County Spill Hotline (After Hours) 206-296-8100 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 21 4 Monitoring and Sampling Requirements Monitoring includes visual inspection, sampling for water quality parameters of concern, and documentation of the inspection and sampling findings in a site log book. A site log book will be maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include: • A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements • Site inspections • Stormwater sampling data File a blank form under Appendix D. The site log book must be maintained on-site within reasonable access to the site and be made available upon request to Ecology or the local jurisdiction. Numeric effluent limits may be required for certain discharges to 303(d) listed waterbodies. See CSWGP Special Condition S8 and Section 5 of this template. 4.1 Site Inspection All BMPs will be inspected, maintained, and repaired as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. The inspector will be a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) per BMP C160. The name and contact information for the CESCL is provided in Section 3 of this SWPPP. Site inspection will occur in all areas disturbed by construction activities and at all stormwater discharge points. Stormwater will be examined for the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oily sheen. The site inspector will evaluate and document the effectiveness of the installed BMPs and determine if it is necessary to repair or replace any of the BMPs to improve the quality of stormwater discharges. All maintenance and repairs will be documented in the site log book or forms provided in this document. All new BMPs or design changes will be documented in the SWPPP as soon as possible. Site inspections will be conducted at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours following any discharge from the site. For sites that are temporarily stabilized and inactive, the required frequency is reduced to once per calendar month. The site inspector will record each site inspection using the site log inspection forms provided in Appendix E. The site inspection log forms may be separated from this SWPPP document, but will be maintained on-site or within reasonable access to the site and be made available upon request to Ecology or the local jurisdiction. 4.2 Stormwater Quality Sampling Testing will occur as deemed necessary by the CESCL. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 22 4.2.1 Turbidity Sampling Requirements include calibrated turbidity meter or transparency tube to sample site discharges for compliance with the CSWGP. Sampling will be conducted at all discharge points at least once per calendar week. Method for sampling turbidity: Table 8 – Turbidity Sampling Method Turbidity Meter/Turbidimeter (required for disturbances 5 acres or greater in size) Transparency Tube (option for disturbances less than 1 acre and up to 5 acres in size) The benchmark for turbidity value is 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) and a transparency less than 33 centimeters. If the discharge’s turbidity is 26 to 249 NTU or the transparency is less than 33 cm but equal to or greater than 6 cm, the following steps will be conducted: 1. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9. Make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. 2. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible. Address the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period. 3. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. If the turbidity exceeds 250 NTU or the transparency is 6 cm or less at any time, the following steps will be conducted: 1. Telephone the applicable Ecology Region’s Environmental Report Tracking System (ERTS) number within 24 hours. • Central Region (Benton, Chelan, Douglas, Kittitas, Klickitat, Okanogan, Yakima): (509) 575-2490 • Eastern Region (Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Pend Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, Walla Walla, Whitman): (509) 329-3400 • Northwest Region (King, Kitsap, Island, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, Whatcom): (425) 649-7000 • Southwest Region (Clallam, Clark, Cowlitz, Grays Harbor, Jefferson, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, Pierce, Skamania, Thurston, Wahkiakum,): (360) 407-6300 2. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible. Address the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period 3. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 23 4. Continue to sample discharges daily until one of the following is true: • Turbidity is 25 NTU (or lower). • Transparency is 33 cm (or greater). • Compliance with the water quality limit for turbidity is achieved. o 1 - 5 NTU over background turbidity, if background is less than 50 NTU o 1% - 10% over background turbidity, if background is 50 NTU or greater • The discharge stops or is eliminated. 4.2.2 pH Sampling pH monitoring is required for “Significant concrete work” (i.e., greater than 1000 cubic yards poured or recycled concrete over the life of the project). The use of engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD] or fly ash) also requires pH monitoring. For significant concrete work, pH sampling will start the first day concrete is poured and continue until it is cured, typically three (3) weeks after the last pour. For engineered soils, pH sampling begins when engineered soils are first exposed to precipitation and continues until the area is fully stabilized. If the measured pH is 8.5 or greater, the following measures will be taken: 1. Prevent high pH water from entering storm sewer systems or surface water. 2. Adjust or neutralize the high pH water to the range of 6.5 to 8.5 su using appropriate technology such as carbon dioxide (CO2) sparging (liquid or dry ice). 3. Written approval will be obtained from Ecology prior to the use of chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging or dry ice. Method for sampling pH: Table 9 – pH Sampling Method pH meter pH test kit Wide range pH indicator paper Not: pH monitoring equipment unknown at this time; to be determined by CESCL 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 24 5 Discharges to 303(d) or Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Waterbodies 5.1 303(d) Listed Waterbodies Is the receiving water 303(d) (Category 5) listed for turbidity, fine sediment, phosphorus, or pH? Yes No List the impairment(s): Cedar River – Dissolved Oxygen, Temperature, Bacteria – Fecal Coliform, Bacteria – Escherichia Colifrom 5.2 TMDL Waterbodies Waste Load Allocation for CWSGP discharges: List and describe BMPs: Discharges to TMDL receiving waterbodies will meet in-stream water quality criteria at the point of discharge. The Construction Stormwater General Permit Proposed New Discharge to an Impaired Water Body form is included in Appendix F. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 25 6 Reporting and Record Keeping 6.1 Record Keeping 6.1.1 Site Log Book A site log book will be maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include: • A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements • Site inspections • Sample logs 6.1.2 Records Retention Records will be retained during the life of the project and for a minimum of three (3) years following the termination of permit coverage in accordance with Special Condition S5.C of the CSWGP. Permit documentation to be retained on-site: • CSWGP • Permit Coverage Letter • SWPPP • Site Log Book Permit documentation will be provided within 14 days of receipt of a written request from Ecology. A copy of the SWPPP or access to the SWPPP will be provided to the public when requested in writing in accordance with Special Condition S5.G.2.b of the CSWGP. 6.1.3 Updating the SWPPP The SWPPP will be modified if: • Found ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. • There is a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to waters of the State. The SWPPP will be modified within seven (7) days if inspection(s) or investigation(s) determine additional or modified BMPs are necessary for compliance. An updated timeline for BMP implementation will be prepared. 6.2 Reporting 6.2.1 Discharge Monitoring Reports Cumulative soil disturbance is one (1) acre or larger; therefore, Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) will be submitted to Ecology monthly. If there was no discharge during a given 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Camellia Court Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page 26 monitoring period the DMR will be submitted as required, reporting “No Discharge”. The DMR due date is fifteen (15) days following the end of each calendar month. DMRs will be reported online through Ecology’s WQWebDMR System. 6.2.2 Notification of Noncompliance If any of the terms and conditions of the permit is not met, and the resulting noncompliance may cause a threat to human health or the environment, the following actions will be taken: 1. Ecology will be immediately notified of the failure to comply by calling the applicable Regional office ERTS phone number (Regional office numbers listed below). 2. Immediate action will be taken to prevent the discharge/pollution or otherwise stop or correct the noncompliance. If applicable, sampling and analysis of any noncompliance will be repeated immediately and the results submitted to Ecology within five (5) days of becoming aware of the violation. 3. A detailed written report describing the noncompliance will be submitted to Ecology within five (5) days, unless requested earlier by Ecology. Anytime turbidity sampling indicates turbidity is 250 NTUs or greater, or water transparency is 6 cm or less, the Ecology Regional office will be notified by phone within 24 hours of analysis as required by Special Condition S5.A of the CSWGP. • Central Region at (509) 575-2490 for Benton, Chelan, Douglas, Kittitas, Klickitat, Okanogan, or Yakima County • Eastern Region at (509) 329-3400 for Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Pend Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, Walla Walla, or Whitman County • Northwest Region at (425) 649-7000 for Island, King, Kitsap, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, or Whatcom County • Southwest Region at (360) 407-6300 for Clallam, Clark, Cowlitz, Grays Harbor, Jefferson, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, Pierce, Skamania, Thurston, or Wahkiakum Include the following information: 1. Your name and / Phone number 2. Permit number 3. City / County of project 4. Sample results 5. Date / Time of call 6. Date / Time of sample 7. Project name In accordance with Special Condition S4.D.5.b of the CSWGP, the Ecology Regional office will be notified if chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging is planned for adjustment of high pH water. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page A-1 Appendix A Site Map GRAPHIC SCALE 0 10 20 40 1 INCH = 20 FT. T.E.S.C. PLAN IN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS CAMELLIA COURT99, 101, 107 WILLIAMS AVE S RENTON, WA 98057 CAMELLIA COURTDRS PROJECT NO. 23003CAMELLIA COURTTED-40-4294C: 24000744PR: 23-000072LUA: 23-000361 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page B-1 Appendix B BMP Details Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-3 BMP C101: Preserving Natural Vegetation Purpose The purpose of preserving natural vegetation is to reduce erosion wherever practicable. Limiting site disturbance is the single most effective method for reducing erosion. For example, conifers can hold up to about 50 percent of all rain that falls during a storm. Up to 20-30 percent of this rain may never reach the ground but is taken up by the tree or evaporates. Another benefit is that the rain held in the tree can be released slowly to the ground after the storm. Conditions of Use Natural vegetation should be preserved on steep slopes, near perennial and intermittent watercourses or swales, and on building sites in wooded areas. • As required by local governments. • Phase construction to preserve natural vegetation on the project site for as long as possible during the construction period. Design and Installation Specifications Natural vegetation can be preserved in natural clumps or as individual trees, shrubs and vines. The preservation of individual plants is more difficult because heavy equipment is generally used to remove unwanted vegetation. The points to remember when attempting to save individual plants are: • Is the plant worth saving? Consider the location, species, size, age, vigor, and the work involved. Local governments may also have ordinances to save natural vegetation and trees. • Fence or clearly mark areas around trees that are to be saved. It is preferable to keep ground disturbance away from the trees at least as far out as the dripline. Plants need protection from three kinds of injuries: • Construction Equipment - This injury can be above or below the ground level. Damage results from scarring, cutting of roots, and compaction of the soil. Placing a fenced buffer zone around plants to be saved prior to construction can prevent construction equipment injuries. • Grade Changes - Changing the natural ground level will alter grades, which affects the plant's ability to obtain the necessary air, water, and minerals. Minor fills usually do not cause problems although sensitivity between species does vary and should be checked. Trees can typically tolerate fill of 6 inches or less. For shrubs and other plants, the fill should be less. When there are major changes in grade, it may become necessary to supply air to the roots of plants. This can be done by placing a layer of gravel and a tile system over the roots before the fill is made. A tile system protects a tree from a raised grade. The tile system should be Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-4 laid out on the original grade leading from a dry well around the tree trunk. The system should then be covered with small stones to allow air to circulate over the root area. Lowering the natural ground level can seriously damage trees and shrubs. The highest percentage of the plant roots are in the upper 12 inches of the soil and cuts of only 2-3 inches can cause serious injury. To protect the roots it may be necessary to terrace the immediate area around the plants to be saved. If roots are exposed, construction of retaining walls may be needed to keep the soil in place. Plants can also be preserved by leaving them on an undisturbed, gently sloping mound. To increase the chances for survival, it is best to limit grade changes and other soil disturbances to areas outside the dripline of the plant. • Excavations - Protect trees and other plants when excavating for drainfields, power, water, and sewer lines. Where possible, the trenches should be routed around trees and large shrubs. When this is not possible, it is best to tunnel under them. This can be done with hand tools or with power augers. If it is not possible to route the trench around plants to be saved, then the following should be observed: Cut as few roots as possible. When you have to cut, cut clean. Paint cut root ends with a wood dressing like asphalt base paint if roots will be exposed for more than 24-hours. Backfill the trench as soon as possible. Tunnel beneath root systems as close to the center of the main trunk to preserve most of the important feeder roots. Some problems that can be encountered with a few specific trees are: • Maple, Dogwood, Red alder, Western hemlock, Western red cedar, and Douglas fir do not readily adjust to changes in environment and special care should be taken to protect these trees. • The windthrow hazard of Pacific silver fir and madrona is high, while that of Western hemlock is moderate. The danger of windthrow increases where dense stands have been thinned. Other species (unless they are on shallow, wet soils less than 20 inches deep) have a low windthrow hazard. • Cottonwoods, maples, and willows have water-seeking roots. These can cause trouble in sewer lines and infiltration fields. On the other hand, they thrive in high moisture conditions that other trees would not. • Thinning operations in pure or mixed stands of Grand fir, Pacific silver fir, Noble fir, Sitka spruce, Western red cedar, Western hemlock, Pacific dogwood, and Red alder can cause serious disease problems. Disease can become established through damaged limbs, trunks, roots, Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-5 and freshly cut stumps. Diseased and weakened trees are also susceptible to insect attack. Maintenance Standards Inspect flagged and/or fenced areas regularly to make sure flagging or fencing has not been removed or damaged. If the flagging or fencing has been damaged or visibility reduced, it shall be repaired or replaced immediately and visibility restored. • If tree roots have been exposed or injured, “prune” cleanly with an appropriate pruning saw or lopers directly above the damaged roots and recover with native soils. Treatment of sap flowing trees (fir, hemlock, pine, soft maples) is not advised as sap forms a natural healing barrier. BMP C102: Buffer Zones Purpose Creation of an undisturbed area or strip of natural vegetation or an established suitable planting that will provide a living filter to reduce soil erosion and runoff velocities. Conditions of Use Natural buffer zones are used along streams, wetlands and other bodies of water that need protection from erosion and sedimentation. Vegetative buffer zones can be used to protect natural swales and can be incorporated into the natural landscaping of an area. Critical-areas buffer zones should not be used as sediment treatment areas. These areas shall remain completely undisturbed. The local permitting authority may expand the buffer widths temporarily to allow the use of the expanded area for removal of sediment. Design and Installation Specifications • Preserving natural vegetation or plantings in clumps, blocks, or strips is generally the easiest and most successful method. • Leave all unstable steep slopes in natural vegetation. • Mark clearing limits and keep all equipment and construction debris out of the natural areas and buffer zones. Steel construction fencing is the most effective method in protecting sensitive areas and buffers. Alternatively, wire-backed silt fence on steel posts is marginally effective. Flagging alone is typically not effective. • Keep all excavations outside the dripline of trees and shrubs. • Do not push debris or extra soil into the buffer zone area because it will cause damage from burying and smothering. • Vegetative buffer zones for streams, lakes or other waterways shall be established by the local permitting authority or other state or federal permits or approvals. Maintenance Standards Inspect the area frequently to make sure flagging remains in place and the area remains undisturbed. Replace all damaged flagging immediately. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-6 BMP C103: High Visibility Fence Purpose Fencing is intended to: 1. Restrict clearing to approved limits. 2. Prevent disturbance of sensitive areas, their buffers, and other areas required to be left undisturbed. 3. Limit construction traffic to designated construction entrances, exits, or internal roads. 4. Protect areas where marking with survey tape may not provide adequate protection. Conditions of Use To establish clearing limits plastic, fabric, or metal fence may be used: • At the boundary of sensitive areas, their buffers, and other areas required to be left uncleared. • As necessary to control vehicle access to and on the site. Design and Installation Specifications High visibility plastic fence shall be composed of a high-density polyethylene material and shall be at least four feet in height. Posts for the fencing shall be steel or wood and placed every 6 feet on center (maximum) or as needed to ensure rigidity. The fencing shall be fastened to the post every six inches with a polyethylene tie. On long continuous lengths of fencing, a tension wire or rope shall be used as a top stringer to prevent sagging between posts. The fence color shall be high visibility orange. The fence tensile strength shall be 360 lbs./ft. using the ASTM D4595 testing method. If appropriate install fabric silt fence in accordance with BMP C233 to act as high visibility fence. Silt fence shall be at least 3 feet high and must be highly visible to meet the requirements of this BMP. Metal fences shall be designed and installed according to the manufacturer's specifications. Metal fences shall be at least 3 feet high and must be highly visible. Fences shall not be wired or stapled to trees. Maintenance Standards If the fence has been damaged or visibility reduced, it shall be repaired or replaced immediately and visibility restored. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-7 BMP C105: Stabilized Construction Entrance / Exit Purpose Stabilized Construction entrances are established to reduce the amount of sediment transported onto paved roads by vehicles or equipment. This is done by constructing a stabilized pad of quarry spalls at entrances and exits for construction sites. Conditions of Use Construction entrances shall be stabilized wherever traffic will be entering or leaving a construction site if paved roads or other paved areas are within 1,000 feet of the site. For residential construction provide stabilized construction entrances for each residence, rather than only at the main subdivision entrance. Stabilized surfaces shall be of sufficient length/width to provide vehicle access/parking, based on lot size/configuration. On large commercial, highway, and road projects, the designer should include enough extra materials in the contract to allow for additional stabilized entrances not shown in the initial Construction SWPPP. It is difficult to determine exactly where access to these projects will take place; additional materials will enable the contractor to install them where needed. Design and Installation Specifications See Figure 4.1.1 for details. Note: the 100’ minimum length of the entrance shall be reduced to the maximum practicable size when the size or configuration of the site does not allow the full length (100’). Construct stabilized construction entrances with a 12-inch thick pad of 4- inch to 8-inch quarry spalls, a 4-inch course of asphalt treated base (ATB), or use existing pavement. Do not use crushed concrete, cement, or calcium chloride for construction entrance stabilization because these products raise pH levels in stormwater and concrete discharge to surface waters of the State is prohibited. A separation geotextile shall be placed under the spalls to prevent fine sediment from pumping up into the rock pad. The geotextile shall meet the following standards: Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4751) 200 psi min. Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632) 30% max. Mullen Burst Strength (ASTM D3786-80a) 400 psi min. AOS (ASTM D4751) 20-45 (U.S. standard sieve size) • Consider early installation of the first lift of asphalt in areas that will paved; this can be used as a stabilized entrance. Also consider the installation of excess concrete as a stabilized entrance. During large concrete pours, excess concrete is often available for this purpose. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-8 • Fencing (see BMP C103) shall be installed as necessary to restrict traffic to the construction entrance. • Whenever possible, the entrance shall be constructed on a firm, compacted subgrade. This can substantially increase the effectiveness of the pad and reduce the need for maintenance. • Construction entrances should avoid crossing existing sidewalks and back of walk drains if at all possible. If a construction entrance must cross a sidewalk or back of walk drain, the full length of the sidewalk and back of walk drain must be covered and protected from sediment leaving the site. Maintenance Standards Quarry spalls shall be added if the pad is no longer in accordance with the specifications. • If the entrance is not preventing sediment from being tracked onto pavement, then alternative measures to keep the streets free of sediment shall be used. This may include replacement/cleaning of the existing quarry spalls, street sweeping, an increase in the dimensions of the entrance, or the installation of a wheel wash. • Any sediment that is tracked onto pavement shall be removed by shoveling or street sweeping. The sediment collected by sweeping shall be removed or stabilized on site. The pavement shall not be cleaned by washing down the street, except when high efficiency sweeping is ineffective and there is a threat to public safety. If it is necessary to wash the streets, the construction of a small sump to contain the wash water shall be considered. The sediment would then be washed into the sump where it can be controlled. • Perform street sweeping by hand or with a high efficiency sweeper. Do not use a non-high efficiency mechanical sweeper because this creates dust and throws soils into storm systems or conveyance ditches. • Any quarry spalls that are loosened from the pad, which end up on the roadway shall be removed immediately. • If vehicles are entering or exiting the site at points other than the construction entrance(s), fencing (see BMP C103) shall be installed to control traffic. • Upon project completion and site stabilization, all construction accesses intended as permanent access for maintenance shall be permanently stabilized. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-9 Figure 4.1.1 – Stabilized Construction Entrance Approved as Equivalent Ecology has approved products as able to meet the requirements of BMP C105. The products did not pass through the Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) process. Local jurisdictions may choose not to accept this product approved as equivalent, or may require additional testing prior to consideration for local use. The products are available for review on Ecology’s website at http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/equivalent.html BMP C106: Wheel Wash Purpose Wheel washes reduce the amount of sediment transported onto paved roads by motor vehicles. Conditions of Use When a stabilized construction entrance (see BMP C105) is not preventing sediment from being tracked onto pavement. • Wheel washing is generally an effective BMP when installed with careful attention to topography. For example, a wheel wash can be detrimental if installed at the top of a slope abutting a right-of-way where the water from the dripping truck can run unimpeded into the street. Driveway shall meet the requirements of the permitting agency It is recommended that the entrance be crowned so that runoff drains off the pad Provide full width of ingress/egress area 12” min. thickness Geotextile 4’ – 8” quarry spalls Install driveway culvert if there is a roadside ditch present Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-10 • Pressure washing combined with an adequately sized and surfaced pad with direct drainage to a large 10-foot x 10-foot sump can be very effective. • Discharge wheel wash or tire bath wastewater to a separate on-site treatment system that prevents discharge to surface water, such as closed-loop recirculation or upland land application, or to the sanitary sewer with local sewer district approval. • Wheel wash or tire bath wastewater should not include wastewater from concrete washout areas. Design and Installation Specifications Suggested details are shown in Figure 4.1.2. The Local Permitting Authority may allow other designs. A minimum of 6 inches of asphalt treated base (ATB) over crushed base material or 8 inches over a good subgrade is recommended to pave the wheel wash. Use a low clearance truck to test the wheel wash before paving. Either a belly dump or lowboy will work well to test clearance. Keep the water level from 12 to 14 inches deep to avoid damage to truck hubs and filling the truck tongues with water. Midpoint spray nozzles are only needed in extremely muddy conditions. Wheel wash systems should be designed with a small grade change, 6- to 1-inches for a 10-foot-wide pond, to allow sediment to flow to the low side of pond to help prevent re-suspension of sediment. A drainpipe with a 2- to 3-foot riser should be installed on the low side of the pond to allow for easy cleaning and refilling. Polymers may be used to promote coagulation and flocculation in a closed-loop system. Polyacrylamide (PAM) added to the wheel wash water at a rate of 0.25 - 0.5 pounds per 1,000 gallons of water increases effectiveness and reduces cleanup time. If PAM is already being used for dust or erosion control and is being applied by a water truck, the same truck can be used to change the wash water. Maintenance Standards The wheel wash should start out the day with fresh water. The wash water should be changed a minimum of once per day. On large earthwork jobs where more than 10-20 trucks per hour are expected, the wash water will need to be changed more often. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-11 Figure 4.1.2 – Wheel Wash Notes: 1. Asphalt construction entrance 6 in. asphalt treated base (ATB). 2. 3-inch trash pump with floats on the suction hose. 3. Midpoint spray nozzles, if needed. 4. 6-inch sewer pipe with butterfly valves. Bottom one is a drain. Locate top pipe’s invert 1 foot above bottom of wheel wash. 5. 8 foot x 8 foot sump with 5 feet of catch. Build so the sump can be cleaned with a trackhoe. 6. Asphalt curb on the low road side to direct water back to pond. 7. 6-inch sleeve under road. 8. Ball valves. 9. 15 foot. ATB apron to protect ground from splashing water. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-12 BMP C107: Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization Purpose Stabilizing subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on-site vehicle transportation routes immediately after grading reduces erosion caused by construction traffic or runoff. Conditions of Use Roads or parking areas shall be stabilized wherever they are constructed, whether permanent or temporary, for use by construction traffic. • High Visibility Fencing (see BMP C103) shall be installed, if necessary, to limit the access of vehicles to only those roads and parking areas that are stabilized. Design and Installation Specifications • On areas that will receive asphalt as part of the project, install the first lift as soon as possible. • A 6-inch depth of 2- to 4-inch crushed rock, gravel base, or crushed surfacing base course shall be applied immediately after grading or utility installation. A 4-inch course of asphalt treated base (ATB) may also be used, or the road/parking area may be paved. It may also be possible to use cement or calcium chloride for soil stabilization. If cement or cement kiln dust is used for roadbase stabilization, pH monitoring and BMPs (BMPs C252 and C253) are necessary to evaluate and minimize the effects on stormwater. If the area will not be used for permanent roads, parking areas, or structures, a 6-inch depth of hog fuel may also be used, but this is likely to require more maintenance. Whenever possible, construction roads and parking areas shall be placed on a firm, compacted subgrade. • Temporary road gradients shall not exceed 15 percent. Roadways shall be carefully graded to drain. Drainage ditches shall be provided on each side of the roadway in the case of a crowned section, or on one side in the case of a super-elevated section. Drainage ditches shall be directed to a sediment control BMP. • Rather than relying on ditches, it may also be possible to grade the road so that runoff sheet-flows into a heavily vegetated area with a well-developed topsoil. Landscaped areas are not adequate. If this area has at least 50 feet of vegetation that water can flow through, then it is generally preferable to use the vegetation to treat runoff, rather than a sediment pond or trap. The 50 feet shall not include wetlands or their buffers. If runoff is allowed to sheetflow through adjacent vegetated areas, it is vital to design the roadways and parking areas so that no concentrated runoff is created. • Storm drain inlets shall be protected to prevent sediment-laden water entering the storm drain system (see BMP C220). Maintenance Standards Inspect stabilized areas regularly, especially after large storm events. Crushed rock, gravel base, etc. shall be added as required to maintain a Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-13 stable driving surface and to stabilize any areas that have eroded. Following construction, these areas shall be restored to pre-construction condition or better to prevent future erosion. Perform street cleaning at the end of each day or more often if necessary. BMP C120: Temporary and Permanent Seeding Purpose Seeding reduces erosion by stabilizing exposed soils. A well-established vegetative cover is one of the most effective methods of reducing erosion. Conditions of Use Use seeding throughout the project on disturbed areas that have reached final grade or that will remain unworked for more than 30 days. The optimum seeding windows for western Washington are April 1 through June 30 and September 1 through October 1. Between July 1 and August 30 seeding requires irrigation until 75 percent grass cover is established. Between October 1 and March 30 seeding requires a cover of mulch with straw or an erosion control blanket until 75 percent grass cover is established. Review all disturbed areas in late August to early September and complete all seeding by the end of September. Otherwise, vegetation will not establish itself enough to provide more than average protection. • Mulch is required at all times for seeding because it protects seeds from heat, moisture loss, and transport due to runoff. Mulch can be applied on top of the seed or simultaneously by hydroseeding. See BMP C121: Mulching for specifications. • Seed and mulch, all disturbed areas not otherwise vegetated at final site stabilization. Final stabilization means the completion of all soil disturbing activities at the site and the establishment of a permanent vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as pavement, riprap, gabions or geotextiles) which will prevent erosion. Design and Installation Specifications Seed retention/detention ponds as required. Install channels intended for vegetation before starting major earthwork and hydroseed with a Bonded Fiber Matrix. For vegetated channels that will have high flows, install erosion control blankets over hydroseed. Before allowing water to flow in vegetated channels, establish 75 percent vegetation cover. If vegetated channels cannot be established by seed before water flow; install sod in the channel bottom—over hydromulch and erosion control blankets. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-14 • Confirm the installation of all required surface water control measures to prevent seed from washing away. • Hydroseed applications shall include a minimum of 1,500 pounds per acre of mulch with 3 percent tackifier. See BMP C121: Mulching for specifications. • Areas that will have seeding only and not landscaping may need compost or meal-based mulch included in the hydroseed in order to establish vegetation. Re-install native topsoil on the disturbed soil surface before application. • When installing seed via hydroseeding operations, only about 1/3 of the seed actually ends up in contact with the soil surface. This reduces the ability to establish a good stand of grass quickly. To overcome this, consider increasing seed quantities by up to 50 percent. • Enhance vegetation establishment by dividing the hydromulch operation into two phases: 1. Phase 1- Install all seed and fertilizer with 25-30 percent mulch and tackifier onto soil in the first lift. 2. Phase 2- Install the rest of the mulch and tackifier over the first lift. Or, enhance vegetation by: 1. Installing the mulch, seed, fertilizer, and tackifier in one lift. 2. Spread or blow straw over the top of the hydromulch at a rate of 800-1000 pounds per acre. 3. Hold straw in place with a standard tackifier. Both of these approaches will increase cost moderately but will greatly improve and enhance vegetative establishment. The increased cost may be offset by the reduced need for: • Irrigation. • Reapplication of mulch. • Repair of failed slope surfaces. This technique works with standard hydromulch (1,500 pounds per acre minimum) and BFM/MBFMs (3,000 pounds per acre minimum). • Seed may be installed by hand if: • Temporary and covered by straw, mulch, or topsoil. • Permanent in small areas (usually less than 1 acre) and covered with mulch, topsoil, or erosion blankets. • The seed mixes listed in the tables below include recommended mixes for both temporary and permanent seeding. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-15 • Apply these mixes, with the exception of the wetland mix, at a rate of 120 pounds per acre. This rate can be reduced if soil amendments or slow-release fertilizers are used. • Consult the local suppliers or the local conservation district for their recommendations because the appropriate mix depends on a variety of factors, including location, exposure, soil type, slope, and expected foot traffic. Alternative seed mixes approved by the local authority may be used. • Other mixes may be appropriate, depending on the soil type and hydrology of the area. • Table 4.1.2 lists the standard mix for areas requiring a temporary vegetative cover. Table 4.1.2 Temporary Erosion Control Seed Mix % Weight % Purity % Germination Chewings or annual blue grass Festuca rubra var. commutata or Poa anna 40 98 90 Perennial rye - Lolium perenne 50 98 90 Redtop or colonial bentgrass Agrostis alba or Agrostis tenuis 5 92 85 White dutch clover Trifolium repens 5 98 90 • Table 4.1.3 lists a recommended mix for landscaping seed. Table 4.1.3 Landscaping Seed Mix % Weight % Purity % Germination Perennial rye blend Lolium perenne 70 98 90 Chewings and red fescue blend Festuca rubra var. commutata or Festuca rubra 30 98 90 Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-16 • Table 4.1.4 lists a turf seed mix for dry situations where there is no need for watering. This mix requires very little maintenance. Table 4.1.4 Low-Growing Turf Seed Mix % Weight % Purity % Germination Dwarf tall fescue (several varieties) Festuca arundinacea var. 45 98 90 Dwarf perennial rye (Barclay) Lolium perenne var. barclay 30 98 90 Red fescue Festuca rubra 20 98 90 Colonial bentgrass Agrostis tenuis 5 98 90 • Table 4.1.5 lists a mix for bioswales and other intermittently wet areas. Table 4.1.5 Bioswale Seed Mix* % Weight % Purity % Germination Tall or meadow fescue Festuca arundinacea or Festuca elatior 75-80 98 90 Seaside/Creeping bentgrass Agrostis palustris 10-15 92 85 Redtop bentgrass Agrostis alba or Agrostis gigantea 5-10 90 80 * Modified Briargreen, Inc. Hydroseeding Guide Wetlands Seed Mix Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-17 • Table 4.1.6 lists a low-growing, relatively non-invasive seed mix appropriate for very wet areas that are not regulated wetlands. Apply this mixture at a rate of 60 pounds per acre. Consult Hydraulic Permit Authority (HPA) for seed mixes if applicable. Table 4.1.6 Wet Area Seed Mix* % Weight % Purity % Germination Tall or meadow fescue Festuca arundinacea or Festuca elatior 60-70 98 90 Seaside/Creeping bentgrass Agrostis palustris 10-15 98 85 Meadow foxtail Alepocurus pratensis 10-15 90 80 Alsike clover Trifolium hybridum 1-6 98 90 Redtop bentgrass Agrostis alba 1-6 92 85 * Modified Briargreen, Inc. Hydroseeding Guide Wetlands Seed Mix • Table 4.1.7 lists a recommended meadow seed mix for infrequently maintained areas or non-maintained areas where colonization by native plants is desirable. Likely applications include rural road and utility right-of-way. Seeding should take place in September or very early October in order to obtain adequate establishment prior to the winter months. Consider the appropriateness of clover, a fairly invasive species, in the mix. Amending the soil can reduce the need for clover. Table 4.1.7 Meadow Seed Mix % Weight % Purity % Germination Redtop or Oregon bentgrass Agrostis alba or Agrostis oregonensis 20 92 85 Red fescue Festuca rubra 70 98 90 White dutch clover Trifolium repens 10 98 90 Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-18 • Roughening and Rototilling: • The seedbed should be firm and rough. Roughen all soil no matter what the slope. Track walk slopes before seeding if engineering purposes require compaction. Backblading or smoothing of slopes greater than 4H:1V is not allowed if they are to be seeded. • Restoration-based landscape practices require deeper incorporation than that provided by a simple single-pass rototilling treatment. Wherever practical, initially rip the subgrade to improve long-term permeability, infiltration, and water inflow qualities. At a minimum, permanent areas shall use soil amendments to achieve organic matter and permeability performance defined in engineered soil/landscape systems. For systems that are deeper than 8 inches complete the rototilling process in multiple lifts, or prepare the engineered soil system per specifications and place to achieve the specified depth. • Fertilizers: • Conducting soil tests to determine the exact type and quantity of fertilizer is recommended. This will prevent the over-application of fertilizer. • Organic matter is the most appropriate form of fertilizer because it provides nutrients (including nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium) in the least water-soluble form. • In general, use 10-4-6 N-P-K (nitrogen-phosphorus-potassium) fertilizer at a rate of 90 pounds per acre. Always use slow-release fertilizers because they are more efficient and have fewer environmental impacts. Do not add fertilizer to the hydromulch machine, or agitate, more than 20 minutes before use. Too much agitation destroys the slow-release coating. • There are numerous products available that take the place of chemical fertilizers. These include several with seaweed extracts that are beneficial to soil microbes and organisms. If 100 percent cottonseed meal is used as the mulch in hydroseed, chemical fertilizer may not be necessary. Cottonseed meal provides a good source of long-term, slow-release, available nitrogen. • Bonded Fiber Matrix and Mechanically Bonded Fiber Matrix: • On steep slopes use Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) or Mechanically Bonded Fiber Matrix (MBFM) products. Apply BFM/MBFM products at a minimum rate of 3,000 pounds per acre of mulch with approximately 10 percent tackifier. Achieve a minimum of 95 percent soil coverage during application. Numerous products are available commercially. Installed products per manufacturer’s instructions. Most products require 24-36 hours to cure before rainfall and cannot be installed on wet or saturated soils. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-19 Generally, products come in 40-50 pound bags and include all necessary ingredients except for seed and fertilizer. • BFMs and MBFMs provide good alternatives to blankets in most areas requiring vegetation establishment. Advantages over blankets include: • BFM and MBFMs do not require surface preparation. • Helicopters can assist in installing BFM and MBFMs in remote areas. • On slopes steeper than 2.5H:1V, blanket installers may require ropes and harnesses for safety. • Installing BFM and MBFMs can save at least $1,000 per acre compared to blankets. Maintenance Standards Reseed any seeded areas that fail to establish at least 80 percent cover (100 percent cover for areas that receive sheet or concentrated flows). If reseeding is ineffective, use an alternate method such as sodding, mulching, or nets/blankets. If winter weather prevents adequate grass growth, this time limit may be relaxed at the discretion of the local authority when sensitive areas would otherwise be protected. • Reseed and protect by mulch any areas that experience erosion after achieving adequate cover. Reseed and protect by mulch any eroded area. • Supply seeded areas with adequate moisture, but do not water to the extent that it causes runoff. Approved as Equivalent Ecology has approved products as able to meet the requirements of BMP C120. The products did not pass through the Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) process. Local jurisdictions may choose not to accept this product approved as equivalent, or may require additional testing prior to consideration for local use. The products are available for review on Ecology’s website at http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/equivalent.html BMP C121: Mulching Purpose Mulching soils provides immediate temporary protection from erosion. Mulch also enhances plant establishment by conserving moisture, holding fertilizer, seed, and topsoil in place, and moderating soil temperatures. There is an enormous variety of mulches that can be used. This section discusses only the most common types of mulch. Conditions of Use As a temporary cover measure, mulch should be used: • For less than 30 days on disturbed areas that require cover. • At all times for seeded areas, especially during the wet season and Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-20 during the hot summer months. • During the wet season on slopes steeper than 3H:1V with more than 10 feet of vertical relief. Mulch may be applied at any time of the year and must be refreshed periodically. • For seeded areas mulch may be made up of 100 percent: cottonseed meal; fibers made of wood, recycled cellulose, hemp, kenaf; compost; or blends of these. Tackifier shall be plant-based, such as guar or alpha plantago, or chemical-based such as polyacrylamide or polymers. Any mulch or tackifier product used shall be installed per manufacturer’s instructions. Generally, mulches come in 40-50 pound bags. Seed and fertilizer are added at time of application. Design and Installation Specifications For mulch materials, application rates, and specifications, see Table 4.1.8. Always use a 2-inch minimum mulch thickness; increase the thickness until the ground is 95% covered (i.e. not visible under the mulch layer). Note: Thickness may be increased for disturbed areas in or near sensitive areas or other areas highly susceptible to erosion. Mulch used within the ordinary high-water mark of surface waters should be selected to minimize potential flotation of organic matter. Composted organic materials have higher specific gravities (densities) than straw, wood, or chipped material. Consult Hydraulic Permit Authority (HPA) for mulch mixes if applicable. Maintenance Standards • The thickness of the cover must be maintained. • Any areas that experience erosion shall be remulched and/or protected with a net or blanket. If the erosion problem is drainage related, then the problem shall be fixed and the eroded area remulched. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-21 Table 4.1.8 Mulch Standards and Guidelines Mulch Material Quality Standards Application Rates Remarks Straw Air-dried; free from undesirable seed and coarse material. 2"-3" thick; 5 bales per 1,000 sf or 2-3 tons per acre Cost-effective protection when applied with adequate thickness. Hand-application generally requires greater thickness than blown straw. The thickness of straw may be reduced by half when used in conjunction with seeding. In windy areas straw must be held in place by crimping, using a tackifier, or covering with netting. Blown straw always has to be held in place with a tackifier as even light winds will blow it away. Straw, however, has several deficiencies that should be considered when selecting mulch materials. It often introduces and/or encourages the propagation of weed species and it has no significant long-term benefits. It should also not be used within the ordinary high-water elevation of surface waters (due to flotation). Hydromulch No growth inhibiting factors. Approx. 25-30 lbs per 1,000 sf or 1,500 - 2,000 lbs per acre Shall be applied with hydromulcher. Shall not be used without seed and tackifier unless the application rate is at least doubled. Fibers longer than about ¾-1 inch clog hydromulch equipment. Fibers should be kept to less than ¾ inch. Composted Mulch and Compost No visible water or dust during handling. Must be produced in accordance with WAC 173-350, Solid Waste Handling Standards. . 2" thick min.; approx. 100 tons per acre (approx. 800 lbs per yard) More effective control can be obtained by increasing thickness to 3". Excellent mulch for protecting final grades until landscaping because it can be directly seeded or tilled into soil as an amendment. Composted mulch has a coarser size gradation than compost. It is more stable and practical to use in wet areas and during rainy weather conditions. Do not use composted mulch near wetlands or near phosphorous impaired water bodies. Chipped Site Vegetation Average size shall be several inches. Gradations from fines to 6 inches in length for texture, variation, and interlocking properties. 2" thick min.; This is a cost-effective way to dispose of debris from clearing and grubbing, and it eliminates the problems associated with burning. Generally, it should not be used on slopes above approx. 10% because of its tendency to be transported by runoff. It is not recommended within 200 feet of surface waters. If seeding is expected shortly after mulch, the decomposition of the chipped vegetation may tie up nutrients important to grass establishment. Wood-based Mulch or Wood Straw No visible water or dust during handling. Must be purchased from a supplier with a Solid Waste Handling Permit or one exempt from solid waste regulations. 2” thick min.; approx. 100 tons per acre (approx. 800 lbs. per cubic yard) This material is often called “hog or hogged fuel.” The use of mulch ultimately improves the organic matter in the soil. Special caution is advised regarding the source and composition of wood-based mulches. Its preparation typically does not provide any weed seed control, so evidence of residual vegetation in its composition or known inclusion of weed plants or seeds should be monitored and prevented (or minimized). Wood Strand Mulch A blend of loose, long, thin wood pieces derived from native conifer or deciduous trees with high length-to-width ratio. 2” thick min. Cost-effective protection when applied with adequate thickness. A minimum of 95-percent of the wood strand shall have lengths between 2 and 10-inches, with a width and thickness between 1/16 and ⅜-inches. The mulch shall not contain resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities that would be detrimental to plant life. Sawdust or wood shavings shall not be used as mulch. (WSDOT specification (9-14.4(4)) Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-22 BMP C122: Nets and Blankets Purpose Erosion control nets and blankets are intended to prevent erosion and hold seed and mulch in place on steep slopes and in channels so that vegetation can become well established. In addition, some nets and blankets can be used to permanently reinforce turf to protect drainage ways during high flows. Nets (commonly called matting) are strands of material woven into an open, but high-tensile strength net (for example, coconut fiber matting). Blankets are strands of material that are not tightly woven, but instead form a layer of interlocking fibers, typically held together by a biodegradable or photodegradable netting (for example, excelsior or straw blankets). They generally have lower tensile strength than nets, but cover the ground more completely. Coir (coconut fiber) fabric comes as both nets and blankets. Conditions of Use Erosion control nets and blankets should be used: • To aid permanent vegetated stabilization of slopes 2H:1V or greater and with more than 10 feet of vertical relief. • For drainage ditches and swales (highly recommended). The application of appropriate netting or blanket to drainage ditches and swales can protect bare soil from channelized runoff while vegetation is established. Nets and blankets also can capture a great deal of sediment due to their open, porous structure. Nets and blankets can be used to permanently stabilize channels and may provide a cost- effective, environmentally preferable alternative to riprap. 100 percent synthetic blankets manufactured for use in ditches may be easily reused as temporary ditch liners. Disadvantages of blankets include: • Surface preparation required. • On slopes steeper than 2.5H:1V, blanket installers may need to be roped and harnessed for safety. • They cost at least $4,000-6,000 per acre installed. Advantages of blankets include: • Installation without mobilizing special equipment. • Installation by anyone with minimal training • Installation in stages or phases as the project progresses. • Installers can hand place seed and fertilizer as they progress down the slope. • Installation in any weather. • There are numerous types of blankets that can be designed with various parameters in mind. Those parameters include: fiber blend, mesh strength, longevity, biodegradability, cost, and availability. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-23 Design and Installation Specifications • See Figure 4.1.3 and Figure 4.1.4 for typical orientation and installation of blankets used in channels and as slope protection. Note: these are typical only; all blankets must be installed per manufacturer’s installation instructions. • Installation is critical to the effectiveness of these products. If good ground contact is not achieved, runoff can concentrate under the product, resulting in significant erosion. • Installation of Blankets on Slopes: 1. Complete final grade and track walk up and down the slope. 2. Install hydromulch with seed and fertilizer. 3. Dig a small trench, approximately 12 inches wide by 6 inches deep along the top of the slope. 4. Install the leading edge of the blanket into the small trench and staple approximately every 18 inches. NOTE: Staples are metal, “U”-shaped, and a minimum of 6 inches long. Longer staples are used in sandy soils. Biodegradable stakes are also available. 5. Roll the blanket slowly down the slope as installer walks backwards. NOTE: The blanket rests against the installer’s legs. Staples are installed as the blanket is unrolled. It is critical that the proper staple pattern is used for the blanket being installed. The blanket is not to be allowed to roll down the slope on its own as this stretches the blanket making it impossible to maintain soil contact. In addition, no one is allowed to walk on the blanket after it is in place. 6. If the blanket is not long enough to cover the entire slope length, the trailing edge of the upper blanket should overlap the leading edge of the lower blanket and be stapled. On steeper slopes, this overlap should be installed in a small trench, stapled, and covered with soil. • With the variety of products available, it is impossible to cover all the details of appropriate use and installation. Therefore, it is critical that the design engineer consult the manufacturer's information and that a site visit takes place in order to ensure that the product specified is appropriate. Information is also available at the following web sites: 1. WSDOT (Section 3.2.4): http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/NR/rdonlyres/3B41E087-FA86-4717- 932D-D7A8556CCD57/0/ErosionTrainingManual.pdf 2. Texas Transportation Institute: http://www.txdot.gov/business/doing_business/product_evaluation/ erosion_control.htm Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-24 • Use jute matting in conjunction with mulch (BMP C121). Excelsior, woven straw blankets and coir (coconut fiber) blankets may be installed without mulch. There are many other types of erosion control nets and blankets on the market that may be appropriate in certain circumstances. • In general, most nets (e.g., jute matting) require mulch in order to prevent erosion because they have a fairly open structure. Blankets typically do not require mulch because they usually provide complete protection of the surface. • Extremely steep, unstable, wet, or rocky slopes are often appropriate candidates for use of synthetic blankets, as are riverbanks, beaches and other high-energy environments. If synthetic blankets are used, the soil should be hydromulched first. • 100-percent biodegradable blankets are available for use in sensitive areas. These organic blankets are usually held together with a paper or fiber mesh and stitching which may last up to a year. • Most netting used with blankets is photodegradable, meaning they break down under sunlight (not UV stabilized). However, this process can take months or years even under bright sun. Once vegetation is established, sunlight does not reach the mesh. It is not uncommon to find non-degraded netting still in place several years after installation. This can be a problem if maintenance requires the use of mowers or ditch cleaning equipment. In addition, birds and small animals can become trapped in the netting. Maintenance Standards • Maintain good contact with the ground. Erosion must not occur beneath the net or blanket. • Repair and staple any areas of the net or blanket that are damaged or not in close contact with the ground. • Fix and protect eroded areas if erosion occurs due to poorly controlled drainage. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-25 Min. 2“Overlap Slope surface shall be smooth beforeplacement for proper soil contact. Stapling pattern as permanufacturer’s recommendations. Do not stretch blankets/mattings tight -allow the rolls to mold to any irregularities. For slopes less than 3H:1V, rollsmay be placed in horizontal strips. If there is a berm at thetop of slope, anchorupslope of the berm. Anchor in 6"x6" min. Trenchand staple at 12" intervals. Min. 6" overlap. Staple overlapsmax. 5" spacing. Bring material down to a level area, turnthe end under 4" and staple at 12" intervals. Lime, fertilize, and seed before installation.Planting of shrubs, trees, etc. Should occurafter installation. Figure 4.1.3 – Channel Installation Figure 4.1.4 – Slope Installation Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-26 BMP C123: Plastic Covering Purpose Plastic covering provides immediate, short-term erosion protection to slopes and disturbed areas. Conditions of Use Plastic covering may be used on disturbed areas that require cover measures for less than 30 days, except as stated below. • Plastic is particularly useful for protecting cut and fill slopes and stockpiles. Note: The relatively rapid breakdown of most polyethylene sheeting makes it unsuitable for long-term (greater than six months) applications. • Due to rapid runoff caused by plastic covering, do not use this method upslope of areas that might be adversely impacted by concentrated runoff. Such areas include steep and/or unstable slopes. • Plastic sheeting may result in increased runoff volumes and velocities, requiring additional on-site measures to counteract the increases. Creating a trough with wattles or other material can convey clean water away from these areas. • To prevent undercutting, trench and backfill rolled plastic covering products. • While plastic is inexpensive to purchase, the added cost of installation, maintenance, removal, and disposal make this an expensive material, up to $1.50-2.00 per square yard. • Whenever plastic is used to protect slopes install water collection measures at the base of the slope. These measures include plastic- covered berms, channels, and pipes used to covey clean rainwater away from bare soil and disturbed areas. Do not mix clean runoff from a plastic covered slope with dirty runoff from a project. • Other uses for plastic include: 1. Temporary ditch liner. 2. Pond liner in temporary sediment pond. 3. Liner for bermed temporary fuel storage area if plastic is not reactive to the type of fuel being stored. 4. Emergency slope protection during heavy rains. 5. Temporary drainpipe (“elephant trunk”) used to direct water. Design and Installation Specifications • Plastic slope cover must be installed as follows: 1. Run plastic up and down slope, not across slope. 2. Plastic may be installed perpendicular to a slope if the slope length is less than 10 feet. 3. Minimum of 8-inch overlap at seams. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-27 4. On long or wide slopes, or slopes subject to wind, tape all seams. 5. Place plastic into a small (12-inch wide by 6-inch deep) slot trench at the top of the slope and backfill with soil to keep water from flowing underneath. 6. Place sand filled burlap or geotextile bags every 3 to 6 feet along seams and tie them together with twine to hold them in place. 7. Inspect plastic for rips, tears, and open seams regularly and repair immediately. This prevents high velocity runoff from contacting bare soil which causes extreme erosion. 8. Sandbags may be lowered into place tied to ropes. However, all sandbags must be staked in place. • Plastic sheeting shall have a minimum thickness of 0.06 millimeters. • If erosion at the toe of a slope is likely, a gravel berm, riprap, or other suitable protection shall be installed at the toe of the slope in order to reduce the velocity of runoff. Maintenance Standards • Torn sheets must be replaced and open seams repaired. • Completely remove and replace the plastic if it begins to deteriorate due to ultraviolet radiation. • Completely remove plastic when no longer needed. • Dispose of old tires used to weight down plastic sheeting appropriately. Approved as Equivalent Ecology has approved products as able to meet the requirements of BMP C123. The products did not pass through the Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) process. Local jurisdictions may choose not to accept this product approved as equivalent, or may require additional testing prior to consideration for local use. The products are available for review on Ecology’s website at http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/equivalent.html BMP C124: Sodding Purpose The purpose of sodding is to establish permanent turf for immediate erosion protection and to stabilize drainage ways where concentrated overland flow will occur. Conditions of Use Sodding may be used in the following areas: • Disturbed areas that require short-term or long-term cover. • Disturbed areas that require immediate vegetative cover. • All waterways that require vegetative lining. Waterways may also be seeded rather than sodded, and protected with a net or blanket. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-28 Design and Installation Specifications Sod shall be free of weeds, of uniform thickness (approximately 1-inch thick), and shall have a dense root mat for mechanical strength. The following steps are recommended for sod installation: • Shape and smooth the surface to final grade in accordance with the approved grading plan. The swale needs to be overexcavated 4 to 6 inches below design elevation to allow room for placing soil amendment and sod. • Amend 4 inches (minimum) of compost into the top 8 inches of the soil if the organic content of the soil is less than ten percent or the permeability is less than 0.6 inches per hour. See http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/swfa/organics/soil.html for further information. • Fertilize according to the supplier's recommendations. • Work lime and fertilizer 1 to 2 inches into the soil, and smooth the surface. • Lay strips of sod beginning at the lowest area to be sodded and perpendicular to the direction of water flow. Wedge strips securely into place. Square the ends of each strip to provide for a close, tight fit. Stagger joints at least 12 inches. Staple on slopes steeper than 3H:1V. Staple the upstream edge of each sod strip. • Roll the sodded area and irrigate. • When sodding is carried out in alternating strips or other patterns, seed the areas between the sod immediately after sodding. Maintenance Standards If the grass is unhealthy, the cause shall be determined and appropriate action taken to reestablish a healthy groundcover. If it is impossible to establish a healthy groundcover due to frequent saturation, instability, or some other cause, the sod shall be removed, the area seeded with an appropriate mix, and protected with a net or blanket. BMP C125: Topsoiling / Composting Purpose Topsoiling and composting provide a suitable growth medium for final site stabilization with vegetation. While not a permanent cover practice in itself, topsoiling and composting are an integral component of providing permanent cover in those areas where there is an unsuitable soil surface for plant growth. Use this BMP in conjunction with other BMPs such as seeding, mulching, or sodding. Native soils and disturbed soils that have been organically amended not only retain much more stormwater, but they also serve as effective biofilters for urban pollutants and, by supporting more vigorous plant growth, reduce the water, fertilizer and pesticides needed to support Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-29 installed landscapes. Topsoil does not include any subsoils but only the material from the top several inches including organic debris. Conditions of Use • Permanent landscaped areas shall contain healthy topsoil that reduces the need for fertilizers, improves overall topsoil quality, provides for better vegetal health and vitality, improves hydrologic characteristics, and reduces the need for irrigation. • Leave native soils and the duff layer undisturbed to the maximum extent practicable. Stripping of existing, properly functioning soil system and vegetation for the purpose of topsoiling during construction is not acceptable. Preserve existing soil systems in undisturbed and uncompacted conditions if functioning properly. • Areas that already have good topsoil, such as undisturbed areas, do not require soil amendments. • Restore, to the maximum extent practical, native soils disturbed during clearing and grading to a condition equal to or better than the original site condition’s moisture-holding capacity. Use on-site native topsoil, incorporate amendments into on-site soil, or import blended topsoil to meet this requirement. • Topsoiling is a required procedure when establishing vegetation on shallow soils, and soils of critically low pH (high acid) levels. • Beware of where the topsoil comes from, and what vegetation was on site before disturbance, invasive plant seeds may be included and could cause problems for establishing native plants, landscaped areas, or grasses. • Topsoil from the site will contain mycorrhizal bacteria that are necessary for healthy root growth and nutrient transfer. These native mycorrhiza are acclimated to the site and will provide optimum conditions for establishing grasses. Use commercially available mycorrhiza products when using off-site topsoil. Design and Installation Specifications Meet the following requirements for areas requiring disruption and topsoiling: • Maximize the depth of the topsoil wherever possible to provide the maximum possible infiltration capacity and beneficial growth medium. Topsoil shall have: • A minimum depth of 8-inches. Scarify subsoils below the topsoil layer at least 4-inches with some incorporation of the upper material to avoid stratified layers, where feasible. Ripping or re- structuring the subgrade may also provide additional benefits regarding the overall infiltration and interflow dynamics of the soil system. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-30 • A minimum organic content of 10% dry weight, and 5% organic matter content in turf areas. Incorporate organic amendments to a minimum 8-inch depth except where tree roots or other natural features limit the depth of incorporation. • A pH between 6.0 and 8.0 or matching the pH of the undisturbed soil. • If blended topsoil is imported, then fines should be limited to 25 percent passing through a 200 sieve. • Accomplish the required organic content and pH by either returning native topsoil to the site and/or incorporating organic amendments. • To meet the organic content use compost that meets the definition of “composted materials” in WAC 173-350-220. This code is available online at: http://apps.leg.wa.gov/WAC/default.aspx?cite=173-350-220. The compost must also have an organic matter content of 35% to 65%, and a carbon to nitrogen ratio below 25H:1V. The carbon to nitrogen ratio may be as high as 35H:1V for plantings composed entirely of plants native to the Puget Sound Lowlands region. • For till soils use a mixture of approximately two parts soil to one part compost. This equates to 4 inches of compost mixed to a depth of 12 inches in till soils. Increasing the concentration of compost beyond this level can have negative effects on vegetal health, while decreasing the concentrations can reduce the benefits of amended soils. • Gravel or cobble outwash soils, may require different approaches. Organics and fines easily migrate through the loose structure of these soils. Therefore, the importation of at least 6 inches of quality topsoil, underlain by some type of filter fabric to prevent the migration of fines, may be more appropriate for these soils. • The final composition and construction of the soil system will result in a natural selection or favoring of certain plant species over time. For example, incorporation of topsoil may favor grasses, while layering with mildly acidic, high-carbon amendments may favor more woody vegetation. • Allow sufficient time in scheduling for topsoil spreading prior to seeding, sodding, or planting. • Take care when applying top soil to subsoils with contrasting textures. Sandy topsoil over clayey subsoil is a particularly poor combination, as water creeps along the junction between the soil layers and causes the topsoil to slough. If topsoil and subsoil are not properly bonded, water will not infiltrate the soil profile evenly and it will be difficult to Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-31 establish vegetation. The best method to prevent a lack of bonding is to actually work the topsoil into the layer below for a depth of at least 6 inches. • Field exploration of the site shall be made to determine if there is surface soil of sufficient quantity and quality to justify stripping. Topsoil shall be friable and loamy (loam, sandy loam, silt loam, sandy clay loam, and clay loam). Avoid areas of natural ground water recharge. • Stripping shall be confined to the immediate construction area. A 4- inch to 6-inch stripping depth is common, but depth may vary depending on the particular soil. All surface runoff control structures shall be in place prior to stripping. • Do not place topsoil while in a frozen or muddy condition, when the subgrade is excessively wet, or when conditions exist that may otherwise be detrimental to proper grading or proposed sodding or seeding. • In any areas requiring grading remove and stockpile the duff layer and topsoil on site in a designated, controlled area, not adjacent to public resources and critical areas. Stockpiled topsoil is to be reapplied to other portions of the site where feasible. • Locate the topsoil stockpile so that it meets specifications and does not interfere with work on the site. It may be possible to locate more than one pile in proximity to areas where topsoil will be used. Stockpiling of topsoil shall occur in the following manner: • Side slopes of the stockpile shall not exceed 2H:1V. • Between October 1 and April 30: • An interceptor dike with gravel outlet and silt fence shall surround all topsoil. • Within 2 days complete erosion control seeding, or covering stockpiles with clear plastic, or other mulching materials. • Between May 1 and September 30: • An interceptor dike with gravel outlet and silt fence shall surround all topsoil if the stockpile will remain in place for a longer period of time than active construction grading. • Within 7 days complete erosion control seeding, or covering stockpiles with clear plastic, or other mulching materials. • When native topsoil is to be stockpiled and reused the following should apply to ensure that the mycorrhizal bacterial, earthworms, and other beneficial organisms will not be destroyed: 1. Re-install topsoil within 4 to 6 weeks. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-32 2. Do not allow the saturation of topsoil with water. 3. Do not use plastic covering. Maintenance Standards • Inspect stockpiles regularly, especially after large storm events. Stabilize any areas that have eroded. • Establish soil quality and depth toward the end of construction and once established, protect from compaction, such as from large machinery use, and from erosion. • Plant and mulch soil after installation. • Leave plant debris or its equivalent on the soil surface to replenish organic matter. • Reduce and adjust, where possible, the use of irrigation, fertilizers, herbicides and pesticides, rather than continuing to implement formerly established practices. BMP C126: Polyacrylamide (PAM) for Soil Erosion Protection Purpose Polyacrylamide (PAM) is used on construction sites to prevent soil erosion. Applying PAM to bare soil in advance of a rain event significantly reduces erosion and controls sediment in two ways. First, PAM increases the soil’s available pore volume, thus increasing infiltration through flocculation and reducing the quantity of stormwater runoff. Second, it increases flocculation of suspended particles and aids in their deposition, thus reducing stormwater runoff turbidity and improving water quality. Conditions of Use PAM shall not be directly applied to water or allowed to enter a water body. In areas that drain to a sediment pond, PAM can be applied to bare soil under the following conditions: • During rough grading operations. • In Staging areas. • Balanced cut and fill earthwork. • Haul roads prior to placement of crushed rock surfacing. • Compacted soil roadbase. • Stockpiles. • After final grade and before paving or final seeding and planting. • Pit sites. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-33 • Sites having a winter shut down. In the case of winter shut down, or where soil will remain unworked for several months, PAM should be used together with mulch. Design and Installation Specifications PAM may be applied with water in dissolved form. The preferred application method is the dissolved form. PAM is to be applied at a maximum rate of 2/3 pound PAM per 1,000 gallons water (80 mg/L) per 1 acre of bare soil. Table 4.1.9 can be used to determine the PAM and water application rate for a disturbed soil area. Higher concentrations of PAM do not provide any additional effectiveness. Table 4.1.9 PAM and Water Application Rates Disturbed Area (ac) PAM (lbs) Water (gal) 0.50 0.33 500 1.00 0.66 1,000 1.50 1.00 1,500 2.00 1.32 2,000 2.50 1.65 2,500 3.00 2.00 3,000 3.50 2.33 3,500 4.00 2.65 4,000 4.50 3.00 4,500 5.00 3.33 5,000 The Preferred Method: • Pre-measure the area where PAM is to be applied and calculate the amount of product and water necessary to provide coverage at the specified application rate (2/3 pound PAM/1000 gallons/acre). • PAM has infinite solubility in water, but dissolves very slowly. Dissolve pre-measured dry granular PAM with a known quantity of clean water in a bucket several hours or overnight. Mechanical mixing will help dissolve the PAM. Always add PAM to water - not water to PAM. • Pre-fill the water truck about 1/8 full with water. The water does not have to be potable, but it must have relatively low turbidity – in the range of 20 NTU or less. • Add PAM /Water mixture to the truck • Completely fill the water truck to specified volume. • Spray PAM/Water mixture onto dry soil until the soil surface is uniformly and completely wetted. An Alternate Method: Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-34 PAM may also be applied as a powder at the rate of 5 lbs. per acre. This must be applied on a day that is dry. For areas less than 5-10 acres, a hand- held “organ grinder” fertilizer spreader set to the smallest setting will work. Tractor-mounted spreaders will work for larger areas. The following shall be used for application of powdered PAM: • Powered PAM shall be used in conjunction with other BMPs and not in place of other BMPs. • Do not use PAM on a slope that flows directly into a stream or wetland. The stormwater runoff shall pass through a sediment control BMP prior to discharging to surface waters. • Do not add PAM to water discharging from site. • When the total drainage area is greater than or equal to 5 acres, PAM treated areas shall drain to a sediment pond. • Areas less than 5 acres shall drain to sediment control BMPs, such as a minimum of 3 check dams per acre. The total number of check dams used shall be maximized to achieve the greatest amount of settlement of sediment prior to discharging from the site. Each check dam shall be spaced evenly in the drainage channel through which stormwater flows are discharged off-site. • On all sites, the use of silt fence shall be maximized to limit the discharges of sediment from the site. • All areas not being actively worked shall be covered and protected from rainfall. PAM shall not be the only cover BMP used. • PAM can be applied to wet soil, but dry soil is preferred due to less sediment loss. • PAM will work when applied to saturated soil but is not as effective as applications to dry or damp soil. • Keep the granular PAM supply out of the sun. Granular PAM loses its effectiveness in three months after exposure to sunlight and air. • Proper application and re-application plans are necessary to ensure total effectiveness of PAM usage. • PAM, combined with water, is very slippery and can be a safety hazard. Care must be taken to prevent spills of PAM powder onto paved surfaces. During an application of PAM, prevent over-spray from reaching pavement as pavement will become slippery. If PAM powder gets on skin or clothing, wipe it off with a rough towel rather than washing with water-this only makes cleanup messier and take longer. • Some PAMs are more toxic and carcinogenic than others. Only the most environmentally safe PAM products should be used. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-35 The specific PAM copolymer formulation must be anionic. Cationic PAM shall not be used in any application because of known aquatic toxicity problems. Only the highest drinking water grade PAM, certified for compliance with ANSI/NSF Standard 60 for drinking water treatment, will be used for soil applications. Recent media attention and high interest in PAM has resulted in some entrepreneurial exploitation of the term "polymer." All PAM are polymers, but not all polymers are PAM, and not all PAM products comply with ANSI/NSF Standard 60. PAM use shall be reviewed and approved by the local permitting authority. • PAM designated for these uses should be "water soluble" or "linear" or "non-crosslinked". Cross-linked or water absorbent PAM, polymerized in highly acidic (pH<2) conditions, are used to maintain soil moisture content. • The PAM anionic charge density may vary from 2-30 percent; a value of 18 percent is typical. Studies conducted by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA)/ARS demonstrated that soil stabilization was optimized by using very high molecular weight (12- 15 mg/mole), highly anionic (>20% hydrolysis) PAM. • PAM tackifiers are available and being used in place of guar and alpha plantago. Typically, PAM tackifiers should be used at a rate of no more than 0.5-1 lb. per 1000 gallons of water in a hydromulch machine. Some tackifier product instructions say to use at a rate of 3 –5 lbs. per acre, which can be too much. In addition, pump problems can occur at higher rates due to increased viscosity. Maintenance Standards • PAM may be reapplied on actively worked areas after a 48-hour period. • Reapplication is not required unless PAM treated soil is disturbed or unless turbidity levels show the need for an additional application. If PAM treated soil is left undisturbed a reapplication may be necessary after two months. More PAM applications may be required for steep slopes, silty and clayey soils (USDA Classification Type "C" and "D" soils), long grades, and high precipitation areas. When PAM is applied first to bare soil and then covered with straw, a reapplication may not be necessary for several months. • Loss of sediment and PAM may be a basis for penalties per RCW 90.48.080. BMP C130: Surface Roughening Purpose Surface roughening aids in the establishment of vegetative cover, reduces runoff velocity, increases infiltration, and provides for sediment trapping through the provision of a rough soil surface. Horizontal depressions are Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-36 created by operating a tiller or other suitable equipment on the contour or by leaving slopes in a roughened condition by not fine grading them. Use this BMP in conjunction with other BMPs such as seeding, mulching, or sodding. Conditions for Use • All slopes steeper than 3H:1V and greater than 5 vertical feet require surface roughening to a depth of 2 to 4 inches prior to seeding.. • Areas that will not be stabilized immediately may be roughened to reduce runoff velocity until seeding takes place. • Slopes with a stable rock face do not require roughening. • Slopes where mowing is planned should not be excessively roughened. Design and Installation Specifications There are different methods for achieving a roughened soil surface on a slope, and the selection of an appropriate method depends upon the type of slope. Roughening methods include stair-step grading, grooving, contour furrows, and tracking. See Figure 4.1.5 for tracking and contour furrows. Factors to be considered in choosing a method are slope steepness, mowing requirements, and whether the slope is formed by cutting or filling. • Disturbed areas that will not require mowing may be stair-step graded, grooved, or left rough after filling. • Stair-step grading is particularly appropriate in soils containing large amounts of soft rock. Each "step" catches material that sloughs from above, and provides a level site where vegetation can become established. Stairs should be wide enough to work with standard earth moving equipment. Stair steps must be on contour or gullies will form on the slope. • Areas that will be mowed (these areas should have slopes less steep than 3H:1V) may have small furrows left by disking, harrowing, raking, or seed-planting machinery operated on the contour. • Graded areas with slopes steeper than 3H:1V but less than 2H:1V should be roughened before seeding. This can be accomplished in a variety of ways, including "track walking," or driving a crawler tractor up and down the slope, leaving a pattern of cleat imprints parallel to slope contours. • Tracking is done by operating equipment up and down the slope to leave horizontal depressions in the soil. Maintenance Standards • Areas that are graded in this manner should be seeded as quickly as possible. • Regular inspections should be made of the area. If rills appear, they should be re-graded and re-seeded immediately. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-37 Figure 4.1.5 – Surface Roughening by Tracking and Contour Furrows Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-38 BMP C131: Gradient Terraces Purpose Gradient terraces reduce erosion damage by intercepting surface runoff and conducting it to a stable outlet at a non-erosive velocity. Conditions of Use • Gradient terraces normally are limited to denuded land having a water erosion problem. They should not be constructed on deep sands or on soils that are too stony, steep, or shallow to permit practical and economical installation and maintenance. Gradient terraces may be used only where suitable outlets are or will be made available. See Figure 4.1.6 for gradient terraces. Design and Installation Specifications • The maximum vertical spacing of gradient terraces should be determined by the following method: VI = (0.8)s + y Where: VI = vertical interval in feet s = land rise per 100 feet, expressed in feet y = a soil and cover variable with values from 1.0 to 4.0 Values of “y” are influenced by soil erodibility and cover practices. The lower values are applicable to erosive soils where little to no residue is left on the surface. The higher value is applicable only to erosion-resistant soils where a large amount of residue (1½ tons of straw/acre equivalent) is on the surface. • The minimum constructed cross-section should meet the design dimensions. • The top of the constructed ridge should not be lower at any point than the design elevation plus the specified overfill for settlement. The opening at the outlet end of the terrace should have a cross section equal to that specified for the terrace channel. • Channel grades may be either uniform or variable with a maximum grade of 0.6 feet per 100 feet length (0.6%). For short distances, terrace grades may be increased to improve alignment. The channel velocity should not exceed that which is nonerosive for the soil type. • All gradient terraces should have adequate outlets. Such an outlet may be a grassed waterway, vegetated area, or tile outlet. In all cases the outlet must convey runoff from the terrace or terrace system to a point where the outflow will not cause damage. Vegetative cover should be used in the outlet channel. • The design elevation of the water surface of the terrace should not be lower than the design elevation of the water surface in the outlet at their junction, when both are operating at design flow. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-39 Slope to adequate outlet. 10' min. • Vertical spacing determined by the above methods may be increased as much as 0.5 feet or 10 percent, whichever is greater, to provide better alignment or location, to avoid obstacles, to adjust for equipment size, or to reach a satisfactory outlet. The drainage area above the terrace should not exceed the area that would be drained by a terrace with normal spacing. • The terrace should have enough capacity to handle the peak runoff expected from a 2-year, 24-hour design storm without overtopping. • The terrace cross-section should be proportioned to fit the land slope. The ridge height should include a reasonable settlement factor. The ridge should have a minimum top width of 3 feet at the design height. The minimum cross-sectional area of the terrace channel should be 8 square feet for land slopes of 5 percent or less, 7 square feet for slopes from 5 to 8 percent, and 6 square feet for slopes steeper than 8 percent. The terrace can be constructed wide enough to be maintained using a small vehicle. Maintenance Standards • Maintenance should be performed as needed. Terraces should be inspected regularly; at least once a year, and after large storm events. Figure 4.1.6 – Gradient Terraces Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-40 BMP C140: Dust Control Purpose Dust control prevents wind transport of dust from disturbed soil surfaces onto roadways, drainage ways, and surface waters. Conditions of Use • In areas (including roadways) subject to surface and air movement of dust where on-site and off-site impacts to roadways, drainage ways, or surface waters are likely. Design and Installation Specifications • Vegetate or mulch areas that will not receive vehicle traffic. In areas where planting, mulching, or paving is impractical, apply gravel or landscaping rock. • Limit dust generation by clearing only those areas where immediate activity will take place, leaving the remaining area(s) in the original condition. Maintain the original ground cover as long as practical. • Construct natural or artificial windbreaks or windscreens. These may be designed as enclosures for small dust sources. • Sprinkle the site with water until surface is wet. Repeat as needed. To prevent carryout of mud onto street, refer to Stabilized Construction Entrance (BMP C105). • Irrigation water can be used for dust control. Irrigation systems should be installed as a first step on sites where dust control is a concern. • Spray exposed soil areas with a dust palliative, following the manufacturer’s instructions and cautions regarding handling and application. Used oil is prohibited from use as a dust suppressant. Local governments may approve other dust palliatives such as calcium chloride or PAM. • PAM (BMP C126) added to water at a rate of 0.5 lbs. per 1,000 gallons of water per acre and applied from a water truck is more effective than water alone. This is due to increased infiltration of water into the soil and reduced evaporation. In addition, small soil particles are bonded together and are not as easily transported by wind. Adding PAM may actually reduce the quantity of water needed for dust control. Use of PAM could be a cost-effective dust control method. Techniques that can be used for unpaved roads and lots include: • Lower speed limits. High vehicle speed increases the amount of dust stirred up from unpaved roads and lots. • Upgrade the road surface strength by improving particle size, shape, and mineral types that make up the surface and base materials. • Add surface gravel to reduce the source of dust emission. Limit the amount of fine particles (those smaller than .075 mm) to 10 to 20 percent. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-41 • Use geotextile fabrics to increase the strength of new roads or roads undergoing reconstruction. • Encourage the use of alternate, paved routes, if available. • Restrict use of paved roadways by tracked vehicles and heavy trucks to prevent damage to road surface and base. • Apply chemical dust suppressants using the admix method, blending the product with the top few inches of surface material. Suppressants may also be applied as surface treatments. • Pave unpaved permanent roads and other trafficked areas. • Use vacuum street sweepers. • Remove mud and other dirt promptly so it does not dry and then turn into dust. • Limit dust-causing work on windy days. • Contact your local Air Pollution Control Authority for guidance and training on other dust control measures. Compliance with the local Air Pollution Control Authority constitutes compliance with this BMP. Maintenance Standards Respray area as necessary to keep dust to a minimum. BMP C150: Materials on Hand Purpose Keep quantities of erosion prevention and sediment control materials on the project site at all times to be used for regular maintenance and emergency situations such as unexpected heavy summer rains. Having these materials on-site reduces the time needed to implement BMPs when inspections indicate that existing BMPs are not meeting the Construction SWPPP requirements. In addition, contractors can save money by buying some materials in bulk and storing them at their office or yard. Conditions of Use • Construction projects of any size or type can benefit from having materials on hand. A small commercial development project could have a roll of plastic and some gravel available for immediate protection of bare soil and temporary berm construction. A large earthwork project, such as highway construction, might have several tons of straw, several rolls of plastic, flexible pipe, sandbags, geotextile fabric and steel “T” posts. • Materials are stockpiled and readily available before any site clearing, grubbing, or earthwork begins. A large contractor or developer could keep a stockpile of materials that are available for use on several projects. • If storage space at the project site is at a premium, the contractor could maintain the materials at their office or yard. The office or yard must be less than an hour from the project site. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-42 Design and Installation Specifications Depending on project type, size, complexity, and length, materials and quantities will vary. A good minimum list of items that will cover numerous situations includes: Material Clear Plastic, 6 mil Drainpipe, 6 or 8 inch diameter Sandbags, filled Straw Bales for mulching, Quarry Spalls Washed Gravel Geotextile Fabric Catch Basin Inserts Steel “T” Posts Silt fence material Straw Wattles Maintenance Standards • All materials with the exception of the quarry spalls, steel “T” posts, and gravel should be kept covered and out of both sun and rain. • Re-stock materials used as needed. BMP C151: Concrete Handling Purpose Concrete work can generate process water and slurry that contain fine particles and high pH, both of which can violate water quality standards in the receiving water. Concrete spillage or concrete discharge to surface waters of the State is prohibited. Use this BMP to minimize and eliminate concrete, concrete process water, and concrete slurry from entering waters of the state. Conditions of Use Any time concrete is used, utilize these management practices. Concrete construction projects include, but are not limited to, the following: • Curbs • Sidewalks • Roads • Bridges • Foundations • Floors • Runways Design and Installation • Wash out concrete truck chutes, pumps, and internals into formed areas only. Assure that washout of concrete trucks is performed off- Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-43 Specifications site or in designated concrete washout areas. Do not wash out concrete trucks onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Refer to BMP C154 for information on concrete washout areas. • Return unused concrete remaining in the truck and pump to the originating batch plant for recycling. Do not dump excess concrete on site, except in designated concrete washout areas. • Wash off hand tools including, but not limited to, screeds, shovels, rakes, floats, and trowels into formed areas only. • Wash equipment difficult to move, such as concrete pavers in areas that do not directly drain to natural or constructed stormwater conveyances. • Do not allow washdown from areas, such as concrete aggregate driveways, to drain directly to natural or constructed stormwater conveyances. • Contain washwater and leftover product in a lined container when no formed areas are available,. Dispose of contained concrete in a manner that does not violate ground water or surface water quality standards. • Always use forms or solid barriers for concrete pours, such as pilings, within 15-feet of surface waters. • Refer to BMPs C252 and C253 for pH adjustment requirements. • Refer to the Construction Stormwater General Permit for pH monitoring requirements if the project involves one of the following activities: • Significant concrete work (greater than 1,000 cubic yards poured concrete or recycled concrete used over the life of a project). • The use of engineered soils amended with (but not limited to) Portland cement-treated base, cement kiln dust or fly ash. • Discharging stormwater to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH. Maintenance Standards Check containers for holes in the liner daily during concrete pours and repair the same day. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-44 BMP C152: Sawcutting and Surfacing Pollution Prevention Purpose Sawcutting and surfacing operations generate slurry and process water that contains fine particles and high pH (concrete cutting), both of which can violate the water quality standards in the receiving water. Concrete spillage or concrete discharge to surface waters of the State is prohibited. Use this BMP to minimize and eliminate process water and slurry created through sawcutting or surfacing from entering waters of the State. Conditions of Use Utilize these management practices anytime sawcutting or surfacing operations take place. Sawcutting and surfacing operations include, but are not limited to, the following: • Sawing • Coring • Grinding • Roughening • Hydro-demolition • Bridge and road surfacing Design and Installation Specifications • Vacuum slurry and cuttings during cutting and surfacing operations. • Slurry and cuttings shall not remain on permanent concrete or asphalt pavement overnight. • Slurry and cuttings shall not drain to any natural or constructed drainage conveyance including stormwater systems. This may require temporarily blocking catch basins. • Dispose of collected slurry and cuttings in a manner that does not violate ground water or surface water quality standards. • Do not allow process water generated during hydro-demolition, surface roughening or similar operations to drain to any natural or constructed drainage conveyance including stormwater systems. Dispose process water in a manner that does not violate ground water or surface water quality standards. • Handle and dispose cleaning waste material and demolition debris in a manner that does not cause contamination of water. Dispose of sweeping material from a pick-up sweeper at an appropriate disposal site. Maintenance Standards Continually monitor operations to determine whether slurry, cuttings, or process water could enter waters of the state. If inspections show that a violation of water quality standards could occur, stop operations and immediately implement preventive measures such as berms, barriers, secondary containment, and vacuum trucks. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-45 BMP C153: Material Delivery, Storage and Containment Purpose Prevent, reduce, or eliminate the discharge of pollutants to the stormwater system or watercourses from material delivery and storage. Minimize the storage of hazardous materials on-site, store materials in a designated area, and install secondary containment. Conditions of Use These procedures are suitable for use at all construction sites with delivery and storage of the following materials: • Petroleum products such as fuel, oil and grease • Soil stabilizers and binders (e.g. Polyacrylamide) • Fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides • Detergents • Asphalt and concrete compounds • Hazardous chemicals such as acids, lime, adhesives, paints, solvents and curing compounds • Any other material that may be detrimental if released to the environment Design and Installation Specifications The following steps should be taken to minimize risk: • Temporary storage area should be located away from vehicular traffic, near the construction entrance(s), and away from waterways or storm drains. • Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) should be supplied for all materials stored. Chemicals should be kept in their original labeled containers. • Hazardous material storage on-site should be minimized. • Hazardous materials should be handled as infrequently as possible. • During the wet weather season (Oct 1 – April 30), consider storing materials in a covered area. • Materials should be stored in secondary containments, such as earthen dike, horse trough, or even a children’s wading pool for non-reactive materials such as detergents, oil, grease, and paints. Small amounts of material may be secondarily contained in “bus boy” trays or concrete mixing trays. • Do not store chemicals, drums, or bagged materials directly on the ground. Place these items on a pallet and, when possible, and within secondary containment. • If drums must be kept uncovered, store them at a slight angle to reduce ponding of rainwater on the lids to reduce corrosion. Domed plastic covers are inexpensive and snap to the top of drums, preventing water from collecting. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-46 Material Storage Areas and Secondary Containment Practices: • Liquids, petroleum products, and substances listed in 40 CFR Parts 110, 117, or 302 shall be stored in approved containers and drums and shall not be overfilled. Containers and drums shall be stored in temporary secondary containment facilities. • Temporary secondary containment facilities shall provide for a spill containment volume able to contain 10% of the total enclosed container volume of all containers, or 110% of the capacity of the largest container within its boundary, whichever is greater. • Secondary containment facilities shall be impervious to the materials stored therein for a minimum contact time of 72 hours. • Secondary containment facilities shall be maintained free of accumulated rainwater and spills. In the event of spills or leaks, accumulated rainwater and spills shall be collected and placed into drums. These liquids shall be handled as hazardous waste unless testing determines them to be non-hazardous. • Sufficient separation should be provided between stored containers to allow for spill cleanup and emergency response access. • During the wet weather season (Oct 1 – April 30), each secondary containment facility shall be covered during non-working days, prior to and during rain events. • Keep material storage areas clean, organized and equipped with an ample supply of appropriate spill clean-up material (spill kit). • The spill kit should include, at a minimum: • 1-Water Resistant Nylon Bag • 3-Oil Absorbent Socks 3”x 4’ • 2-Oil Absorbent Socks 3”x 10’ • 12-Oil Absorbent Pads 17”x19” • 1-Pair Splash Resistant Goggles • 3-Pair Nitrile Gloves • 10-Disposable Bags with Ties • Instructions Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-47 BMP C154: Concrete Washout Area Purpose Prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants to stormwater from concrete waste by conducting washout off-site, or performing on-site washout in a designated area to prevent pollutants from entering surface waters or ground water. Conditions of Use Concrete washout area best management practices are implemented on construction projects where: • Concrete is used as a construction material • It is not possible to dispose of all concrete wastewater and washout off-site (ready mix plant, etc.). • Concrete trucks, pumpers, or other concrete coated equipment are washed on-site. • Note: If less than 10 concrete trucks or pumpers need to be washed out on-site, the washwater may be disposed of in a formed area awaiting concrete or an upland disposal site where it will not contaminate surface or ground water. The upland disposal site shall be at least 50 feet from sensitive areas such as storm drains, open ditches, or water bodies, including wetlands. Design and Installation Specifications Implementation The following steps will help reduce stormwater pollution from concrete wastes: • Perform washout of concrete trucks off-site or in designated concrete washout areas only. • Do not wash out concrete trucks onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. • Do not allow excess concrete to be dumped on-site, except in designated concrete washout areas. • Concrete washout areas may be prefabricated concrete washout containers, or self-installed structures (above-grade or below-grade). • Prefabricated containers are most resistant to damage and protect against spills and leaks. Companies may offer delivery service and provide regular maintenance and disposal of solid and liquid waste. • If self-installed concrete washout areas are used, below-grade structures are preferred over above-grade structures because they are less prone to spills and leaks. • Self-installed above-grade structures should only be used if excavation is not practical. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-48 Education • Discuss the concrete management techniques described in this BMP with the ready-mix concrete supplier before any deliveries are made. • Educate employees and subcontractors on the concrete waste management techniques described in this BMP. • Arrange for contractor’s superintendent or Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) to oversee and enforce concrete waste management procedures. • A sign should be installed adjacent to each temporary concrete washout facility to inform concrete equipment operators to utilize the proper facilities. Contracts Incorporate requirements for concrete waste management into concrete supplier and subcontractor agreements. Location and Placement • Locate washout area at least 50 feet from sensitive areas such as storm drains, open ditches, or water bodies, including wetlands. • Allow convenient access for concrete trucks, preferably near the area where the concrete is being poured. • If trucks need to leave a paved area to access washout, prevent track-out with a pad of rock or quarry spalls (see BMP C105). These areas should be far enough away from other construction traffic to reduce the likelihood of accidental damage and spills. • The number of facilities you install should depend on the expected demand for storage capacity. • On large sites with extensive concrete work, washouts should be placed in multiple locations for ease of use by concrete truck drivers. On-site Temporary Concrete Washout Facility, Transit Truck Washout Procedures: • Temporary concrete washout facilities shall be located a minimum of 50 ft from sensitive areas including storm drain inlets, open drainage facilities, and watercourses. See Figures 4.1.7 and 4.1.8. • Concrete washout facilities shall be constructed and maintained in sufficient quantity and size to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. • Approximately 7 gallons of wash water are used to wash one truck chute. • Approximately 50 gallons are used to wash out the hopper of a concrete pump truck. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-49 • Washout of concrete trucks shall be performed in designated areas only. • Concrete washout from concrete pumper bins can be washed into concrete pumper trucks and discharged into designated washout area or properly disposed of off-site. • Once concrete wastes are washed into the designated area and allowed to harden, the concrete should be broken up, removed, and disposed of per applicable solid waste regulations. Dispose of hardened concrete on a regular basis. • Temporary Above-Grade Concrete Washout Facility • Temporary concrete washout facility (type above grade) should be constructed as shown on the details below, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 10 ft, but with sufficient quantity and volume to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. • Plastic lining material should be a minimum of 10 mil polyethylene sheeting and should be free of holes, tears, or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material. • Temporary Below-Grade Concrete Washout Facility • Temporary concrete washout facilities (type below grade) should be constructed as shown on the details below, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 10 ft. The quantity and volume should be sufficient to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. • Lath and flagging should be commercial type. • Plastic lining material shall be a minimum of 10 mil polyethylene sheeting and should be free of holes, tears, or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material. • Liner seams shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations. • Soil base shall be prepared free of rocks or other debris that may cause tears or holes in the plastic lining material. Maintenance Standards Inspection and Maintenance • Inspect and verify that concrete washout BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of concrete work. • During periods of concrete work, inspect daily to verify continued performance. • Check overall condition and performance. • Check remaining capacity (% full). Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-50 • If using self-installed washout facilities, verify plastic liners are intact and sidewalls are not damaged. • If using prefabricated containers, check for leaks. • Washout facilities shall be maintained to provide adequate holding capacity with a minimum freeboard of 12 inches. • Washout facilities must be cleaned, or new facilities must be constructed and ready for use once the washout is 75% full. • If the washout is nearing capacity, vacuum and dispose of the waste material in an approved manner. • Do not discharge liquid or slurry to waterways, storm drains or directly onto ground. • Do not use sanitary sewer without local approval. • Place a secure, non-collapsing, non-water collecting cover over the concrete washout facility prior to predicted wet weather to prevent accumulation and overflow of precipitation. • Remove and dispose of hardened concrete and return the structure to a functional condition. Concrete may be reused on-site or hauled away for disposal or recycling. • When you remove materials from the self-installed concrete washout, build a new structure; or, if the previous structure is still intact, inspect for signs of weakening or damage, and make any necessary repairs. Re-line the structure with new plastic after each cleaning. Removal of Temporary Concrete Washout Facilities • When temporary concrete washout facilities are no longer required for the work, the hardened concrete, slurries and liquids shall be removed and properly disposed of. • Materials used to construct temporary concrete washout facilities shall be removed from the site of the work and disposed of or recycled. • Holes, depressions or other ground disturbance caused by the removal of the temporary concrete washout facilities shall be backfilled, repaired, and stabilized to prevent erosion. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-51 Figure 4.1.7a – Concrete Washout Area Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-52 Figure 4.1.7b – Concrete Washout Area Figure 4.1.8 – Prefabricated Concrete Washout Container w/Ramp Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-53 BMP C160: Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead Purpose The project proponent designates at least one person as the responsible representative in charge of erosion and sediment control (ESC), and water quality protection. The designated person shall be the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) who is responsible for ensuring compliance with all local, state, and federal erosion and sediment control and water quality requirements. Conditions of Use A CESCL shall be made available on projects one acre or larger that discharge stormwater to surface waters of the state. Sites less than one acre may have a person without CESCL certification conduct inspections; sampling is not required on sites that disturb less than an acre. • The CESCL shall: • Have a current certificate proving attendance in an erosion and sediment control training course that meets the minimum ESC training and certification requirements established by Ecology (see details below). Ecology will maintain a list of ESC training and certification providers at: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/cescl.html OR • Be a Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC); for additional information go to: www.cpesc.net Specifications • Certification shall remain valid for three years. • The CESCL shall have authority to act on behalf of the contractor or developer and shall be available, or on-call, 24 hours per day throughout the period of construction. • The Construction SWPPP shall include the name, telephone number, fax number, and address of the designated CESCL. • A CESCL may provide inspection and compliance services for multiple construction projects in the same geographic region. Duties and responsibilities of the CESCL shall include, but are not limited to the following: • Maintaining permit file on site at all times which includes the Construction SWPPP and any associated permits and plans. • Directing BMP installation, inspection, maintenance, modification, and removal. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-54 • Updating all project drawings and the Construction SWPPP with changes made. • Completing any sampling requirements including reporting results using WebDMR. • Keeping daily logs, and inspection reports. Inspection reports should include: • Inspection date/time. • Weather information; general conditions during inspection and approximate amount of precipitation since the last inspection. • A summary or list of all BMPs implemented, including observations of all erosion/sediment control structures or practices. The following shall be noted: 1. Locations of BMPs inspected. 2. Locations of BMPs that need maintenance. 3. Locations of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or intended. 4. Locations of where additional or different BMPs are required. • Visual monitoring results, including a description of discharged stormwater. The presence of suspended sediment, turbid water, discoloration, and oil sheen shall be noted, as applicable. • Any water quality monitoring performed during inspection. • General comments and notes, including a brief description of any BMP repairs, maintenance or installations made as a result of the inspection. • Facilitate, participate in, and take corrective actions resulting from inspections performed by outside agencies or the owner. BMP C162: Scheduling Purpose Sequencing a construction project reduces the amount and duration of soil exposed to erosion by wind, rain, runoff, and vehicle tracking. Conditions of Use The construction sequence schedule is an orderly listing of all major land-disturbing activities together with the necessary erosion and sedimentation control measures planned for the project. This type of schedule guides the contractor on work to be done before other work is started so that serious erosion and sedimentation problems can be avoided. Following a specified work schedule that coordinates the timing of land-disturbing activities and the installation of control measures is perhaps the most cost-effective way of controlling erosion during construction. The removal of surface ground cover leaves a site vulnerable to accelerated Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-55 erosion. Construction procedures that limit land clearing provide timely installation of erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore protective cover quickly can significantly reduce the erosion potential of a site. Design Considerations • Minimize construction during rainy periods. • Schedule projects to disturb only small portions of the site at any one time. Complete grading as soon as possible. Immediately stabilize the disturbed portion before grading the next portion. Practice staged seeding in order to revegetate cut and fill slopes as the work progresses. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-56 4.2 Runoff Conveyance and Treatment BMPs This section contains the standards and specifications for Runoff Conveyance and Treatment BMPs. Table 4.2.1, below, shows the relationship of the BMPs in Section 4.2 to the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Elements described in Section 3.3.3. Table 4.2.1 Runoff Conveyance and Treatment BMPs by SWPPP Element Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-57 BMP C200: Interceptor Dike and Swale Purpose Provide a ridge of compacted soil, or a ridge with an upslope swale, at the top or base of a disturbed slope or along the perimeter of a disturbed construction area to convey stormwater. Use the dike and/or swale to intercept the runoff from unprotected areas and direct it to areas where erosion can be controlled. This can prevent storm runoff from entering the work area or sediment-laden runoff from leaving the construction site. Conditions of Use Where the runoff from an exposed site or disturbed slope must be conveyed to an erosion control facility which can safely convey the stormwater. • Locate upslope of a construction site to prevent runoff from entering disturbed area. • When placed horizontally across a disturbed slope, it reduces the amount and velocity of runoff flowing down the slope. • Locate downslope to collect runoff from a disturbed area and direct water to a sediment basin. Design and Installation Specifications • Dike and/or swale and channel must be stabilized with temporary or permanent vegetation or other channel protection during construction. • Channel requires a positive grade for drainage; steeper grades require channel protection and check dams. • Review construction for areas where overtopping may occur. • Can be used at top of new fill before vegetation is established. • May be used as a permanent diversion channel to carry the runoff. • Sub-basin tributary area should be one acre or less. • Design capacity for the peak flow from a 10-year, 24-hour storm, assuming a Type 1A rainfall distribution, for temporary facilities. Alternatively, use 1.6 times the 10-year, 1-hour flow indicated by an approved continuous runoff model. For facilities that will also serve on a permanent basis, consult the local government’s drainage requirements. Interceptor dikes shall meet the following criteria: Top Width 2 feet minimum. Height 1.5 feet minimum on berm. Side Slope 2H:1V or flatter. Grade Depends on topography, however, dike system minimum is 0.5%, and maximum is 1%. Compaction Minimum of 90 percent ASTM D698 standard proctor. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-58 Horizontal Spacing of Interceptor Dikes: Average Slope Slope Percent Flowpath Length 20H:1V or less 3-5% 300 feet (10 to 20)H:1V 5-10% 200 feet (4 to 10)H:1V 10-25% 100 feet (2 to 4)H:1V 25-50% 50 feet Stabilization depends on velocity and reach Slopes <5% Seed and mulch applied within 5 days of dike construction (see BMP C121, Mulching). Slopes 5 - 40% Dependent on runoff velocities and dike materials. Stabilization should be done immediately using either sod or riprap or other measures to avoid erosion. • The upslope side of the dike shall provide positive drainage to the dike outlet. No erosion shall occur at the outlet. Provide energy dissipation measures as necessary. Sediment-laden runoff must be released through a sediment trapping facility. • Minimize construction traffic over temporary dikes. Use temporary cross culverts for channel crossing. Interceptor swales shall meet the following criteria: Bottom Width 2 feet minimum; the cross-section bottom shall be level. Depth 1-foot minimum. Side Slope 2H:1V or flatter. Grade Maximum 5 percent, with positive drainage to a suitable outlet (such as a sediment pond). Stabilization Seed as per BMP C120, Temporary and Permanent Seeding, or BMP C202, Channel Lining, 12 inches thick riprap pressed into the bank and extending at least 8 inches vertical from the bottom. • Inspect diversion dikes and interceptor swales once a week and after every rainfall. Immediately remove sediment from the flow area. • Damage caused by construction traffic or other activity must be repaired before the end of each working day. Check outlets and make timely repairs as needed to avoid gully formation. When the area below the temporary diversion dike is permanently stabilized, remove the dike and fill and stabilize the channel to blend with the natural surface. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-59 BMP C201: Grass-Lined Channels Purpose To provide a channel with a vegetative lining for conveyance of runoff. See Figure 4.2.1 for typical grass-lined channels. Conditions of Use This practice applies to construction sites where concentrated runoff needs to be contained to prevent erosion or flooding. • When a vegetative lining can provide sufficient stability for the channel cross section and at lower velocities of water (normally dependent on grade). This means that the channel slopes are generally less than 5 percent and space is available for a relatively large cross section. • Typical uses include roadside ditches, channels at property boundaries, outlets for diversions, and other channels and drainage ditches in low areas. • Channels that will be vegetated should be installed before major earthwork and hydroseeded with a bonded fiber matrix (BFM). The vegetation should be well established (i.e., 75 percent cover) before water is allowed to flow in the ditch. With channels that will have high flows, erosion control blankets should be installed over the hydroseed. If vegetation cannot be established from seed before water is allowed in the ditch, sod should be installed in the bottom of the ditch in lieu of hydromulch and blankets. Design and Installation Specifications Locate the channel where it can conform to the topography and other features such as roads. • Locate them to use natural drainage systems to the greatest extent possible. • Avoid sharp changes in alignment or bends and changes in grade. • Do not reshape the landscape to fit the drainage channel. • The maximum design velocity shall be based on soil conditions, type of vegetation, and method of revegetation, but at no times shall velocity exceed 5 feet/second. The channel shall not be overtopped by the peak runoff from a 10-year, 24-hour storm, assuming a Type 1A rainfall distribution." Alternatively, use 1.6 times the 10-year, 1-hour flow indicated by an approved continuous runoff model to determine a flow rate which the channel must contain. • Where the grass-lined channel will also function as a permanent stormwater conveyance facility, consult the drainage conveyance requirements of the local government with jurisdiction. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-60 • An established grass or vegetated lining is required before the channel can be used to convey stormwater, unless stabilized with nets or blankets. • If design velocity of a channel to be vegetated by seeding exceeds 2 ft/sec, a temporary channel liner is required. Geotextile or special mulch protection such as fiberglass roving or straw and netting provides stability until the vegetation is fully established. See Figure 4.2.2. • Check dams shall be removed when the grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale unless the slope of the swale is greater than 4 percent. The area beneath the check dams shall be seeded and mulched immediately after dam removal. • If vegetation is established by sodding, the permissible velocity for established vegetation may be used and no temporary liner is needed. • Do not subject grass-lined channel to sedimentation from disturbed areas. Use sediment-trapping BMPs upstream of the channel. • V-shaped grass channels generally apply where the quantity of water is small, such as in short reaches along roadsides. The V-shaped cross section is least desirable because it is difficult to stabilize the bottom where velocities may be high. • Trapezoidal grass channels are used where runoff volumes are large and slope is low so that velocities are nonerosive to vegetated linings. (Note: it is difficult to construct small parabolic shaped channels.) • Subsurface drainage, or riprap channel bottoms, may be necessary on sites that are subject to prolonged wet conditions due to long duration flows or a high water table. • Provide outlet protection at culvert ends and at channel intersections. • Grass channels, at a minimum, should carry peak runoff for temporary construction drainage facilities from the 10-year, 24-hour storm without eroding. Where flood hazard exists, increase the capacity according to the potential damage. • Grassed channel side slopes generally are constructed 3H:1V or flatter to aid in the establishment of vegetation and for maintenance. • Construct channels a minimum of 0.2 foot larger around the periphery to allow for soil bulking during seedbed preparations and sod buildup. Maintenance Standards During the establishment period, check grass-lined channels after every rainfall. • After grass is established, periodically check the channel; check it after every heavy rainfall event. Immediately make repairs. • It is particularly important to check the channel outlet and all road crossings for bank stability and evidence of piping or scour holes. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-61 • Remove all significant sediment accumulations to maintain the designed carrying capacity. Keep the grass in a healthy, vigorous condition at all times, since it is the primary erosion protection for the channel. Figure 4.2.1 – Typical Grass-Lined Channels Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-62 OVERCUTCHANNEL 2'(50mm) TOALLOW BULKING DURINGSEEDBED PREPARATION TYPICAL INSTALLATION WITHEROSIONCONTROL BLANKETS OR TURF REINFORCEMENT MATS Intermittent Check Slot Longitudinal Anchor Trench Shingle-lap spliced ends or begin new roll in an intermittent check slot Prepare soil and apply seed before installing blankets, mats or other temporary channel liner system / NOTES: 1 Design velocities exceeding 2 ft/sec (0.5m/sec) require temporary blankets, mats or similar liners to protect seed and soil until vegetation becomes established. 2 Grass-lined channels with design velocities exceeding 6 ft/sec (2m/sec) should include turf reinforcement mats. Fig ure 4.2 .2 – Temporary Channel Liners Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-63 BMP C202: Channel Lining Purpose To protect channels by providing a channel liner using either blankets or riprap. Conditions of Use When natural soils or vegetated stabilized soils in a channel are not adequate to prevent channel erosion. • When a permanent ditch or pipe system is to be installed and a temporary measure is needed. • In almost all cases, synthetic and organic coconut blankets are more effective than riprap for protecting channels from erosion. Blankets can be used with and without vegetation. Blanketed channels can be designed to handle any expected flow and longevity requirement. Some synthetic blankets have a predicted life span of 50 years or more, even in sunlight. • Other reasons why blankets are better than rock include the availability of blankets over rock. In many areas of the state, rock is not easily obtainable or is very expensive to haul to a site. Blankets can be delivered anywhere. Rock requires the use of dump trucks to haul and heavy equipment to place. Blankets usually only require laborers with hand tools, and sometimes a backhoe. • The Federal Highway Administration recommends not using flexible liners whenever the slope exceeds 10 percent or the shear stress exceeds 8 lbs/ft2. Design and Installation Specifications See BMP C122 for information on blankets. Since riprap is used where erosion potential is high, construction must be sequenced so that the riprap is put in place with the minimum possible delay. • Disturbance of areas where riprap is to be placed should be undertaken only when final preparation and placement of the riprap can follow immediately behind the initial disturbance. Where riprap is used for outlet protection, the riprap should be placed before or in conjunction with the construction of the pipe or channel so that it is in place when the pipe or channel begins to operate. • The designer, after determining the riprap size that will be stable under the flow conditions, shall consider that size to be a minimum size and then, based on riprap gradations actually available in the area, select the size or sizes that equal or exceed the minimum size. The possibility of drainage structure damage by children shall be considered in selecting a riprap size, especially if there is nearby water or a gully in which to toss the stones. • Stone for riprap shall consist of field stone or quarry stone of approximately rectangular shape. The stone shall be hard and angular Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-64 and of such quality that it will not disintegrate on exposure to water or weathering and it shall be suitable in all respects for the purpose intended. • A lining of engineering filter fabric (geotextile) shall be placed between the riprap and the underlying soil surface to prevent soil movement into or through the riprap. The geotextile should be keyed in at the top of the bank. • Filter fabric shall not be used on slopes greater than 1-1/2H:1V as slippage may occur. It should be used in conjunction with a layer of coarse aggregate (granular filter blanket) when the riprap to be placed is 12 inches and larger. BMP C203: Water Bars Purpose A small ditch or ridge of material is constructed diagonally across a road or right-of-way to divert stormwater runoff from the road surface, wheel tracks, or a shallow road ditch. See Figure 4.2.3. Conditions of use Clearing right-of-way and construction of access for power lines, pipelines, and other similar installations often require long narrow right-of-ways over sloping terrain. Disturbance and compaction promotes gully formation in these cleared strips by increasing the volume and velocity of runoff. Gully formation may be especially severe in tire tracks and ruts. To prevent gullying, runoff can often be diverted across the width of the right-of-way to undisturbed areas by using small predesigned diversions. • Give special consideration to each individual outlet area, as well as to the cumulative effect of added diversions. Use gravel to stabilize the diversion where significant vehicular traffic is anticipated. Design and Installation Specifications Height: 8-inch minimum measured from the channel bottom to the ridge top. • Side slope of channel: 2H:1V maximum; 3H:1V or flatter when vehicles will cross. • Base width of ridge: 6-inch minimum. • Locate them to use natural drainage systems and to discharge into well vegetated stable areas. • Guideline for Spacing: Slope % Spacing (ft) < 5 125 5 - 10 100 10 - 20 75 20 - 35 50 > 35 Use rock lined ditch Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-65 • Grade of water bar and angle: Select angle that results in ditch slope less than 2 percent. • Install as soon as the clearing and grading is complete. Reconstruct when construction is complete on a section when utilities are being installed. • Compact the ridge when installed. • Stabilize, seed and mulch the portions that are not subject to traffic. Gravel the areas crossed by vehicles. Maintenance Standards Periodically inspect right-of-way diversions for wear and after every heavy rainfall for erosion damage. • Immediately remove sediment from the flow area and repair the dike. • Check outlet areas and make timely repairs as needed. • When permanent road drainage is established and the area above the temporary right-of-way diversion is permanently stabilized, remove the dikes and fill the channel to blend with the natural ground, and appropriately stabilize the disturbed area. Figure 4.2.3 – Water Bar Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-66 BMP C204: Pipe Slope Drains Purpose To use a pipe to convey stormwater anytime water needs to be diverted away from or over bare soil to prevent gullies, channel erosion, and saturation of slide-prone soils. Conditions of Use Pipe slope drains should be used when a temporary or permanent stormwater conveyance is needed to move the water down a steep slope to avoid erosion (Figure 4.2.4). On highway projects, pipe slope drains should be used at bridge ends to collect runoff and pipe it to the base of the fill slopes along bridge approaches. These can be designed into a project and included as bid items. Another use on road projects is to collect runoff from pavement and pipe it away from side slopes. These are useful because there is generally a time lag between having the first lift of asphalt installed and the curbs, gutters, and permanent drainage installed. Used in conjunction with sand bags, or other temporary diversion devices, these will prevent massive amounts of sediment from leaving a project. Water can be collected, channeled with sand bags, Triangular Silt Dikes, berms, or other material, and piped to temporary sediment ponds. Pipe slope drains can be: • Connected to new catch basins and used temporarily until all permanent piping is installed; • Used to drain water collected from aquifers exposed on cut slopes and take it to the base of the slope; • Used to collect clean runoff from plastic sheeting and direct it away from exposed soil; • Installed in conjunction with silt fence to drain collected water to a controlled area; • Used to divert small seasonal streams away from construction. They have been used successfully on culvert replacement and extension jobs. Large flex pipe can be used on larger streams during culvert removal, repair, or replacement; and, • Connected to existing down spouts and roof drains and used to divert water away from work areas during building renovation, demolition, and construction projects. There are now several commercially available collectors that are attached to the pipe inlet and help prevent erosion at the inlet. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-67 Design and Installation Specifications Size the pipe to convey the flow. The capacity for temporary drains shall be sufficient to handle the peak flow from a 10-year, 24-hour storm event, assuming a Type 1A rainfall distribution. Alternatively, use 1.6 times the 10-year, 1-hour flow indicated by an approved continuous runoff model. Consult local drainage requirements for sizing permanent pipe slope drains. • Use care in clearing vegetated slopes for installation. • Re-establish cover immediately on areas disturbed by installation. • Use temporary drains on new cut or fill slopes. • Use diversion dikes or swales to collect water at the top of the slope. • Ensure that the entrance area is stable and large enough to direct flow into the pipe. • Piping of water through the berm at the entrance area is a common failure mode. • The entrance shall consist of a standard flared end section for culverts 12 inches and larger with a minimum 6-inch metal toe plate to prevent runoff from undercutting the pipe inlet. The slope of the entrance shall be at least 3 percent. Sand bags may also be used at pipe entrances as a temporary measure. • The soil around and under the pipe and entrance section shall be thoroughly compacted to prevent undercutting. • The flared inlet section shall be securely connected to the slope drain and have watertight connecting bands. • Slope drain sections shall be securely fastened together, fused or have gasketed watertight fittings, and shall be securely anchored into the soil. • Thrust blocks should be installed anytime 90 degree bends are utilized. Depending on size of pipe and flow, these can be constructed with sand bags, straw bales staked in place, “t” posts and wire, or ecology blocks. • Pipe needs to be secured along its full length to prevent movement. This can be done with steel “t” posts and wire. A post is installed on each side of the pipe and the pipe is wired to them. This should be done every 10-20 feet of pipe length or so, depending on the size of the pipe and quantity of water to divert. • Interceptor dikes shall be used to direct runoff into a slope drain. The height of the dike shall be at least 1 foot higher at all points than the top of the inlet pipe. • The area below the outlet must be stabilized with a riprap apron (see BMP C209 Outlet Protection, for the appropriate outlet material). Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-68 Dike material compacted90% modified proctor CPEP or equivalent pipe Discharge to a stabilizedwatercourse, sediment retentionfacility, or stabilized outlet Inlet and all sections must besecurely fastened togetherwith gasketed watertight fittings Provide riprap pador equivalent energydissipation Interceptor Dike Standard flaredend section • If the pipe slope drain is conveying sediment-laden water, direct all flows into the sediment trapping facility. • Materials specifications for any permanent piped system shall be set by the local government. Maintenance Standards Check inlet and outlet points regularly, especially after storms. The inlet should be free of undercutting, and no water should be going around the point of entry. If there are problems, the headwall should be reinforced with compacted earth or sand bags. • The outlet point should be free of erosion and installed with appropriate outlet protection. • For permanent installations, inspect pipe periodically for vandalism and physical distress such as slides and wind-throw. • Normally the pipe slope is so steep that clogging is not a problem with smooth wall pipe, however, debris may become lodged in the pipe. Figure 4.2.4 – Pipe Slope Drain Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-69 BMP C205: Subsurface Drains Purpose To intercept, collect, and convey ground water to a satisfactory outlet, using a perforated pipe or conduit below the ground surface. Subsurface drains are also known as “french drains.” The perforated pipe provides a dewatering mechanism to drain excessively wet soils, provide a stable base for construction, improve stability of structures with shallow foundations, or to reduce hydrostatic pressure to improve slope stability. Conditions of Use Use when excessive water must be removed from the soil. The soil permeability, depth to water table and impervious layers are all factors which may govern the use of subsurface drains. Design and Installation Specifications Relief drains are used either to lower the water table in large, relatively flat areas, improve the growth of vegetation, or to remove surface water. Relief drains are installed along a slope and drain in the direction of the slope. They can be installed in a grid pattern, a herringbone pattern, or a random pattern. • Interceptor drains are used to remove excess ground water from a slope, stabilize steep slopes, and lower the water table immediately below a slope to prevent the soil from becoming saturated. Interceptor drains are installed perpendicular to a slope and drain to the side of the slope. They usually consist of a single pipe or series of single pipes instead of a patterned layout. • Depth and spacing of interceptor drains --The depth of an interceptor drain is determined primarily by the depth to which the water table is to be lowered or the depth to a confining layer. For practical reasons, the maximum depth is usually limited to 6 feet, with a minimum cover of 2 feet to protect the conduit. • The soil should have depth and sufficient permeability to permit installation of an effective drainage system at a depth of 2 to 6 feet. • An adequate outlet for the drainage system must be available either by gravity or by pumping. • The quantity and quality of discharge needs to be accounted for in the receiving stream (additional detention may be required). • This standard does not apply to subsurface drains for building foundations or deep excavations. • The capacity of an interceptor drain is determined by calculating the maximum rate of ground water flow to be intercepted. Therefore, it is Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-70 good practice to make complete subsurface investigations, including hydraulic conductivity of the soil, before designing a subsurface drainage system. • Size of drain--Size subsurface drains to carry the required capacity without pressure flow. Minimum diameter for a subsurface drain is 4 inches. • The minimum velocity required to prevent silting is 1.4 ft./sec. The line shall be graded to achieve this velocity at a minimum. The maximum allowable velocity using a sand-gravel filter or envelope is 9 ft/sec. • Filter material and fabric shall be used around all drains for proper bedding and filtration of fine materials. Envelopes and filters should surround the drain to a minimum of 3-inch thickness. • The outlet of the subsurface drain shall empty into a sediment pond through a catch basin. If free of sediment, it can then empty into a receiving channel, swale, or stable vegetated area adequately protected from erosion and undermining. • The trench shall be constructed on a continuous grade with no reverse grades or low spots. • Soft or yielding soils under the drain shall be stabilized with gravel or other suitable material. • Backfilling shall be done immediately after placement of the pipe. No sections of pipe shall remain uncovered overnight or during a rainstorm. Backfill material shall be placed in the trench in such a manner that the drain pipe is not displaced or damaged. • Do not install permanent drains near trees to avoid the tree roots that tend to clog the line. Use solid pipe with watertight connections where it is necessary to pass a subsurface drainage system through a stand of trees. • Outlet--Ensure that the outlet of a drain empties into a channel or other watercourse above the normal water level. • Secure an animal guard to the outlet end of the pipe to keep out rodents. • Use outlet pipe of corrugated metal, cast iron, or heavy-duty plastic without perforations and at least 10 feet long. Do not use an envelope or filter material around the outlet pipe, and bury at least two-thirds of the pipe length. • When outlet velocities exceed those allowable for the receiving stream, outlet protection must be provided. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-71 Maintenance Standards Subsurface drains shall be checked periodically to ensure that they are free-flowing and not clogged with sediment or roots. • The outlet shall be kept clean and free of debris. • Surface inlets shall be kept open and free of sediment and other debris. • Trees located too close to a subsurface drain often clog the system with their roots. If a drain becomes clogged, relocate the drain or remove the trees as a last resort. Drain placement should be planned to minimize this problem. • Where drains are crossed by heavy vehicles, the line shall be checked to ensure that it is not crushed. BMP C206: Level Spreader Purpose To provide a temporary outlet for dikes and diversions consisting of an excavated depression constructed at zero grade across a slope. To convert concentrated runoff to sheet flow and release it onto areas stabilized by existing vegetation or an engineered filter strip. Conditions of Use Used when a concentrated flow of water needs to be dispersed over a large area with existing stable vegetation. • Items to consider are: 1. What is the risk of erosion or damage if the flow may become concentrated? 2. Is an easement required if discharged to adjoining property? 3. Most of the flow should be as ground water and not as surface flow. 4. Is there an unstable area downstream that cannot accept additional ground water? • Use only where the slopes are gentle, the water volume is relatively low, and the soil will adsorb most of the low flow events. Design and Installation Specifications Use above undisturbed areas that are stabilized by existing vegetation. If the level spreader has any low points, flow will concentrate, create channels and may cause erosion. • Discharge area below the outlet must be uniform with a slope flatter than 5H:1V. • Outlet to be constructed level in a stable, undisturbed soil profile (not on fill). • The runoff shall not re-concentrate after release unless intercepted by another downstream measure. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-72 Densely vegetated for aMin. of 100' and slopeless than 5:1 Pressure-Treated 2"x10" 1' Min.2:1 Max.3' Min. • The grade of the channel for the last 20 feet of the dike or interceptor entering the level spreader shall be less than or equal to 1 percent. The grade of the level spreader shall be 0 percent to ensure uniform spreading of storm runoff. • A 6-inch high gravel berm placed across the level lip shall consist of washed crushed rock, 2- to 4-inch or 3/4-inch to 1½-inch size. • The spreader length shall be determined by estimating the peak flow expected from the 10-year, 24-hour design storm. The length of the spreader shall be a minimum of 15 feet for 0.1 cfs and shall increase by 10 feet for each 0.1 cfs thereafter to a maximum of 0.5 cfs per spreader. Use multiple spreaders for higher flows. • The width of the spreader should be at least 6 feet. • The depth of the spreader as measured from the lip should be at least 6 inches and it should be uniform across the entire length. • Level spreaders shall be setback from the property line unless there is an easement for flow. • Level spreaders, when installed every so often in grassy swales, keep the flows from concentrating. Materials that can be used include sand bags, lumber, logs, concrete, and pipe. To function properly, the material needs to be installed level and on contour. Figures 4.2.5Figure425 and 4.2.6 provide a cross-section and a detail of a level spreader. A capped perforated pipe could also be used as a spreader. Maintenance Standards The spreader should be inspected after every runoff event to ensure that it is functioning correctly. • The contractor should avoid the placement of any material on the structure and should prevent construction traffic from crossing over the structure. • If the spreader is damaged by construction traffic, it shall be immediately repaired. Figure 4.2.5 – Cross Section of Level Spreader Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-73 Figure 4.2.6 – Detail of Level Spreader BMP C207: Check Dams Purpose Construction of small dams across a swale or ditch reduces the velocity of concentrated flow and dissipates energy at the check dam. Conditions of Use Where temporary channels or permanent channels are not yet vegetated, channel lining is infeasible, and/or velocity checks are required. • Check dams may not be placed in streams unless approved by the State Department of Fish and Wildlife. Check dams may not be placed in wetlands without approval from a permitting agency. • Do not place check dams below the expected backwater from any salmonid bearing water between October 1 and May 31 to ensure that there is no loss of high flow refuge habitat for overwintering juvenile salmonids and emergent salmonid fry. • Construct rock check dams from appropriately sized rock. The rock used must be large enough to stay in place given the expected design flow through the channel. The rock must be placed by hand or by mechanical means (no dumping of rock to form dam) to achieve complete coverage of the ditch or swale and to ensure that the center of the dam is lower than the edges. • Check dams may also be constructed of either rock or pea-gravel filled bags. Numerous new products are also available for this purpose. They tend to be re-usable, quick and easy to install, effective, and cost efficient. • Place check dams perpendicular to the flow of water. • The dam should form a triangle when viewed from the side. This prevents undercutting as water flows over the face of the dam rather than falling directly onto the ditch bottom. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-74 • Before installing check dams impound and bypass upstream water flow away from the work area. Options for bypassing include pumps, siphons, or temporary channels. • Check dams in association with sumps work more effectively at slowing flow and retaining sediment than just a check dam alone. A deep sump should be provided immediately upstream of the check dam. • In some cases, if carefully located and designed, check dams can remain as permanent installations with very minor regrading. They may be left as either spillways, in which case accumulated sediment would be graded and seeded, or as check dams to prevent further sediment from leaving the site. • The maximum spacing between the dams shall be such that the toe of the upstream dam is at the same elevation as the top of the downstream dam. • Keep the maximum height at 2 feet at the center of the dam. • Keep the center of the check dam at least 12 inches lower than the outer edges at natural ground elevation. • Keep the side slopes of the check dam at 2H:1V or flatter. • Key the stone into the ditch banks and extend it beyond the abutments a minimum of 18 inches to avoid washouts from overflow around the dam. • Use filter fabric foundation under a rock or sand bag check dam. If a blanket ditch liner is used, filter fabric is not necessary. A piece of organic or synthetic blanket cut to fit will also work for this purpose. • In the case of grass-lined ditches and swales, all check dams and accumulated sediment shall be removed when the grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale - unless the slope of the swale is greater than 4 percent. The area beneath the check dams shall be seeded and mulched immediately after dam removal. • Ensure that channel appurtenances, such as culvert entrances below check dams, are not subject to damage or blockage from displaced stones. Figure 4.2.7 depicts a typical rock check dam. Maintenance Standards Check dams shall be monitored for performance and sediment accumulation during and after each runoff producing rainfall. Sediment shall be removed when it reaches one half the sump depth. • Anticipate submergence and deposition above the check dam and erosion from high flows around the edges of the dam. • If significant erosion occurs between dams, install a protective riprap liner in that portion of the channel. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-75 Approved as Equivalent Ecology has approved products as able to meet the requirements of BMP C207. The products did not pass through the Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) process. Local jurisdictions may choose not to accept this product approved as equivalent, or may require additional testing prior to consideration for local use. The products are available for review on Ecology’s website at http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/equivalent.html Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-76 Figure 4.2.7 – Rock Check Dam Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-77 BMP C208: Triangular Silt Dike (TSD) (Geotextile-Encased Check Dam) Purpose Triangular silt dikes may be used as check dams, for perimeter protection, for temporary soil stockpile protection, for drop inlet protection, or as a temporary interceptor dike. Conditions of use • May be used on soil or pavement with adhesive or staples. • TSDs have been used to build temporary: 1. sediment ponds; 2. diversion ditches; 3. concrete wash out facilities; 4. curbing; 5. water bars; 6. level spreaders; and, 7. berms. Design and Installation Specifications Made of urethane foam sewn into a woven geosynthetic fabric. It is triangular, 10 inches to 14 inches high in the center, with a 20-inch to 28-inch base. A 2–foot apron extends beyond both sides of the triangle along its standard section of 7 feet. A sleeve at one end allows attachment of additional sections as needed. • Install with ends curved up to prevent water from flowing around the ends. • The fabric flaps and check dam units are attached to the ground with wire staples. Wire staples should be No. 11 gauge wire and should be 200 mm to 300 mm in length. • When multiple units are installed, the sleeve of fabric at the end of the unit shall overlap the abutting unit and be stapled. • Check dams should be located and installed as soon as construction will allow. • Check dams should be placed perpendicular to the flow of water. • When used as check dams, the leading edge must be secured with rocks, sandbags, or a small key slot and staples. • In the case of grass-lined ditches and swales, check dams and accumulated sediment shall be removed when the grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale unless the slope of the swale is greater than 4 percent. The area beneath the check dams shall be seeded and mulched immediately after dam removal. Maintenance • Triangular silt dams shall be inspected for performance and sediment Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-78 Standards accumulation during and after each runoff producing rainfall. Sediment shall be removed when it reaches one half the height of the dam. • Anticipate submergence and deposition above the triangular silt dam and erosion from high flows around the edges of the dam. Immediately repair any damage or any undercutting of the dam. BMP C209: Outlet Protection Purpose Outlet protection prevents scour at conveyance outlets and minimizes the potential for downstream erosion by reducing the velocity of concentrated stormwater flows. Conditions of use Outlet protection is required at the outlets of all ponds, pipes, ditches, or other conveyances, and where runoff is conveyed to a natural or manmade drainage feature such as a stream, wetland, lake, or ditch. Design and Installation Specifications The receiving channel at the outlet of a culvert shall be protected from erosion by rock lining a minimum of 6 feet downstream and extending up the channel sides a minimum of 1–foot above the maximum tailwater elevation or 1-foot above the crown, whichever is higher. For large pipes (more than 18 inches in diameter), the outlet protection lining of the channel is lengthened to four times the diameter of the culvert. • Standard wingwalls, and tapered outlets and paved channels should also be considered when appropriate for permanent culvert outlet protection. (See WSDOT Hydraulic Manual, available through WSDOT Engineering Publications). • Organic or synthetic erosion blankets, with or without vegetation, are usually more effective than rock, cheaper, and easier to install. Materials can be chosen using manufacturer product specifications. ASTM test results are available for most products and the designer can choose the correct material for the expected flow. • With low flows, vegetation (including sod) can be effective. • The following guidelines shall be used for riprap outlet protection: 1. If the discharge velocity at the outlet is less than 5 fps (pipe slope less than 1 percent), use 2-inch to 8-inch riprap. Minimum thickness is 1-foot. 2. For 5 to 10 fps discharge velocity at the outlet (pipe slope less than 3 percent), use 24-inch to 48-inch riprap. Minimum thickness is 2 feet. 3. For outlets at the base of steep slope pipes (pipe slope greater than 10 percent), an engineered energy dissipater shall be used. • Filter fabric or erosion control blankets should always be used under riprap to prevent scour and channel erosion. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-79 • New pipe outfalls can provide an opportunity for low-cost fish habitat improvements. For example, an alcove of low-velocity water can be created by constructing the pipe outfall and associated energy dissipater back from the stream edge and digging a channel, over- widened to the upstream side, from the outfall. Overwintering juvenile and migrating adult salmonids may use the alcove as shelter during high flows. Bank stabilization, bioengineering, and habitat features may be required for disturbed areas. This work may require a HPA. See Volume V for more information on outfall system design. Maintenance Standards • Inspect and repair as needed. • Add rock as needed to maintain the intended function. • Clean energy dissipater if sediment builds up. BMP C220: Storm Drain Inlet Protection Purpose Storm drain inlet protection prevents coarse sediment from entering drainage systems prior to permanent stabilization of the disturbed area. Conditions of Use Use storm drain inlet protection at inlets that are operational before permanent stabilization of the disturbed drainage area. Provide protection for all storm drain inlets downslope and within 500 feet of a disturbed or construction area, unless conveying runoff entering catch basins to a sediment pond or trap. Also consider inlet protection for lawn and yard drains on new home construction. These small and numerous drains coupled with lack of gutters in new home construction can add significant amounts of sediment into the roof drain system. If possible delay installing lawn and yard drains until just before landscaping or cap these drains to prevent sediment from entering the system until completion of landscaping. Provide 18-inches of sod around each finished lawn and yard drain. Table 4.2.2 lists several options for inlet protection. All of the methods for storm drain inlet protection tend to plug and require a high frequency of maintenance. Limit drainage areas to one acre or less. Possibly provide emergency overflows with additional end-of-pipe treatment where stormwater ponding would cause a hazard. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-80 Table 4.2.2 Storm Drain Inlet Protection Type of Inlet Protection Emergency Overflow Applicable for Paved/ Earthen Surfaces Conditions of Use Drop Inlet Protection Excavated drop inlet protection Yes, temporary flooding will occur Earthen Applicable for heavy flows. Easy to maintain. Large area Requirement: 30’ X 30’/acre Block and gravel drop inlet protection Yes Paved or Earthen Applicable for heavy concentrated flows. Will not pond. Gravel and wire drop inlet protection No Applicable for heavy concentrated flows. Will pond. Can withstand traffic. Catch basin filters Yes Paved or Earthen Frequent maintenance required. Curb Inlet Protection Curb inlet protection with a wooden weir Small capacity overflow Paved Used for sturdy, more compact installation. Block and gravel curb inlet protection Yes Paved Sturdy, but limited filtration. Culvert Inlet Protection Culvert inlet sediment trap 18 month expected life. Design and Installation Specifications Excavated Drop Inlet Protection - An excavated impoundment around the storm drain. Sediment settles out of the stormwater prior to entering the storm drain. • Provide a depth of 1-2 ft as measured from the crest of the inlet structure. • Slope sides of excavation no steeper than 2H:1V. • Minimum volume of excavation 35 cubic yards. • Shape basin to fit site with longest dimension oriented toward the longest inflow area. • Install provisions for draining to prevent standing water problems. • Clear the area of all debris. • Grade the approach to the inlet uniformly. • Drill weep holes into the side of the inlet. • Protect weep holes with screen wire and washed aggregate. • Seal weep holes when removing structure and stabilizing area. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-81 • Build a temporary dike, if necessary, to the down slope side of the structure to prevent bypass flow. Block and Gravel Filter - A barrier formed around the storm drain inlet with standard concrete blocks and gravel. See Figure 4.2.8. • Provide a height of 1 to 2 feet above inlet. • Recess the first row 2-inches into the ground for stability. • Support subsequent courses by placing a 2x4 through the block opening. • Do not use mortar. • Lay some blocks in the bottom row on their side for dewatering the pool. • Place hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with ½-inch openings over all block openings. • Place gravel just below the top of blocks on slopes of 2H:1V or flatter. • An alternative design is a gravel donut. • Provide an inlet slope of 3H:1V. • Provide an outlet slope of 2H:1V. • Provide a1-foot wide level stone area between the structure and the inlet. • Use inlet slope stones 3 inches in diameter or larger. • Use gravel ½- to ¾-inch at a minimum thickness of 1-foot for the outlet slope. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-82 Figure 4.2.8 – Block and Gravel Filter Gravel and Wire Mesh Filter - A gravel barrier placed over the top of the inlet. This structure does not provide an overflow. • Use a hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with ½-inch openings. • Use coarse aggregate. • Provide a height 1-foot or more, 18-inches wider than inlet on all sides. • Place wire mesh over the drop inlet so that the wire extends a minimum of 1-foot beyond each side of the inlet structure. • Overlap the strips if more than one strip of mesh is necessary. Ponding Height Notes: 1. Drop inlet sediment barriers are to be used for small, nearly level drainage areas. (less than 5%) 2. Excavate a basin of sufficient size adjacent to the drop inlet. 3. The top of the structure (ponding height) must be well below the ground elevation downslope to prevent runoff from bypassing the inlet. A temporary dike may be necessary on the downslope side of the structure. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-83 • Place coarse aggregate over the wire mesh. • Provide at least a 12-inch depth of gravel over the entire inlet opening and extend at least 18-inches on all sides. Catchbasin Filters – Use inserts designed by manufacturers for construction sites. The limited sediment storage capacity increases the amount of inspection and maintenance required, which may be daily for heavy sediment loads. To reduce maintenance requirements combine a catchbasin filter with another type of inlet protection. This type of inlet protection provides flow bypass without overflow and therefore may be a better method for inlets located along active rights-of-way. • Provides 5 cubic feet of storage. • Requires dewatering provisions. • Provides a high-flow bypass that will not clog under normal use at a construction site. • Insert the catchbasin filter in the catchbasin just below the grating. Curb Inlet Protection with Wooden Weir – Barrier formed around a curb inlet with a wooden frame and gravel. • Use wire mesh with ½-inch openings. • Use extra strength filter cloth. • Construct a frame. • Attach the wire and filter fabric to the frame. • Pile coarse washed aggregate against wire/fabric. • Place weight on frame anchors. Block and Gravel Curb Inlet Protection – Barrier formed around a curb inlet with concrete blocks and gravel. See Figure 4.2.9. • Use wire mesh with ½-inch openings. • Place two concrete blocks on their sides abutting the curb at either side of the inlet opening. These are spacer blocks. • Place a 2x4 stud through the outer holes of each spacer block to align the front blocks. • Place blocks on their sides across the front of the inlet and abutting the spacer blocks. • Place wire mesh over the outside vertical face. • Pile coarse aggregate against the wire to the top of the barrier. Curb and Gutter Sediment Barrier – Sandbag or rock berm (riprap and aggregate) 3 feet high and 3 feet wide in a horseshoe shape. See Figure 4.2.10. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-84 • Construct a horseshoe shaped berm, faced with coarse aggregate if using riprap, 3 feet high and 3 feet wide, at least 2 feet from the inlet. • Construct a horseshoe shaped sedimentation trap on the outside of the berm sized to sediment trap standards for protecting a culvert inlet. Maintenance Standards • Inspect catch basin filters frequently, especially after storm events. Clean and replace clogged inserts. For systems with clogged stone filters: pull away the stones from the inlet and clean or replace. An alternative approach would be to use the clogged stone as fill and put fresh stone around the inlet. • Do not wash sediment into storm drains while cleaning. Spread all excavated material evenly over the surrounding land area or stockpile and stabilize as appropriate. Approved as Equivalent Ecology has approved products as able to meet the requirements of BMP C220. The products did not pass through the Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) process. Local jurisdictions may choose not to accept this product approved as equivalent, or may require additional testing prior to consideration for local use. The products are available for review on Ecology’s website at http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/equivalent.html Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-85 Figure 4.2.9 – Block and Gravel Curb Inlet Protection A Plan View Wire Screen orFilter Fabric Catch Basin Curb Inlet Concrete Block Ponding Height Overflow 2x4 Wood Stud(100x50 Timber Stud) Concrete Block Wire Screen orFilter Fabric Curb Inlet ¾" Drain Gravel(20mm) ¾" Drain Gravel(20mm)Section A - A Back of Curb Concrete Block 2x4 Wood Stud Catch BasinBack of Sidewalk NOTES:1. Use block and gravel type sediment barrier when curb inlet is located in gently sloping street segment, where water can pond and allow sediment to separate from runoff.2. Barrier shall allow for overflow from severe storm event.3. Inspect barriers and remove sediment after each storm event. Sediment and gravel must be removed from the traveled way immediately. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-86 Figure 4.2.10 – Curb and Gutter Barrier Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-87 If required, drape filter fabricover brush and secure in 4"x4"min. trench with compactedbackfill. Min. 5' wide brush barrier withmax. 6" diameter woody debris.Alternatively topsoil strippingsmay be used to form the barrier. Anchor downhill edge offilter fabric with stakes,sandbags, or equivalent. 2' Min. Height BMP C231: Brush Barrier Purpose The purpose of brush barriers is to reduce the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by providing a temporary physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow. Conditions of Use • Brush barriers may be used downslope of all disturbed areas of less than one-quarter acre. • Brush barriers are not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor are they intended to treat substantial amounts of overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed through the drainage system to a sediment pond. The only circumstance in which overland flow can be treated solely by a brush barrier, rather than by a sediment pond, is when the area draining to the barrier is small. • Brush barriers should only be installed on contours. Design and Installation Specifications • Height 2 feet (minimum) to 5 feet (maximum). • Width 5 feet at base (minimum) to 15 feet (maximum). • Filter fabric (geotextile) may be anchored over the brush berm to enhance the filtration ability of the barrier. Ten-ounce burlap is an adequate alternative to filter fabric. • Chipped site vegetation, composted mulch, or wood-based mulch (hog fuel) can be used to construct brush barriers. • A 100 percent biodegradable installation can be constructed using 10-ounce burlap held in place by wooden stakes. Figure 4.2.11 depicts a typical brush barrier. Maintenance Standards • There shall be no signs of erosion or concentrated runoff under or around the barrier. If concentrated flows are bypassing the barrier, it must be expanded or augmented by toed-in filter fabric. • The dimensions of the barrier must be maintained. Figure 4.2.11 – Brush Barrier Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-88 BMP C232: Gravel Filter Berm Purpose A gravel filter berm is constructed on rights-of-way or traffic areas within a construction site to retain sediment by using a filter berm of gravel or crushed rock. Conditions of Use Where a temporary measure is needed to retain sediment from rights-of-way or in traffic areas on construction sites. Design and Installation Specifications • Berm material shall be ¾ to 3 inches in size, washed well-grade gravel or crushed rock with less than 5 percent fines. • Spacing of berms: − Every 300 feet on slopes less than 5 percent − Every 200 feet on slopes between 5 percent and 10 percent − Every 100 feet on slopes greater than 10 percent • Berm dimensions: − 1 foot high with 3H:1V side slopes − 8 linear feet per 1 cfs runoff based on the 10-year, 24-hour design storm Maintenance Standards • Regular inspection is required. Sediment shall be removed and filter material replaced as needed. BMP C233: Silt Fence Purpose Use of a silt fence reduces the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by providing a temporary physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow. See Figure 4.2.12 for details on silt fence construction. Conditions of Use Silt fence may be used downslope of all disturbed areas. • Silt fence shall prevent soil carried by runoff water from going beneath, through, or over the top of the silt fence, but shall allow the water to pass through the fence. • Silt fence is not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor is it intended to treat substantial amounts of overland flow. Convey any concentrated flows through the drainage system to a sediment pond. • Do not construct silt fences in streams or use in V-shaped ditches. Silt fences do not provide an adequate method of silt control for anything deeper than sheet or overland flow. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-89 Figure 4.2.12 – Silt Fence Design and Installation Specifications • Use in combination with sediment basins or other BMPs. • Maximum slope steepness (normal (perpendicular) to fence line) 1H:1V. • Maximum sheet or overland flow path length to the fence of 100 feet. • Do not allow flows greater than 0.5 cfs. • The geotextile used shall meet the following standards. All geotextile properties listed below are minimum average roll values (i.e., the test result for any sampled roll in a lot shall meet or exceed the values shown in Table 4.2.3): Table 4.2.3 Geotextile Standards Polymeric Mesh AOS (ASTM D4751) 0.60 mm maximum for slit film woven (#30 sieve). 0.30 mm maximum for all other geotextile types (#50 sieve). 0.15 mm minimum for all fabric types (#100 sieve). Water Permittivity (ASTM D4491) 0.02 sec-1 minimum Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632) 180 lbs. Minimum for extra strength fabric. 100 lbs minimum for standard strength fabric. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632) 30% maximum Ultraviolet Resistance (ASTM D4355) 70% minimum • Support standard strength fabrics with wire mesh, chicken wire, 2-inch x 2-inch wire, safety fence, or jute mesh to increase the strength of the Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-90 fabric. Silt fence materials are available that have synthetic mesh backing attached. • Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0°F. to 120°F. • One-hundred percent biodegradable silt fence is available that is strong, long lasting, and can be left in place after the project is completed, if permitted by local regulations. • Refer to Figure 4.2.12 for standard silt fence details. Include the following standard Notes for silt fence on construction plans and specifications: 1. The contractor shall install and maintain temporary silt fences at the locations shown in the Plans. 2. Construct silt fences in areas of clearing, grading, or drainage prior to starting those activities. 3. The silt fence shall have a 2-feet min. and a 2½-feet max. height above the original ground surface. 4. The filter fabric shall be sewn together at the point of manufacture to form filter fabric lengths as required. Locate all sewn seams at support posts. Alternatively, two sections of silt fence can be overlapped, provided the Contractor can demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the overlap is long enough and that the adjacent fence sections are close enough together to prevent silt laden water from escaping through the fence at the overlap. 5. Attach the filter fabric on the up-slope side of the posts and secure with staples, wire, or in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Attach the filter fabric to the posts in a manner that reduces the potential for tearing. 6. Support the filter fabric with wire or plastic mesh, dependent on the properties of the geotextile selected for use. If wire or plastic mesh is used, fasten the mesh securely to the up-slope side of the posts with the filter fabric up-slope of the mesh. 7. Mesh support, if used, shall consist of steel wire with a maximum mesh spacing of 2-inches, or a prefabricated polymeric mesh. The strength of the wire or polymeric mesh shall be equivalent to or greater than 180 lbs. grab tensile strength. The polymeric mesh must be as resistant to the same level of ultraviolet radiation as the filter fabric it supports. 8. Bury the bottom of the filter fabric 4-inches min. below the ground surface. Backfill and tamp soil in place over the buried portion of the filter fabric, so that no flow can pass beneath the fence and Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-91 scouring cannot occur. When wire or polymeric back-up support mesh is used, the wire or polymeric mesh shall extend into the ground 3-inches min. 9. Drive or place the fence posts into the ground 18-inches min. A 12–inch min. depth is allowed if topsoil or other soft subgrade soil is not present and 18-inches cannot be reached. Increase fence post min. depths by 6 inches if the fence is located on slopes of 3H:1V or steeper and the slope is perpendicular to the fence. If required post depths cannot be obtained, the posts shall be adequately secured by bracing or guying to prevent overturning of the fence due to sediment loading. 10. Use wood, steel or equivalent posts. The spacing of the support posts shall be a maximum of 6-feet. Posts shall consist of either: • Wood with dimensions of 2-inches by 2-inches wide min. and a 3-feet min. length. Wood posts shall be free of defects such as knots, splits, or gouges. • No. 6 steel rebar or larger. • ASTM A 120 steel pipe with a minimum diameter of 1-inch. • U, T, L, or C shape steel posts with a minimum weight of 1.35 lbs./ft. • Other steel posts having equivalent strength and bending resistance to the post sizes listed above. 11. Locate silt fences on contour as much as possible, except at the ends of the fence, where the fence shall be turned uphill such that the silt fence captures the runoff water and prevents water from flowing around the end of the fence. 12. If the fence must cross contours, with the exception of the ends of the fence, place gravel check dams perpendicular to the back of the fence to minimize concentrated flow and erosion. The slope of the fence line where contours must be crossed shall not be steeper than 3H:1V. • Gravel check dams shall be approximately 1-foot deep at the back of the fence. Gravel check dams shall be continued perpendicular to the fence at the same elevation until the top of the check dam intercepts the ground surface behind the fence. • Gravel check dams shall consist of crushed surfacing base course, gravel backfill for walls, or shoulder ballast. Gravel check dams shall be located every 10 feet along the fence where the fence must cross contours. • Refer to Figure 4.2.13 for slicing method details. Silt fence installation using the slicing method specifications: Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-92 1. The base of both end posts must be at least 2- to 4-inches above the top of the filter fabric on the middle posts for ditch checks to drain properly. Use a hand level or string level, if necessary, to mark base points before installation. 2. Install posts 3- to 4-feet apart in critical retention areas and 6- to 7-feet apart in standard applications. 3. Install posts 24-inches deep on the downstream side of the silt fence, and as close as possible to the filter fabric, enabling posts to support the filter fabric from upstream water pressure. 4. Install posts with the nipples facing away from the filter fabric. 5. Attach the filter fabric to each post with three ties, all spaced within the top 8-inches of the filter fabric. Attach each tie diagonally 45 degrees through the filter fabric, with each puncture at least 1-inch vertically apart. Each tie should be positioned to hang on a post nipple when tightening to prevent sagging. 6. Wrap approximately 6-inches of fabric around the end posts and secure with 3 ties. 7. No more than 24-inches of a 36-inch filter fabric is allowed above ground level. Compact the soil immediately next to the filter fabric with the front wheel of the tractor, skid steer, or roller exerting at least 60 pounds per square inch. Compact the upstream side first and then each side twice for a total of four trips. Check and correct the silt fence installation for any deviation before compaction. Use a flat-bladed shovel to tuck fabric deeper into the ground if necessary. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-93 Figure 4.2.13 – Silt Fence Installation by Slicing Method Maintenance Standards • Repair any damage immediately. • Intercept and convey all evident concentrated flows uphill of the silt fence to a sediment pond. • Check the uphill side of the fence for signs of the fence clogging and acting as a barrier to flow and then causing channelization of flows parallel to the fence. If this occurs, replace the fence or remove the trapped sediment. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-94 • Remove sediment deposits when the deposit reaches approximately one-third the height of the silt fence, or install a second silt fence. • Replace filter fabric that has deteriorated due to ultraviolet breakdown. BMP C234: Vegetated Strip Purpose Vegetated strips reduce the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by providing a temporary physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow. Conditions of Use • Vegetated strips may be used downslope of all disturbed areas. • Vegetated strips are not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor are they intended to treat substantial amounts of overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed through the drainage system to a sediment pond. The only circumstance in which overland flow can be treated solely by a strip, rather than by a sediment pond, is when the following criteria are met (see Table 4.2.4): Table 4.2.4 Contributing Drainage Area for Vegetated Strips Average Contributing area Slope Average Contributing area Percent Slope Max Contributing area Flowpath Length 1.5H:1V or flatter 67% or flatter 100 feet 2H:1V or flatter 50% or flatter 115 feet 4H:1V or flatter 25% or flatter 150 feet 6H:1V or flatter 16.7% or flatter 200 feet 10H:1V or flatter 10% or flatter 250 feet Design and Installation Specifications • The vegetated strip shall consist of a minimum of a 25-foot flowpath length continuous strip of dense vegetation with topsoil. Grass- covered, landscaped areas are generally not adequate because the volume of sediment overwhelms the grass. Ideally, vegetated strips shall consist of undisturbed native growth with a well-developed soil that allows for infiltration of runoff. • The slope within the strip shall not exceed 4H:1V. • The uphill boundary of the vegetated strip shall be delineated with clearing limits. Maintenance Standards • Any areas damaged by erosion or construction activity shall be seeded immediately and protected by mulch. • If more than 5 feet of the original vegetated strip width has had vegetation removed or is being eroded, sod must be installed. • If there are indications that concentrated flows are traveling across the buffer, surface water controls must be installed to reduce the flows Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-95 entering the buffer, or additional perimeter protection must be installed. BMP C235: Wattles Purpose Wattles are temporary erosion and sediment control barriers consisting of straw, compost, or other material that is wrapped in biodegradable tubular plastic or similar encasing material. They reduce the velocity and can spread the flow of rill and sheet runoff, and can capture and retain sediment. Wattles are typically 8 to 10 inches in diameter and 25 to 30 feet in length. Wattles are placed in shallow trenches and staked along the contour of disturbed or newly constructed slopes. See Figure 4.2.14 for typical construction details. WSDOT Standard Plan I-30.30-00 also provides information on Wattles (http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/Standards/Plans.htm#SectionI) Conditions of Use • Use wattles: • In disturbed areas that require immediate erosion protection. • On exposed soils during the period of short construction delays, or over winter months. • On slopes requiring stabilization until permanent vegetation can be established. • The material used dictates the effectiveness period of the wattle. Generally, Wattles are typically effective for one to two seasons. • Prevent rilling beneath wattles by properly entrenching and abutting wattles together to prevent water from passing between them. Design Criteria • Install wattles perpendicular to the flow direction and parallel to the slope contour. • Narrow trenches should be dug across the slope on contour to a depth of 3- to 5-inches on clay soils and soils with gradual slopes. On loose soils, steep slopes, and areas with high rainfall, the trenches should be dug to a depth of 5- to 7- inches, or 1/2 to 2/3 of the thickness of the wattle. • Start building trenches and installing wattles from the base of the slope and work up. Spread excavated material evenly along the uphill slope and compacted using hand tamping or other methods. • Construct trenches at intervals of 10- to 25-feet depending on the steepness of the slope, soil type, and rainfall. The steeper the slope the closer together the trenches. • Install the wattles snugly into the trenches and abut tightly end to end. Do not overlap the ends. • Install stakes at each end of the wattle, and at 4-foot centers along entire length of wattle. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-96 • If required, install pilot holes for the stakes using a straight bar to drive holes through the wattle and into the soil. • Wooden stakes should be approximately 3/4 x 3/4 x 24 inches min. Willow cuttings or 3/8-inch rebar can also be used for stakes. • Stakes should be driven through the middle of the wattle, leaving 2 to 3 inches of the stake protruding above the wattle. Maintenance Standards • Wattles may require maintenance to ensure they are in contact with soil and thoroughly entrenched, especially after significant rainfall on steep sandy soils. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-97 Figure 4.2.14 – Wattles Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-98 • Inspect the slope after significant storms and repair any areas where wattles are not tightly abutted or water has scoured beneath the wattles. Approved as Equivalent Ecology has approved products as able to meet the requirements of BMP C235. The products did not pass through the Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) process. Local jurisdictions may choose not to accept this product approved as equivalent, or may require additional testing prior to consideration for local use. The products are available for review on Ecology’s website at http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/equivalent.html BMP C236: Vegetative Filtration Purpose Vegetative Filtration may be used in conjunction with BMP C241 Temporary Sediment Ponds, BMP C206 Level Spreader and a pumping system with surface intake to improve turbidity levels of stormwater discharges by filtering through existing vegetation where undisturbed forest floor duff layer or established lawn with thatch layer are present. Vegetative Filtration can also be used to infiltrate dewatering waste from foundations, vaults, and trenches as long as runoff does not occur. Conditions of Use • For every five acre of disturbed soil use one acre of grass field, farm pasture, or wooded area. Reduce or increase this area depending on project size, ground water table height, and other site conditions. • Wetlands shall not be used for filtration. • Do not use this BMP in areas with a high ground water table, or in areas that will have a high seasonal ground water table during the use of this BMP. • This BMP may be less effective on soils that prevent the infiltration of the water, such as hard till. • Using other effective source control measures throughout a construction site will prevent the generation of additional highly turbid water and may reduce the time period or area need for this BMP. • Stop distributing water into the vegetated area if standing water or erosion results. Design Criteria • Find land adjacent to the project that has a vegetated field, preferably a farm field, or wooded area. • If the project site does not contain enough vegetated field area consider obtaining permission from adjacent landowners (especially for farm fields). • Install a pump and downstream distribution manifold depending on the project size. Generally, the main distribution line should reach 100 to 200-feet long (many large projects, or projects on tight soil, will Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-99 require systems that reach several thousand feet long with numerous branch lines off of the main distribution line). • The manifold should have several valves, allowing for control over the distribution area in the field. • Install several branches of 4” schedule 20, swaged-fit common septic tight-lined sewer line, or 6” fire hose, which can convey the turbid water out to various sections of the field. See Figure 4.2.15. • Determine the branch length based on the field area geography and number of branches. Typically, branches stretch from 200-feet to several thousand feet. Always, lay branches on contour with the slope. • On uneven ground, sprinklers perform well. Space sprinkler heads so that spray patterns do not overlap. • On relatively even surfaces, a level spreader using 4-inch perforated pipe may be used as an alternative option to the sprinkler head setup. Install drain pipe at the highest point on the field and at various lower elevations to ensure full coverage of the filtration area. Pipe should be place with the holes up to allow for a gentle weeping of stormwater evenly out all holes. Leveling the pipe by staking and using sandbags may be required. • To prevent the over saturation of the field area, rotate the use of branches or spray heads. Do this as needed based on monitoring the spray field. • Monitor the spray field on a daily basis to ensure that over saturation of any portion of the field doesn’t occur at any time. The presence of standing puddles of water or creation of concentrated flows visually signify that over saturation of the field has occurred. • Since the operator is handling contaminated water, physically monitor the vegetated spray field all the way down to the nearest surface water, or furthest spray area, to ensure that the water has not caused overland or concentrated flows, and has not created erosion around the spray nozzle. • Monitoring usually needs to take place 3-5 times per day to ensure sheet-flow into state waters. Do not exceed water quality standards for turbidity. • Ecology strongly recommends that a separate inspection log be developed, maintained and kept with the existing site logbook to aid the operator conducting inspections. This separate “Field Filtration Logbook” can also aid the facility in demonstrating compliance with permit conditions. Maintenance Standards • Inspect the spray nozzles daily, at a minimum, for leaks and plugging from sediment particles. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-100 • If erosion, concentrated flows, or over saturation of the field occurs, rotate the use of branches or spray heads or move the branches to a new field location. • Check all branches and the manifold for unintended leaks. Flowpath Guidelines for Vegetative Filtration Average Slope Average Area % Slope Estimated Flowpath Length (ft) 1.5H:1V 67% 250 2H:1V 50% 200 4H:1V 25% 150 6H:1V 16.7% 115 10H:1V 10% 100 Figure 4.2.15 – Manifold and Braches in a wooded, vegetated spray field Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-101 BMP C240: Sediment Trap Purpose A sediment trap is a small temporary ponding area with a gravel outlet used to collect and store sediment from sites cleared and/or graded during construction. Sediment traps, along with other perimeter controls, shall be installed before any land disturbance takes place in the drainage area. Conditions of Use Prior to leaving a construction site, stormwater runoff must pass through a sediment pond or trap or other appropriate sediment removal best management practice. Non-engineered sediment traps may be used on-site prior to an engineered sediment trap or sediment pond to provide additional sediment removal capacity. It is intended for use on sites where the tributary drainage area is less than 3 acres, with no unusual drainage features, and a projected build-out time of six months or less. The sediment trap is a temporary measure (with a design life of approximately 6 months) and shall be maintained until the site area is permanently protected against erosion by vegetation and/or structures. Sediment traps and ponds are only effective in removing sediment down to about the medium silt size fraction. Runoff with sediment of finer grades (fine silt and clay) will pass through untreated, emphasizing the need to control erosion to the maximum extent first. Whenever possible, sediment-laden water shall be discharged into on-site, relatively level, vegetated areas (see BMP C234 – Vegetated Strip). This is the only way to effectively remove fine particles from runoff unless chemical treatment or filtration is used. This can be particularly useful after initial treatment in a sediment trap or pond. The areas of release must be evaluated on a site-by-site basis in order to determine appropriate locations for and methods of releasing runoff. Vegetated wetlands shall not be used for this purpose. Frequently, it may be possible to pump water from the collection point at the downhill end of the site to an upslope vegetated area. Pumping shall only augment the treatment system, not replace it, because of the possibility of pump failure or runoff volume in excess of pump capacity. All projects that are constructing permanent facilities for runoff quantity control should use the rough-graded or final-graded permanent facilities for traps and ponds. This includes combined facilities and infiltration facilities. When permanent facilities are used as temporary sedimentation facilities, the surface area requirement of a sediment trap or pond must be met. If the surface area requirements are larger than the surface area of the permanent facility, then the trap or pond shall be enlarged to comply with the surface area requirement. The permanent pond shall also be divided into two cells as required for sediment ponds. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-102 Either a permanent control structure or the temporary control structure (described in BMP C241, Temporary Sediment Pond) can be used. If a permanent control structure is used, it may be advisable to partially restrict the lower orifice with gravel to increase residence time while still allowing dewatering of the pond. A shut-off valve may be added to the control structure to allow complete retention of stormwater in emergency situations. In this case, an emergency overflow weir must be added. A skimmer may be used for the sediment trap outlet if approved by the Local Permitting Authority. Design and Installation Specifications • See Figures 4.2.16 and 4.2.17 for details. • If permanent runoff control facilities are part of the project, they should be used for sediment retention. • To determine the sediment trap geometry, first calculate the design surface area (SA) of the trap, measured at the invert of the weir. Use the following equation: SA = FS(Q2/Vs) where Q2 = Design inflow based on the peak discharge from the developed 2-year runoff event from the contributing drainage area as computed in the hydrologic analysis. The 10-year peak flow shall be used if the project size, expected timing and duration of construction, or downstream conditions warrant a higher level of protection. If no hydrologic analysis is required, the Rational Method may be used. Vs = The settling velocity of the soil particle of interest. The 0.02 mm (medium silt) particle with an assumed density of 2.65 g/cm3 has been selected as the particle of interest and has a settling velocity (Vs) of 0.00096 ft/sec. FS = A safety factor of 2 to account for non-ideal settling. Therefore, the equation for computing surface area becomes: SA = 2 x Q2/0.00096 or 2080 square feet per cfs of inflow Note: Even if permanent facilities are used, they must still have a surface area that is at least as large as that derived from the above formula. If they do not, the pond must be enlarged. • To aid in determining sediment depth, all sediment traps shall have a staff gauge with a prominent mark 1-foot above the bottom of the trap. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-103 Surface area determinedat top of weir Note: Trap may be formed by berm or bypartial or complete excavation Discharge to stabilizedconveyance, outlet, orlevel spreader ¾" - 1.5"Washed gravel Geotextile Flat Bottom 1' Min. Overflow 1' Min. 4' Min. RipRap2"-4" Rock 1' Min. 1.5' Min. 3.5'-5' 3H : 1 V M a x . • Sediment traps may not be feasible on utility projects due to the limited work space or the short-term nature of the work. Portable tanks may be used in place of sediment traps for utility projects. Maintenance Standards • Sediment shall be removed from the trap when it reaches 1-foot in depth. • Any damage to the pond embankments or slopes shall be repaired. Figure 4.2.16 – Cross Section of Sediment Trap Figure 4.2.17 – Sediment Trap Outlet Native soil orcompacted backfill Geotextile Min. 1' depth2"-4"' rock Min. 1' depth 3/4"-1.5"washed gravel 6' Min. 1' Min. depth overflow spillway Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-104 BMP C241: Temporary Sediment Pond Purpose Sediment ponds remove sediment from runoff originating from disturbed areas of the site. Sediment ponds are typically designed to remove sediment no smaller than medium silt (0.02 mm). Consequently, they usually reduce turbidity only slightly. Conditions of Use Prior to leaving a construction site, stormwater runoff must pass through a sediment pond or other appropriate sediment removal best management practice. A sediment pond shall be used where the contributing drainage area is 3 acres or more. Ponds must be used in conjunction with erosion control practices to reduce the amount of sediment flowing into the basin. Design and Installation Specifications • Sediment basins must be installed only on sites where failure of the structure would not result in loss of life, damage to homes or buildings, or interruption of use or service of public roads or utilities. Also, sediment traps and ponds are attractive to children and can be very dangerous. Compliance with local ordinances regarding health and safety must be addressed. If fencing of the pond is required, the type of fence and its location shall be shown on the ESC plan. • Structures having a maximum storage capacity at the top of the dam of 10 acre-ft (435,600 ft3) or more are subject to the Washington Dam Safety Regulations (Chapter 173-175 WAC). • See Figures 4.2.18, 4.2.19, and 4.2.20 for details. • If permanent runoff control facilities are part of the project, they should be used for sediment retention. The surface area requirements of the sediment basin must be met. This may require temporarily enlarging the permanent basin to comply with the surface area requirements. The permanent control structure must be temporarily replaced with a control structure that only allows water to leave the pond from the surface or by pumping. The permanent control structure must be installed after the site is fully stabilized. . • Use of infiltration facilities for sedimentation basins during construction tends to clog the soils and reduce their capacity to infiltrate. If infiltration facilities are to be used, the sides and bottom of the facility must only be rough excavated to a minimum of 2 feet above final grade. Final grading of the infiltration facility shall occur only when all contributing drainage areas are fully stabilized. The infiltration pretreatment facility should be fully constructed and used with the sedimentation basin to help prevent clogging. • Determining Pond Geometry Obtain the discharge from the hydrologic calculations of the peak flow for the 2-year runoff event (Q2). The 10-year peak flow shall be used if Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-105 the project size, expected timing and duration of construction, or downstream conditions warrant a higher level of protection. If no hydrologic analysis is required, the Rational Method may be used. Determine the required surface area at the top of the riser pipe with the equation: SA = 2 x Q2/0.00096 or 2080 square feet per cfs of inflow See BMP C240 for more information on the derivation of the surface area calculation. The basic geometry of the pond can now be determined using the following design criteria: • Required surface area SA (from Step 2 above) at top of riser. • Minimum 3.5-foot depth from top of riser to bottom of pond. • Maximum 3H:1V interior side slopes and maximum 2H:1V exterior slopes. The interior slopes can be increased to a maximum of 2H:1V if fencing is provided at or above the maximum water surface. • One foot of freeboard between the top of the riser and the crest of the emergency spillway. • Flat bottom. • Minimum 1-foot deep spillway. • Length-to-width ratio between 3:1 and 6:1. • Sizing of Discharge Mechanisms. The outlet for the basin consists of a combination of principal and emergency spillways. These outlets must pass the peak runoff expected from the contributing drainage area for a 100-year storm. If, due to site conditions and basin geometry, a separate emergency spill-way is not feasible, the principal spillway must pass the entire peak runoff expected from the 100-year storm. However, an attempt to provide a separate emergency spillway should always be made. The runoff calculations should be based on the site conditions during construction. The flow through the dewatering orifice cannot be utilized when calculating the 100-year storm elevation because of its potential to become clogged; therefore, available spillway storage must begin at the principal spillway riser crest. The principal spillway designed by the procedures contained in this standard will result in some reduction in the peak rate of runoff. However, the riser outlet design will not adequately control the basin discharge to the predevelopment discharge limitations as stated in Minimum Requirement #7: Flow Control. However, if the basin for a permanent stormwater detention pond is used for a temporary Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-106 Riser pipe(principal spillway)open at top withtrash rackper Fig 4.4.4E Dewatering device(see riser detail) Wire-backed silt fencestaked haybales wrappedwith filter fabric, orequivalent divider Dewateringorifice Concrete base(see riser detail) Discharge to stabilizedconveyance outlet orlevel spreader Embankment compacted 95%pervious materials such asgravel or clean sand shallnot be used 6' min. WidthCrest ofemergency spillway Key divider into slopeto prevent flowaround sides The pond length shall be 3 to 6times the maximum pond width Emergency overflowspillway Discharge to stabilizedconveyance, outlet, orlevel spreader Note: Pond may be formed by berm orby partial or complete excavation Inflow Pond length Silt fence orequivalent divider Riser pipe sedimentation basin, the control structure for the permanent pond can be used to maintain predevelopment discharge limitations. The size of the basin, the expected life of the construction project, the anticipated downstream effects and the anticipated weather conditions during construction, should be considered to determine the need of additional discharge control. See Figure 4.2.21 for riser inflow curves. Figure 4.2.18 – Sediment Pond Plan View Figure 4.2.19 – Sediment Pond Cross Section Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-107 Perforated polyethylenedrainage tubing, diametermin. 2" larger thandewatering orifice.Tubing shall comply with ASTM F667 and AASHTO M294 Polyethylene cap Provide adequatestrapping Dewatering orifice, schedule,40 steel stub min.Diameter as per calculations Alternatively, metal stakesand wire may be used toprevent flotation 2X riser dia. Min. Concrete base Corrugatedmetal riser Watertightcoupling 18" min. 6" min. Tack weld 3.5" min. Figure 4.2.20 – Sediment Pond Riser Detail Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-108 Figure 4.2.21 – Riser Inflow Curves Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-109 Principal Spillway: Determine the required diameter for the principal spillway (riser pipe). The diameter shall be the minimum necessary to pass the site’s 15-minute, 10-year flowrate. If using the Western Washington Hydrology Model (WWHM), Version 2 or 3, design flow is the 10-year (1 hour) flow for the developed (unmitigated) site, multiplied by a factor of 1.6. Use Figure 4.2.21 to determine this diameter (h = 1-foot). Note: A permanent control structure may be used instead of a temporary riser. Emergency Overflow Spillway: Determine the required size and design of the emergency overflow spillway for the developed 100-year peak flow using the method contained in Volume III. Dewatering Orifice: Determine the size of the dewatering orifice(s) (minimum 1-inch diameter) using a modified version of the discharge equation for a vertical orifice and a basic equation for the area of a circular orifice. Determine the required area of the orifice with the following equation: 5.0 5.0 3600x6.0 )2( Tg hAAso= where Ao = orifice area (square feet) As = pond surface area (square feet) h = head of water above orifice (height of riser in feet) T = dewatering time (24 hours) g = acceleration of gravity (32.2 feet/second2) Convert the required surface area to the required diameter D of the orifice: ooAADx54.13x24==π The vertical, perforated tubing connected to the dewatering orifice must be at least 2 inches larger in diameter than the orifice to improve flow characteristics. The size and number of perforations in the tubing should be large enough so that the tubing does not restrict flow. The orifice should control the flow rate. • Additional Design Specifications The pond shall be divided into two roughly equal volume cells by a permeable divider that will reduce turbulence while allowing movement of water between cells. The divider shall be at least one-half the height of the riser and a minimum of one foot below the top of the riser. Wire-backed, 2- to 3-foot high, extra strength filter fabric supported by treated 4"x4"s can be used as a divider. Alternatively, staked straw bales wrapped with filter fabric (geotextile) may be used. If the pond is more than 6 feet deep, a different mechanism must be proposed. A riprap embankment is one acceptable method of Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-110 separation for deeper ponds. Other designs that satisfy the intent of this provision are allowed as long as the divider is permeable, structurally sound, and designed to prevent erosion under or around the barrier. To aid in determining sediment depth, one-foot intervals shall be prominently marked on the riser. If an embankment of more than 6 feet is proposed, the pond must comply with the criteria contained in Volume III regarding dam safety for detention BMPs. • The most common structural failure of sedimentation basins is caused by piping. Piping refers to two phenomena: (1) water seeping through fine-grained soil, eroding the soil grain by grain and forming pipes or tunnels; and, (2) water under pressure flowing upward through a granular soil with a head of sufficient magnitude to cause soil grains to lose contact and capability for support. The most critical construction sequences to prevent piping will be: 1. Tight connections between riser and barrel and other pipe connections. 2. Adequate anchoring of riser. 3. Proper soil compaction of the embankment and riser footing. 4. Proper construction of anti-seep devices. Maintenance Standards • Sediment shall be removed from the pond when it reaches 1–foot in depth. • Any damage to the pond embankments or slopes shall be repaired. BMP C250: Construction Stormwater Chemical Treatment Purpose This BMP applies when using stormwater chemicals in batch treatment or flow-through treatment. Turbidity is difficult to control once fine particles are suspended in stormwater runoff from a construction site. Sedimentation ponds are effective at removing larger particulate matter by gravity settling, but are ineffective at removing smaller particulates such as clay and fine silt. Traditional erosion and sediment control BMPs may not be adequate to ensure compliance with the water quality standards for turbidity in receiving water. Chemical treatment can reliably provide exceptional reductions of turbidity and associated pollutants. Chemical treatment may be required to meet turbidity stormwater discharge requirements, especially when construction is to proceed through the wet season. Conditions of Use Formal written approval from Ecology is required for the use of chemical treatment regardless of site size. The Local Permitting Authority may also Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-111 require review and approval. When approved, the chemical treatment systems must be included in the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Design and Installation Specifications See Appendix II-B for background information on chemical treatment. Criteria for Chemical Treatment Product Use: Chemically treated stormwater discharged from construction sites must be nontoxic to aquatic organisms. The Chemical Technology Assessment Protocol (CTAPE) must be used to evaluate chemicals proposed for stormwater treatment. Only chemicals approved by Ecology under the CTAPE may be used for stormwater treatment. The approved chemicals, their allowable application techniques (batch treatment or flow-through treatment), allowable application rates, and conditions of use can be found at the Department of Ecology Emerging Technologies website: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/technologies.ht ml. Treatment System Design Considerations: The design and operation of a chemical treatment system should take into consideration the factors that determine optimum, cost-effective performance. It is important to recognize the following: • Only Ecology approved chemicals may be used and must follow approved dose rate. • The pH of the stormwater must be in the proper range for the polymers to be effective, which is typically 6.5 to 8.5 • The coagulant must be mixed rapidly into the water to ensure proper dispersion. • A flocculation step is important to increase the rate of settling, to produce the lowest turbidity, and to keep the dosage rate as low as possible. • Too little energy input into the water during the flocculation phase results in flocs that are too small and/or insufficiently dense. Too much energy can rapidly destroy floc as it is formed. • Care must be taken in the design of the withdrawal system to minimize outflow velocities and to prevent floc discharge. Discharge from a batch treatment system should be directed through a physical filter such as a vegetated swale that would catch any unintended floc discharge. Currently, flow-through systems always discharge through the chemically enhanced sand filtration system. • System discharge rates must take into account downstream conveyance integrity. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-112 Polymer Batch Treatment Process Description: A batch chemical treatment system consists of the stormwater collection system (either temporary diversion or the permanent site drainage system), a storage pond, pumps, a chemical feed system, treatment cells, and interconnecting piping. The batch treatment system shall use a minimum of two lined treatment cells in addition to an untreated stormwater storage pond. Multiple treatment cells allow for clarification of treated water while other cells are being filled or emptied. Treatment cells may be ponds or tanks. Ponds with constructed earthen embankments greater than six feet high or which impound more than 10 acre-feet require special engineering analyses. The Ecology Dam Safety Section has specific design criteria for dams in Washington State (see http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wr/dams/GuidanceDocs.html ). Stormwater is collected at interception point(s) on the site and is diverted by gravity or by pumping to an untreated stormwater storage pond or other untreated stormwater holding area. The stormwater is stored until treatment occurs. It is important that the holding pond be large enough to provide adequate storage. The first step in the treatment sequence is to check the pH of the stormwater in the untreated stormwater storage pond. The pH is adjusted by the application of carbon dioxide or a base until the stormwater in the storage pond is within the desired pH range, 6.5 to 8.5. When used, carbon dioxide is added immediately downstream of the transfer pump. Typically sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) is used as a base, although other bases may be used. When needed, base is added directly to the untreated stormwater storage pond. The stormwater is recirculated with the treatment pump to provide mixing in the storage pond. Initial pH adjustments should be based on daily bench tests. Further pH adjustments can be made at any point in the process. Once the stormwater is within the desired pH range (dependant on polymer being used), the stormwater is pumped from the untreated stormwater storage pond to a treatment cell as polymer is added. The polymer is added upstream of the pump to facilitate rapid mixing. After polymer addition, the water is kept in a lined treatment cell for clarification of the sediment-floc. In a batch mode process, clarification typically takes from 30 minutes to several hours. Prior to discharge samples are withdrawn for analysis of pH, flocculent chemical concentration, and turbidity. If both are acceptable, the treated water is discharged. Several configurations have been developed to withdraw treated water from the treatment cell. The original configuration is a device that withdraws the treated water from just beneath the water surface using a Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-113 float with adjustable struts that prevent the float from settling on the cell bottom. This reduces the possibility of picking up sediment-floc from the bottom of the pond. The struts are usually set at a minimum clearance of about 12 inches; that is, the float will come within 12 inches of the bottom of the cell. Other systems have used vertical guides or cables which constrain the float, allowing it to drift up and down with the water level. More recent designs have an H-shaped array of pipes, set on the horizontal. This scheme provides for withdrawal from four points rather than one. This configuration reduces the likelihood of sucking settled solids from the bottom. It also reduces the tendency for a vortex to form. Inlet diffusers, a long floating or fixed pipe with many small holes in it, are also an option. Safety is a primary concern. Design should consider the hazards associated with operations, such as sampling. Facilities should be designed to reduce slip hazards and drowning. Tanks and ponds should have life rings, ladders, or steps extending from the bottom to the top. Polymer Batch Treatment Process Description: At a minimum, a flow-through chemical treatment system consists of the stormwater collection system (either temporary diversion or the permanent site drainage system), an untreated stormwater storage pond, and the chemically enhanced sand filtration system. Stormwater is collected at interception point(s) on the site and is diverted by gravity or by pumping to an untreated stormwater storage pond or other untreated stormwater holding area. The stormwater is stored until treatment occurs. It is important that the holding pond be large enough to provide adequate storage. Stormwater is then pumped from the untreated stormwater storage pond to the chemically enhanced sand filtration system where polymer is added. Adjustments to pH may be necessary before chemical addition. The sand filtration system continually monitors the stormwater for turbidity and pH. If the discharge water is ever out of an acceptable range for turbidity or pH, the water is recycled to the untreated stormwater pond where it can be retreated. For batch treatment and flow-through treatment, the following equipment should be located in a lockable shed: • The chemical injector. • Secondary containment for acid, caustic, buffering compound, and treatment chemical. • Emergency shower and eyewash. • Monitoring equipment which consists of a pH meter and a turbidimeter. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-114 System Sizing: Certain sites are required to implement flow control for the developed sites. These sites must also control stormwater release rates during construction. Generally, these are sites that discharge stormwater directly, or indirectly, through a conveyance system, into a fresh water. System sizing is dependent on flow control requirements. Sizing Criteria for Batch Treatment Systems for Flow Control Exempt Water Bodies: The total volume of the untreated stormwater storage pond and treatment ponds or tanks must be large enough to treat stormwater that is produced during multiple day storm events. It is recommended that at a minimum the untreated stormwater storage pond be sized to hold 1.5 times the runoff volume of the 10-year, 24-hour storm event. Bypass should be provided around the chemical treatment system to accommodate extreme storm events. Runoff volume shall be calculated using the methods presented in Volume 3, Chapter 2. Worst-case land cover conditions (i.e., producing the most runoff) should be used for analyses (in most cases, this would be the land cover conditions just prior to final landscaping). Primary settling should be encouraged in the untreated stormwater storage pond. A forebay with access for maintenance may be beneficial. There are two opposing considerations in sizing the treatment cells. A larger cell is able to treat a larger volume of water each time a batch is processed. However, the larger the cell the longer the time required to empty the cell. A larger cell may also be less effective at flocculation and therefore require a longer settling time. The simplest approach to sizing the treatment cell is to multiply the allowable discharge flow rate times the desired drawdown time. A 4-hour drawdown time allows one batch per cell per 8-hour work period, given 1 hour of flocculation followed by two hours of settling. If the discharge is directly to a flow control exempt receiving water listed in Appendix I-E of Volume I or to an infiltration system, there is no discharge flow limit. Ponds sized for flow control water bodies must at a minimum meet the sizing criteria for flow control exempt waters. Sizing Criteria for Flow-Through Treatment Systems for Flow Control Exempt Water Bodies: When sizing storage ponds or tanks for flow-through systems for flow control exempt water bodies, the treatment system capacity should be a factor. The untreated stormwater storage pond or tank should be sized to hold 1.5 times the runoff volume of the 10-year, 24-hour storm event minus the treatment system flowrate for an 8-hour period. For a chitosan- enhanced sand filtration system, the treatment system flowrate should be sized using a hydraulic loading rate between 6-8 gpm/ft². Other hydraulic Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-115 loading rates may be more appropriate for other systems. Bypass should be provided around the chemical treatment system to accommodate extreme storms. Runoff volume shall be calculated using the methods presented in Volume 3, Chapter 2. Worst-case land cover conditions (i.e., producing the most runoff) should be used for analyses (in most cases, this would be the land cover conditions just prior to final landscaping). Sizing Criteria for Flow Control Water Bodies: Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site condition must also control stormwater release rates during construction. Construction site stormwater discharges shall not exceed the discharge durations of the pre-developed condition for the range of pre-developed discharge rates from ½ of the 2-year flow through the 10-year flow as predicted by an approved continuous runoff model. The pre-developed condition to be matched shall be the land cover condition immediately prior to the development project. This restriction on release rates can affect the size of the storage pond and treatment cells. The following is how WWHM can be used to determine the release rates from the chemical treatment systems: 1. Determine the pre-developed flow durations to be matched by entering the existing land use area under the “Pre-developed” scenario in WWHM. The default flow range is from ½ of the 2-year flow through the 10-year flow. 2. Enter the post developed land use area in the “Developed Unmitigated” scenario in WWHM. 3. Copy the land use information from the “Developed Unmitigated” to “Developed Mitigated” scenario. 4. While in the “Developed Mitigated” scenario, add a pond element under the basin element containing the post-developed land use areas. This pond element represents information on the available untreated stormwater storage and discharge from the chemical treatment system. In cases where the discharge from the chemical treatment system is controlled by a pump, a stage/storage/discharge (SSD) table representing the pond must be generated outside WWHM and imported into WWHM. WWHM can route the runoff from the post- developed condition through this SSD table (the pond) and determine compliance with the flow duration standard. This would be an iterative design procedure where if the initial SSD table proved to be inadequate, the designer would have to modify the SSD table outside WWHM and re-import in WWHM and route the runoff through it again. The iteration will continue until a pond that complies with the flow duration standard is correctly sized. Notes on SSD table characteristics: Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-116 • The pump discharge rate would likely be initially set at just below ½ of the 2-year flow from the pre-developed condition. As runoff coming into the untreated stormwater storage pond increases and the available untreated stormwater storage volume gets used up, it would be necessary to increase the pump discharge rate above ½ of the 2-year. The increase(s) above ½ of the 2-year must be such that they provide some relief to the untreated stormwater storage needs but at the same time will not cause violations of the flow duration standard at the higher flows. The final design SSD table will identify the appropriate pumping rates and the corresponding stage and storages. • When building such a flow control system, the design must ensure that any automatic adjustments to the pumping rates will be as a result of changes to the available storage in accordance with the final design SSD table. 5. It should be noted that the above procedures would be used to meet the flow control requirements. The chemical treatment system must be able to meet the runoff treatment requirements. It is likely that the discharge flow rate of ½ of the 2-year or more may exceed the treatment capacity of the system. If that is the case, the untreated stormwater discharge rate(s) (i.e., influent to the treatment system) must be reduced to allow proper treatment. Any reduction in the flows would likely result in the need for a larger untreated stormwater storage volume. If the discharge is to a municipal storm drainage system, the allowable discharge rate may be limited by the capacity of the public system. It may be necessary to clean the municipal storm drainage system prior to the start of the discharge to prevent scouring solids from the drainage system. If the municipal storm drainage system discharges to a water body not on the flow control exempt list, the project site is subject to flow control requirements. Obtain permission from the owner of the collection system before discharging to it. If system design does not allow you to discharge at the slower rates as described above and if the site has a retention or detention pond that will serve the planned development, the discharge from the treatment system may be directed to the permanent retention/detention pond to comply with the flow control requirement. In this case, the untreated stormwater storage pond and treatment system will be sized according to the sizing criteria for flow- through treatment systems for flow control exempt water bodies described earlier except all discharge (water passing through the treatment system and stormwater bypassing the treatment system) will be directed into the permanent retention/detention pond. If site constraints make locating the untreated stormwater storage pond difficult, the permanent retention/detention pond may be divided to serve as the untreated stormwater storage pond and the post-treatment flow control pond. A berm or barrier must be used in this case so the untreated water does not mix with the treated Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-117 water. Both untreated stormwater storage requirements, and adequate post- treatment flow control must be achieved. The post-treatment flow control pond’s revised dimensions must be entered into the WWHM and the WWHM must be run to confirm compliance with the flow control requirement. Maintenance Standards Monitoring: At a minimum, the following monitoring shall be conducted. Test results shall be recorded on a daily log kept on site. Additional testing may be required by the NPDES permit based on site conditions. Operational Monitoring: • Total volume treated and discharged. • Flow must be continuously monitored and recorded at not greater than 15-minute intervals. • Type and amount of chemical used for pH adjustment. • Amount of polymer used for treatment. • Settling time. Compliance Monitoring: • Influent and effluent pH, flocculent chemical concentration, and turbidity must be continuously monitored and recorded at not greater than 15-minute intervals. pH and turbidity of the receiving water. Biomonitoring: Treated stormwater must be non-toxic to aquatic organisms. Treated stormwater must be tested for aquatic toxicity or residual chemicals. Frequency of biomonitoring will be determined by Ecology. Residual chemical tests must be approved by Ecology prior to their use. If testing treated stormwater for aquatic toxicity, you must test for acute (lethal) toxicity. Bioassays shall be conducted by a laboratory accredited by Ecology, unless otherwise approved by Ecology. Acute toxicity tests shall be conducted per the CTAPE protocol. Discharge Compliance: Prior to discharge, treated stormwater must be sampled and tested for compliance with pH, flocculent chemical concentration, and turbidity limits. These limits may be established by the Construction Stormwater General Permit or a site-specific discharge permit. Sampling and testing for other pollutants may also be necessary at some sites. pH must be within the range of 6.5 to 8.5 standard units and not cause a change in the pH of the receiving water of more than 0.2 standard units. Treated stormwater samples and measurements shall be taken from the discharge pipe or another location representative of the nature of the treated stormwater discharge. Samples used for determining compliance with the water quality standards in the receiving water shall not be taken from the treatment pond prior to decanting. Compliance with the water quality standards is determined in the receiving water. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-118 Operator Training: Each contractor who intends to use chemical treatment shall be trained by an experienced contractor . Each site using chemical treatment must have an operator trained and certified by an organization approved by Ecology. Standard BMPs: Surface stabilization BMPs should be implemented on site to prevent significant erosion. All sites shall use a truck wheel wash to prevent tracking of sediment off site. Sediment Removal and Disposal: • Sediment shall be removed from the storage or treatment cells as necessary. Typically, sediment removal is required at least once during a wet season and at the decommissioning of the cells. Sediment remaining in the cells between batches may enhance the settling process and reduce the required chemical dosage. • Sediment that is known to be non-toxic may be incorporated into the site away from drainages. BMP C251: Construction Stormwater Filtration Purpose Filtration removes sediment from runoff originating from disturbed areas of the site. Background Information: Filtration with sand media has been used for over a century to treat water and wastewater. The use of sand filtration for treatment of stormwater has developed recently, generally to treat runoff from streets, parking lots, and residential areas. The application of filtration to construction stormwater treatment is currently under development. Conditions of Use Traditional BMPs used to control soil erosion and sediment loss from sites under development may not be adequate to ensure compliance with the water quality standard for turbidity in the receiving water. Filtration may be used in conjunction with gravity settling to remove sediment as small as fine silt (0.5 µm). The reduction in turbidity will be dependent on the particle size distribution of the sediment in the stormwater. In some circumstances, sedimentation and filtration may achieve compliance with the water quality standard for turbidity. The use of construction stormwater filtration does not require approval from Ecology as long as treatment chemicals are not used. Filtration in conjunction with polymer treatment requires testing under the Chemical Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (CTAPE) before it can be initiated. Approval from the appropriate regional Ecology office must be obtained at each site where polymers use is proposed prior to use. For more guidance on stormwater chemical treatment see BMP C250. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-119 Design and Installation Specifications Two types of filtration systems may be applied to construction stormwater treatment: rapid and slow. Rapid sand filters are the typical system used for water and wastewater treatment. They can achieve relatively high hydraulic flow rates, on the order of 2 to 20 gpm/sf, because they have automatic backwash systems to remove accumulated solids. In contrast, slow sand filters have very low hydraulic rates, on the order of 0.02 gpm/sf, because they do not have backwash systems. Slow sand filtration has generally been used to treat stormwater. Slow sand filtration is mechanically simple in comparison to rapid sand filtration but requires a much larger filter area. Filtration Equipment. Sand media filters are available with automatic backwashing features that can filter to 50 µm particle size. Screen or bag filters can filter down to 5 µm. Fiber wound filters can remove particles down to 0.5 µm. Filters should be sequenced from the largest to the smallest pore opening. Sediment removal efficiency will be related to particle size distribution in the stormwater. Treatment Process Description. Stormwater is collected at interception point(s) on the site and is diverted to an untreated stormwater sediment pond or tank for removal of large sediment and storage of the stormwater before it is treated by the filtration system. The untreated stormwater is pumped from the trap, pond, or tank through the filtration system in a rapid sand filtration system. Slow sand filtration systems are designed as flow through systems using gravity. Maintenance Standards Rapid sand filters typically have automatic backwash systems that are triggered by a pre-set pressure drop across the filter. If the backwash water volume is not large or substantially more turbid than the untreated stormwater stored in the holding pond or tank, backwash return to the untreated stormwater pond or tank may be appropriate. However, other means of treatment and disposal may be necessary. • Screen, bag, and fiber filters must be cleaned and/or replaced when they become clogged. • Sediment shall be removed from the storage and/or treatment ponds as necessary. Typically, sediment removal is required once or twice during a wet season and at the decommissioning of the ponds. Sizing Criteria for Flow-Through Treatment Systems for Flow Control Exempt Water Bodies: When sizing storage ponds or tanks for flow-through systems for flow control exempt water bodies the treatment system capacity should be a factor. The untreated stormwater storage pond or tank should be sized to hold 1.5 times the runoff volume of the 10-year, 24-hour storm event minus the treatment system flowrate for an 8-hour period. For a chitosan- enhanced sand filtration system, the treatment system flowrate should be sized using a hydraulic loading rate between 6-8 gpm/ft². Other hydraulic Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-120 loading rates may be more appropriate for other systems. Bypass should be provided around the chemical treatment system to accommodate extreme storms. Runoff volume shall be calculated using the methods presented in Volume 3, Chapter 2. Worst-case conditions (i.e., producing the most runoff) should be used for analyses (most likely conditions present prior to final landscaping). Sizing Criteria for Flow Control Water Bodies: Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site condition must also control stormwater release rates during construction. Construction site stormwater discharges shall not exceed the discharge durations of the pre-developed condition for the range of pre-developed discharge rates from 1/2 of the 2-year flow through the 10-year flow as predicted by an approved continuous runoff model. The pre-developed condition to be matched shall be the land cover condition immediately prior to the development project. This restriction on release rates can affect the size of the storage pond, the filtration system, and the flow rate through the filter system. The following is how WWHM can be used to determine the release rates from the filtration systems: 1. Determine the pre-developed flow durations to be matched by entering the land use area under the “Pre-developed” scenario in WWHM. The default flow range is from ½ of the 2-year flow through the 10-year flow. 2. Enter the post developed land use area in the “Developed Unmitigated” scenario in WWHM. 3. Copy the land use information from the “Developed Unmitigated” to “Developed Mitigated” scenario. 4. There are two possible ways to model stormwater filtration systems: a. The stormwater filtration system uses an untreated stormwater storage pond/tank and the discharge from this pond/tank is pumped to one or more filters. In-line filtration chemicals would be added to the flow right after the pond/tank and before the filter(s). Because the discharge is pumped, WWHM can’t generate a stage/storage /discharge (SSD) table for this system. This system is modeled the same way as described in BMP C250 and is as follows: While in the “Developed Mitigated” scenario, add a pond element under the basin element containing the post-developed land use areas. This pond element represents information on the available untreated stormwater storage and discharge from the filtration system. In cases where the discharge from the filtration system is controlled by a pump, a stage/storage/discharge (SSD) table representing the pond must be generated outside WWHM and Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-121 imported into WWHM. WWHM can route the runoff from the post-developed condition through this SSD table (the pond) and determine compliance with the flow duration standard. This would be an iterative design procedure where if the initial SSD table proved to be out of compliance, the designer would have to modify the SSD table outside WWHM and re-import in WWHM and route the runoff through it again. The iteration will continue until a pond that enables compliance with the flow duration standard is designed. Notes on SSD table characteristics: • The pump discharge rate would likely be initially set at just below ½ if the 2-year flow from the pre-developed condition. As runoff coming into the untreated stormwater storage pond increases and the available untreated stormwater storage volume gets used up, it would be necessary to increase the pump discharge rate above ½ of the 2-year. The increase(s) above ½ of the 2-year must be such that they provide some relief to the untreated stormwater storage needs but at the same time they will not cause violations of the flow duration standard at the higher flows. The final design SSD table will identify the appropriate pumping rates and the corresponding stage and storages. • When building such a flow control system, the design must ensure that any automatic adjustments to the pumping rates will be as a result of changes to the available storage in accordance with the final design SSD table. b. The stormwater filtration system uses a storage pond/tank and the discharge from this pond/tank gravity flows to the filter. This is usually a slow sand filter system and it is possible to model it in WWHM as a Filter element or as a combination of Pond and Filter element placed in series. The stage/storage/discharge table(s) may then be generated within WWHM as follows: (i) While in the “Developed Mitigated” scenario, add a Filter element under the basin element containing the post-developed land use areas. The length and width of this filter element would have to be the same as the bottom length and width of the upstream untreated stormwater storage pond/tank. (ii) In cases where the length and width of the filter is not the same as those for the bottom of the upstream untreated stormwater storage tank/pond, the treatment system may be modeled as a Pond element followed by a Filter element. By having these two elements, WWHM would then generate a SSD table for the storage pond which then gravity flows to the Filter element. The Filter element downstream of the untreated stormwater Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-122 storage pond would have a storage component through the media, and an overflow component for when the filtration capacity is exceeded. WWHM can route the runoff from the post-developed condition through the treatment systems in 4b and determine compliance with the flow duration standard. This would be an iterative design procedure where if the initial sizing estimates for the treatment system proved to be inadequate, the designer would have to modify the system and route the runoff through it again. The iteration would continue until compliance with the flow duration standard is achieved. 5. It should be noted that the above procedures would be used to meet the flow control requirements. The filtration system must be able to meet the runoff treatment requirements. It is likely that the discharge flow rate of ½ of the 2-year or more may exceed the treatment capacity of the system. If that is the case, the untreated stormwater discharge rate(s) (i.e., influent to the treatment system) must be reduced to allow proper treatment. Any reduction in the flows would likely result in the need for a larger untreated stormwater storage volume. If system design does not allow you to discharge at the slower rates as described above and if the site has a retention or detention pond that will serve the planned development, the discharge from the treatment system may be directed to the permanent retention/detention pond to comply with the flow control requirements. In this case, the untreated stormwater storage pond and treatment system will be sized according to the sizing criteria for flow- through treatment systems for flow control exempt waterbodies described earlier except all discharges (water passing through the treatment system and stormwater bypassing the treatment system) will be directed into the permanent retention/detention pond. If site constraints make locating the untreated stormwater storage pond difficult, the permanent retention/detention pond may be divided to serve as the untreated stormwater discharge pond and the post-treatment flow control pond. A berm or barrier must be used in this case so the untreated water does not mix with the treated water. Both untreated stormwater storage requirements, and adequate post- treatment flow control must be achieved. The post-treatment flow control pond’s revised dimensions must be entered into the WWHM and the WWHM must be run to confirm compliance with the flow control requirement. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-123 BMP C252: High pH Neutralization Using CO2 Purpose When pH levels in stormwater rise above 8.5 it is necessary to lower the pH levels to the acceptable range of 6.5 to 8.5, this process is called pH neutralization. pH neutralization involves the use of solid or compressed carbon dioxide gas in water requiring neutralization. Neutralized stormwater may be discharged to surface waters under the General Construction NPDES permit. Neutralized process water such as concrete truck wash-out, hydro- demolition, or saw-cutting slurry must be managed to prevent discharge to surface waters. Any stormwater contaminated during concrete work is considered process wastewater and must not be discharged to surface waters. Reason for pH Neutralization: A pH level range of 6.5 to 8.5 is typical for most natural watercourses, and this neutral pH is required for the survival of aquatic organisms. Should the pH rise or drop out of this range, fish and other aquatic organisms may become stressed and may die. Calcium hardness can contribute to high pH values and cause toxicity that is associated with high pH conditions. A high level of calcium hardness in waters of the state is not allowed. The water quality standard for pH in Washington State is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5. Ground water standard for calcium and other dissolved solids in Washington State is less than 500 mg/l. Conditions of Use Causes of High pH: High pH at construction sites is most commonly caused by the contact of stormwater with poured or recycled concrete, cement, mortars, and other Portland cement or lime containing construction materials. (See BMP C151: Concrete Handling for more information on concrete handling procedures). The principal caustic agent in cement is calcium hydroxide (free lime). Advantages of CO2 Sparging: • Rapidly neutralizes high pH water. • Cost effective and safer to handle than acid compounds. • CO2 is self-buffering. It is difficult to overdose and create harmfully low pH levels. • Material is readily available. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-124 The Chemical Process: When carbon dioxide (CO2) is added to water (H2O), carbonic acid (H2CO3) is formed which can further dissociate into a proton (H+) and a bicarbonate anion (HCO3-) as shown below: CO2 + H2O ↔ H2CO3 ↔ H+ + HCO3- The free proton is a weak acid that can lower the pH. Water temperature has an effect on the reaction as well. The colder the water temperature is the slower the reaction occurs and the warmer the water temperature is the quicker the reaction occurs. Most construction applications in Washington State have water temperatures in the 50°F or higher range so the reaction is almost simultaneous. Design and Installation Specifications Treatment Process: High pH water may be treated using continuous treatment, continuous discharge systems. These manufactured systems continuously monitor influent and effluent pH to ensure that pH values are within an acceptable range before being discharged. All systems must have fail safe automatic shut off switches in the event that pH is not within the acceptable discharge range. Only trained operators may operate manufactured systems. System manufacturers often provide trained operators or training on their devices. The following procedure may be used when not using a continuous discharge system: 1. Prior to treatment, the appropriate jurisdiction should be notified in accordance with the regulations set by the jurisdiction. 2. Every effort should be made to isolate the potential high pH water in order to treat it separately from other stormwater on-site. 3. Water should be stored in an acceptable storage facility, detention pond, or containment cell prior to treatment. 4. Transfer water to be treated to the treatment structure. Ensure that treatment structure size is sufficient to hold the amount of water that is to be treated. Do not fill tank completely, allow at least 2 feet of freeboard. 5. The operator samples the water for pH and notes the clarity of the water. As a rule of thumb, less CO2 is necessary for clearer water. This information should be recorded. 6. In the pH adjustment structure, add CO2 until the pH falls in the range of 6.9-7.1. Remember that pH water quality standards apply so adjusting pH to within 0.2 pH units of receiving water (background pH) is recommended. It is unlikely that pH can be adjusted to within 0.2 pH units using dry ice. Compressed carbon dioxide gas should be introduced to the water using a carbon dioxide diffuser located near Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-125 the bottom of the tank, this will allow carbon dioxide to bubble up through the water and diffuse more evenly. 7. Slowly discharge the water making sure water does not get stirred up in the process. Release about 80% of the water from the structure leaving any sludge behind. 8. Discharge treated water through a pond or drainage system. 9. Excess sludge needs to be disposed of properly as concrete waste. If several batches of water are undergoing pH treatment, sludge can be left in treatment structure for the next batch treatment. Dispose of sludge when it fills 50% of tank volume. Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site must also control stormwater release rates during construction. All treated stormwater must go through a flow control facility before being released to surface waters which require flow control. Maintenance Standards Safety and Materials Handling: • All equipment should be handled in accordance with OSHA rules and regulations. • Follow manufacturer guidelines for materials handling. Operator Records: Each operator should provide: • A diagram of the monitoring and treatment equipment. • A description of the pumping rates and capacity the treatment equipment is capable of treating. Each operator should keep a written record of the following: • Client name and phone number. • Date of treatment. • Weather conditions. • Project name and location. • Volume of water treated. • pH of untreated water. • Amount of CO2 needed to adjust water to a pH range of 6.9-7.1. • pH of treated water. • Discharge point location and description. A copy of this record should be given to the client/contractor who should retain the record for three years. Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-126 BMP C253: pH Control for High pH Water Purpose When pH levels in stormwater rise above 8.5 it is necessary to lower the pH levels to the acceptable range of 6.5 to 8.5, this process is called pH neutralization. Stormwater with pH levels exceeding water quality standards may be treated by infiltration, dispersion in vegetation or compost, pumping to a sanitary sewer, disposal at a permitted concrete batch plant with pH neutralization capabilities, or carbon dioxide sparging. BMP C252 gives guidelines for carbon dioxide sparging. Reason for pH Neutralization: A pH level range of 6.5 to 8.5 is typical for most natural watercourses, and this pH range is required for the survival of aquatic organisms. Should the pH rise or drop out of this range, fish and other aquatic organisms may become stressed and may die. Conditions of Use Causes of High pH: High pH levels at construction sites are most commonly caused by the contact of stormwater with poured or recycled concrete, cement, mortars, and other Portland cement or lime containing construction materials. (See BMP C151: Concrete Handling for more information on concrete handling procedures). The principal caustic agent in cement is calcium hydroxide (free lime). Design and Installation Specifications Disposal Methods: Infiltration • Infiltration is only allowed if soil type allows all water to infiltrate (no surface runoff) without causing or contributing to a violation of surface or ground water quality standards. • Infiltration techniques should be consistent with Volume V, Chapter 7 Dispersion Use BMP T5.30 Full Dispersion Sanitary Sewer Disposal • Local sewer authority approval is required prior to disposal via the sanitary sewer. Concrete Batch Plant Disposal • Only permitted facilities may accept high pH water. • Facility should be contacted before treatment to ensure they can accept the high pH water. Stormwater Discharge Any pH treatment options that generate treated water that must be discharged off site are subject to flow control requirements. Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site must also control Volume II – Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention - August 2012 4-127 stormwater release rates during construction. All treated stormwater must go through a flow control facility before being released to surface waters which require flow control. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page C-1 Appendix C Correspondence None at this time. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page D-1 Appendix D Site Inspection Form The results of each inspection shall be summarized in an inspection report or checklist that is entered into or attached to the site log book. It is suggested that the inspection report or checklist be included in this appendix to keep monitoring and inspection information in one document, but this is optional. However, it is mandatory that this SWPPP and the site inspection forms be kept onsite at all times during construction, and that inspections be performed and documented as outlined below. At a minimum, each inspection report or checklist shall include: Inspection date/times Weather information: general conditions during inspection, approximate amount of precipitation since the last inspection, and approximate amount of precipitation within the last 24 hours. A summary or list of all BMPs that have been implemented, including observations of all erosion/sediment control structures or practices. The following shall be noted: locations of BMPs inspected, locations of BMPs that need maintenance, the reason maintenance is needed, locations of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or intended, and locations where additional or different BMPs are needed, and the reason(s) why A description of stormwater discharged from the site. The presence of suspended sediment, turbid water, discoloration, and/or oil sheen shall be noted, as applicable. A description of any water quality monitoring performed during inspection, and the results of that monitoring. General comments and notes, including a brief description of any BMP repairs, maintenance or installations made as a result of the inspection. A statement that, in the judgment of the person conducting the site inspection, the site is either in compliance or out of compliance with the terms and conditions of the SWPPP and the NPDES permit. If the site inspection indicates that the site is out of compliance, the inspection report shall include a summary of the remedial actions required to bring the site back into compliance, as well as a schedule of implementation. Name, title, and signature of person conducting the site inspection; and the following statement: “I certify under penalty of law that this report is true, accurate, and complete, to the best of my knowledge and belief”. 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page D-2 When the site inspection indicates that the site is not in compliance with any terms and conditions of the NPDES permit, the Permittee shall take immediate action(s) to: stop, contain, and clean up the unauthorized discharges, or otherwise stop the noncompliance; correct the problem(s); implement appropriate Best Management Practices (BMPs), and/or conduct maintenance of existing BMPs; and achieve compliance with all applicable standards and permit conditions. In addition, if the noncompliance causes a threat to human health or the environment, the Permittee shall comply with the Noncompliance Notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F of the permit. Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page D-3 Project Name Permit #: Date: Time: Name of Certified Erosion Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) or qualified inspector if less than one acre Print Name: Approximate rainfall amount since the last inspection (in inches): Approximate rainfall amount in the last 24 hours (in inches): Current Weather Clear Cloudy Mist Rain Wind Fog A. Type of inspection: Weekly Post Storm Event Other B. Phase of Active Construction (check all that apply): Pre Construction/installation of erosion/sediment controls Clearing/Demo/Grading Infrastructure/storm/roads Concrete pours Vertical Construction/buildings Utilities Offsite improvements Site temporary stabilized Final stabilization C. Questions: 1. Were all areas of construction and discharge points inspected? Yes No 2. Did you observe the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil sheen Yes No 3. Was a water quality sample taken during inspection? (refer to permit conditions S4 & S5) Yes No 4. Was there a turbid discharge 250 NTU or greater, or Transparency 6 cm or less?* Yes No 5. If yes to #4 was it reported to Ecology? Yes No 6. Is pH sampling required? pH range required is 6.5 to 8.5. Yes No If answering yes to a discharge, describe the event. Include when, where, and why it happened; what action was taken, and when. *If answering yes to # 4 record NTU/Transparency with continual sampling daily until turbidity is 25 NTU or less/ transparency is 33 cm or greater. Sampling Results: Date: Parameter Method (circle one) Result Other/Note NTU cm pH Turbidity tube, meter, laboratory pH Paper, kit, meter Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page D-4 D. Check the observed status of all items. Provide “Action Required “details and dates. Element # Inspection BMPs Inspected BMP needs maintenance BMP failed Action required (describe in section F) yes no n/a 1 Clearing Limits Before beginning land disturbing activities are all clearing limits, natural resource areas (streams, wetlands, buffers, trees) protected with barriers or similar BMPs? (high visibility recommended) 2 Construction Access Construction access is stabilized with quarry spalls or equivalent BMP to prevent sediment from being tracked onto roads? Sediment tracked onto the road way was cleaned thoroughly at the end of the day or more frequent as necessary. 3 Control Flow Rates Are flow control measures installed to control stormwater volumes and velocity during construction and do they protect downstream properties and waterways from erosion? If permanent infiltration ponds are used for flow control during construction, are they protected from siltation? 4 Sediment Controls All perimeter sediment controls (e.g. silt fence, wattles, compost socks, berms, etc.) installed, and maintained in accordance with the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Sediment control BMPs (sediment ponds, traps, filters etc.) have been constructed and functional as the first step of grading. Stormwater runoff from disturbed areas is directed to sediment removal BMP. 5 Stabilize Soils Have exposed un-worked soils been stabilized with effective BMP to prevent erosion and sediment deposition? Are stockpiles stabilized from erosion, protected with sediment trapping measures and located away from drain inlet, waterways, and drainage channels? Have soils been stabilized at the end of the shift, before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast? Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page D-5 Element # Inspection BMPs Inspected BMP needs maintenance BMP failed Action required (describe in section F) yes no n/a 6 Protect Slopes Has stormwater and ground water been diverted away from slopes and disturbed areas with interceptor dikes, pipes and or swales? Is off-site storm water managed separately from stormwater generated on the site? Is excavated material placed on uphill side of trenches consistent with safety and space considerations? Have check dams been placed at regular intervals within constructed channels that are cut down a slope? 7 Drain Inlets Storm drain inlets made operable during construction are protected. Are existing storm drains within the influence of the project protected? 8 Stabilize Channel and Outlets Have all on-site conveyance channels been designed, constructed and stabilized to prevent erosion from expected peak flows? Is stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes and downstream conveyance systems? 9 Control Pollutants Are waste materials and demolition debris handled and disposed of to prevent contamination of stormwater? Has cover been provided for all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and other material? Has secondary containment been provided capable of containing 110% of the volume? Were contaminated surfaces cleaned immediately after a spill incident? Were BMPs used to prevent contamination of stormwater by a pH modifying sources? Wheel wash wastewater is handled and disposed of properly. 10 Control Dewatering Concrete washout in designated areas. No washout or excess concrete on the ground. Dewatering has been done to an approved source and in compliance with the SWPPP. Were there any clean non turbid dewatering discharges? Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page D-6 Element # Inspection BMPs Inspected BMP needs maintenance BMP failed Action required (describe in section F) yes no n/a 11 Maintain BMP Are all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs maintained to perform as intended? 12 Manage the Project Has the project been phased to the maximum degree practicable? Has regular inspection, monitoring and maintenance been performed as required by the permit? Has the SWPPP been updated, implemented and records maintained? E. Check all areas that have been inspected. All in place BMPs All discharge locations All concrete wash out areas All construction entrances/exits All disturbed soils All material storage areas All equipment storage areas F. Elements checked “Action Required” (section D) describe corrective action to be taken. List the element number; be specific on location and work needed. Document, initial, and date when the corrective action has been completed and inspected. Element # Description and Location Action Required Completion Date Initials Attach additional page if needed Sign the following certification: “I certify that this report is true, accurate, and complete, to the best of my knowledge and belief” Inspected by: Print Signature Title/Qualification of Inspector Date 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page F-2 Appendix E Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) Issuance Date: November 18, 2020 Effective Date: January 1, 2021 Expiration Date: December 31, 2025 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER GENERAL PERMIT National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) and State Waste Discharge General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity State of Washington Department of Ecology Olympia, Washington 98504 In compliance with the provisions of Chapter 90.48 Revised Code of Washington (State of Washington Water Pollution Control Act) and Title 33 United States Code, Section 1251 et seq. The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (The Clean Water Act) Until this permit expires, is modified, or revoked, Permittees that have properly obtained coverage under this general permit are authorized to discharge in accordance with the special and general conditions that follow. __________________________________ Vincent McGowan, P.E. Water Quality Program Manager Washington State Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit Page i TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF TABLES .................................................................................................................................. ii SUMMARY OF PERMIT REPORT SUBMITTALS ...................................................................................... 1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................................... 3 S1. Permit Coverage .............................................................................................................................. 3 S2. Application Requirements ............................................................................................................... 7 S3. Compliance with Standards ............................................................................................................. 9 S4. Monitoring Requirements, Benchmarks, and Reporting Triggers ................................................. 10 S5. Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements ................................................................................ 17 S6. Permit Fees .................................................................................................................................... 20 S7. Solid and Liquid Waste Disposal .................................................................................................... 20 S8. Discharges to 303(D) or TMDL Waterbodies ................................................................................. 20 S9. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan .......................................................................................... 23 S10. Notice Of Termination ................................................................................................................... 32 GENERAL CONDITIONS ..................................................................................................................... 34 G1. Discharge Violations....................................................................................................................... 34 G2. Signatory Requirements ................................................................................................................ 34 G3. Right of Inspection and Entry ......................................................................................................... 35 G4. General Permit Modification and Revocation ............................................................................... 35 G5. Revocation of Coverage Under tPermit ......................................................................................... 35 G6. Reporting a Cause for Modification ............................................................................................... 36 G7. Compliance with Other Laws and Statutes .................................................................................... 36 G8. Duty to Reapply.............................................................................................................................. 36 G9. Removed Substance ....................................................................................................................... 36 G10. Duty to Provide Information .......................................................................................................... 36 G11. Other Requirements of 40 CFR ...................................................................................................... 37 G12. Additional Monitoring .................................................................................................................... 37 G13. Penalties for Violating Permit Conditions ...................................................................................... 37 G14. Upset .............................................................................................................................................. 37 G15. Property Rights .............................................................................................................................. 37 G16. Duty to Comply .............................................................................................................................. 37 G17. Toxic Pollutants .............................................................................................................................. 38 G18. Penalties for Tampering ................................................................................................................. 38 G19. Reporting Planned Changes ........................................................................................................... 38 G20. Reporting Other Information ......................................................................................................... 38 G21. Reporting Anticipated Non-Compliance ........................................................................................ 38 Construction Stormwater General Permit Page ii G22. Requests to Be Excluded From Coverage Under the Permit ......................................................... 39 G23. Appeals........................................................................................................................................... 39 G24. Severability..................................................................................................................................... 39 G25. Bypass Prohibited .......................................................................................................................... 39 APPENDIX A – DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................................. 42 APPENDIX B – ACRONYMS ................................................................................................................ 50 LIST OF TABLES Table 1 Summary of Required Submittals ................................................................................................ 1 Table 2 Summary of Required On-site Documentation ........................................................................... 2 Table 3 Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements ....................................................................... 12 Table 4 Monitoring and Reporting Requirements ................................................................................. 14 Table 5 Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters ................................................................................................................ 22 Table 6 pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters ..................................................................... 22 Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 1 SUMMARY OF PERMIT REPORT SUBMITTALS Refer to the Special and General Conditions within this permit for additional submittal requirements. Appendix A provides a list of definitions. Appendix B provides a list of acronyms. Table 1 Summary of Required Submittals Permit Section Submittal Frequency First Submittal Date S5.A and S8 High Turbidity/Transparency Phone Reporting As Necessary Within 24 hours S5.B Discharge Monitoring Report Monthly* Within 15 days following the end of each month S5.F and S8 Noncompliance Notification – Telephone Notification As necessary Within 24 hours S5.F Noncompliance Notification – Written Report As necessary Within 5 Days of non-compliance S9.D Request for Chemical Treatment Form As necessary Written approval from Ecology is required prior to using chemical treatment (with the exception of dry ice, CO2 or food grade vinegar to adjust pH) G2 Notice of Change in Authorization As necessary G6 Permit Application for Substantive Changes to the Discharge As necessary G8 Application for Permit Renewal 1/permit cycle No later than 180 days before expiration S2.A Notice of Permit Transfer As necessary G19 Notice of Planned Changes As necessary G21 Reporting Anticipated Non-compliance As necessary NOTE: *Permittees must submit electronic Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the Washington State Department of Ecology monthly, regardless of site discharge, for the full duration of permit coverage. Refer to Section S5.B of this General Permit for more specific information regarding DMRs. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 2 Table 2 Summary of Required On-site Documentation Document Title Permit Conditions Permit Coverage Letter See Conditions S2, S5 Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) See Conditions S2, S5 Site Log Book See Conditions S4, S5 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) See Conditions S5, S9 Site Map See Conditions S5, S9 Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS S1. PERMIT COVERAGE A. Permit Area This Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) covers all areas of Washington State, except for federal operators and Indian Country as specified in Special Condition S1.E.3 and 4. B. Operators Required to Seek Coverage Under this General Permit 1. Operators of the following construction activities are required to seek coverage under this CSWGP: a. Clearing, grading and/or excavation that results in the disturbance of one or more acres (including off-site disturbance acreage related to construction-support activity as authorized in S1.C.2) and discharges stormwater to surface waters of the State; and clearing, grading and/or excavation on sites smaller than one acre that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale, if the common plan of development or sale will ultimately disturb one acre or more and discharge stormwater to surface waters of the State. i. This category includes forest practices (including, but not limited to, class IV conversions) that are part of a construction activity that will result in the disturbance of one or more acres, and discharge to surface waters of the State (that is, forest practices that prepare a site for construction activities); and b. Any size construction activity discharging stormwater to waters of the State that the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology): i. Determines to be a significant contributor of pollutants to waters of the State of Washington. ii. Reasonably expects to cause a violation of any water quality standard. 2. Operators of the following activities are not required to seek coverage under this CSWGP (unless specifically required under Special Condition S1.B.1.b, above): a. Construction activities that discharge all stormwater and non-stormwater to groundwater, sanitary sewer, or combined sewer, and have no point source discharge to either surface water or a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. b. Construction activities covered under an Erosivity Waiver (Special Condition S1.F). c. Routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of a facility. C. Authorized Discharges 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity. Subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit, Permittees are authorized to discharge stormwater associated with construction activity to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. (Note that “surface waters of the Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 4 State” may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for example, a creek running through a site.) 2. Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activity. This permit also authorizes stormwater discharge from support activities related to the permitted construction site (for example, an on-site portable rock crusher, off-site equipment staging yards, material storage areas, borrow areas, etc.) provided: a. The support activity relates directly to the permitted construction site that is required to have an NPDES permit; and b. The support activity is not a commercial operation serving multiple unrelated construction projects, and does not operate beyond the completion of the construction activity; and c. Appropriate controls and measures are identified in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the discharges from the support activity areas. 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges. The categories and sources of non-stormwater discharges identified below are authorized conditionally, provided the discharge is consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit: a. Discharges from fire-fighting activities. b. Fire hydrant system flushing. c. Potable water, including uncontaminated water line flushing. d. Hydrostatic test water. e. Uncontaminated air conditioning or compressor condensate. f. Uncontaminated groundwater or spring water. g. Uncontaminated excavation dewatering water (in accordance with S9.D.10). h. Uncontaminated discharges from foundation or footing drains. i. Uncontaminated or potable water used to control dust. Permittees must minimize the amount of dust control water used. j. Routine external building wash down that does not use detergents. k. Landscape irrigation water. The SWPPP must adequately address all authorized non-stormwater discharges, except for discharges from fire-fighting activities, and must comply with Special Condition S3. At a minimum, discharges from potable water (including water line flushing), fire hydrant system flushing, and pipeline hydrostatic test water must undergo the following: dechlorination to a concentration of 0.1 parts per million (ppm) or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 – 8.5 standard units (su), if necessary. D. Prohibited Discharges The following discharges to waters of the State, including groundwater, are prohibited: Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 5 1. Concrete wastewater 2. Wastewater from washout and clean-up of stucco, paint, form release oils, curing compounds and other construction materials. 3. Process wastewater as defined by 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 122.2 (See Appendix A of this permit). 4. Slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling, including process wastewater from shaft drilling for construction of building, road, and bridge foundations unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9.j. 5. Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance. 6. Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing. 7. Wheel wash wastewater, unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9. 8. Discharges from dewatering activities, including discharges from dewatering of trenches and excavations, unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.10. E. Limits on Coverage Ecology may require any discharger to apply for and obtain coverage under an individual permit or another more specific general permit. Such alternative coverage will be required when Ecology determines that this CSWGP does not provide adequate assurance that water quality will be protected, or there is a reasonable potential for the project to cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards. The following stormwater discharges are not covered by this permit: 1. Post-construction stormwater discharges that originate from the site after completion of construction activities and the site has undergone final stabilization. 2. Non-point source silvicultural activities such as nursery operations, site preparation, reforestation and subsequent cultural treatment, thinning, prescribed burning, pest and fire control, harvesting operations, surface drainage, or road construction and maintenance, from which there is natural runoff as excluded in 40 CFR Subpart 122. 3. Stormwater from any federal operator. 4. Stormwater from facilities located on Indian Country as defined in 18 U.S.C.§1151, except portions of the Puyallup Reservation as noted below. Indian Country includes: a. All land within any Indian Reservation notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and, including rights-of-way running through the reservation. This includes all federal, tribal, and Indian and non-Indian privately owned land within the reservation. b. All off-reservation Indian allotments, the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished, including rights-of-way running through the same. c. All off-reservation federal trust lands held for Native American Tribes. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 6 Puyallup Exception: Following the Puyallup Tribes of Indians Land Settlement Act of 1989, 25 U.S.C. §1773; the permit does apply to land within the Puyallup Reservation except for discharges to surface water on land held in trust by the federal government. 5. Stormwater from any site covered under an existing NPDES individual permit in which stormwater management and/or treatment requirements are included for all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity. 6. Stormwater from a site where an applicable Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) requirement specifically precludes or prohibits discharges from construction activity. F. Erosivity Waiver Construction site operators may qualify for an Erosivity Waiver from the CSWGP if the following conditions are met: 1. The site will result in the disturbance of fewer than five (5) acres and the site is not a portion of a common plan of development or sale that will disturb five (5) acres or greater. 2. Calculation of Erosivity “R” Factor and Regional Timeframe: a. The project’s calculated rainfall erosivity factor (“R” Factor) must be less than five (5) during the period of construction activity, (See the CSWGP homepage http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/index.html for a link to the EPA’s calculator and step by step instructions on computing the “R” Factor in the EPA Erosivity Waiver Fact Sheet). The period of construction activity starts when the land is first disturbed and ends with final stabilization. In addition: b. The entire period of construction activity must fall within the following timeframes: i. For sites west of the Cascades Crest: June 15 – September 15. ii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, excluding the Central Basin: June 15 – October 15. iii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, within the Central Basin: no timeframe restrictions apply. The Central Basin is defined as the portions of Eastern Washington with mean annual precipitation of less than 12 inches. For a map of the Central Basin (Average Annual Precipitation Region 2), refer to: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/resourcesguida nce.html. 3. Construction site operators must submit a complete Erosivity Waiver certification form at least one week before disturbing the land. Certification must include statements that the operator will: a. Comply with applicable local stormwater requirements; and b. Implement appropriate erosion and sediment control BMPs to prevent violations of water quality standards. 4. This waiver is not available for facilities declared significant contributors of pollutants as defined in Special Condition S1.B.1.b or for any size construction activity that could Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 7 reasonably expect to cause a violation of any water quality standard as defined in Special Condition S1.B.1.b.ii. 5. This waiver does not apply to construction activities which include non-stormwater discharges listed in Special Condition S1.C.3. 6. If construction activity extends beyond the certified waiver period for any reason, the operator must either: a. Recalculate the rainfall erosivity “R” factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date and, if the “R” factor is still under 5 and the entire project falls within the applicable regional timeframe in Special Condition S1.F.2.b, complete and submit an amended waiver certification form before the original waiver expires; or b. Submit a complete permit application to Ecology in accordance with Special Condition S2.A and B before the end of the certified waiver period. S2. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Permit Application Forms 1. Notice of Intent Form a. Operators of new or previously unpermitted construction activities must submit a complete and accurate permit application (Notice of Intent, or NOI) to Ecology. b. Operators must apply using the electronic application form (NOI) available on Ecology’s website (http://ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/index.html). Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions on how to obtain a paper NOI. Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, Washington 98504-7696 c. The operator must submit the NOI at least 60 days before discharging stormwater from construction activities and must submit it prior to the date of the first public notice (See Special Condition S2.B, below, for details). The 30-day public comment period begins on the publication date of the second public notice. Unless Ecology responds to the complete application in writing, coverage under the general permit will automatically commence on the 31st day following receipt by Ecology of a completed NOI, or the issuance date of this permit, whichever is later; unless Ecology specifies a later date in writing as required by WAC173-226-200(2). See S8.B for Limits on Coverage for New Discharges to TMDL or 303(d)-Listed Waters. d. If an applicant intends to use a Best Management Practice (BMP) selected on the basis of Special Condition S9.C.4 (“demonstrably equivalent” BMPs), the applicant must notify Ecology of its selection as part of the NOI. In the event the applicant selects BMPs after submission of the NOI, the applicant must provide notice of the Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 8 selection of an equivalent BMP to Ecology at least 60 days before intended use of the equivalent BMP. e. Applicants must notify Ecology if they are aware of contaminated soils and/or groundwater associated with the construction activity. Provide detailed information with the NOI (as known and readily available) on the nature and extent of the contamination (concentrations, locations, and depth), as well as pollution prevention and/or treatment BMPs proposed to control the discharge of soil and/or groundwater contaminants in stormwater. Examples of such detail may include, but are not limited to: i. List or table of all known contaminants with laboratory test results showing concentration and depth, ii. Map with sample locations, iii. Related portions of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that address the management of contaminated and potentially contaminated construction stormwater and dewatering water, iv. Dewatering plan and/or dewatering contingency plan. 2. Transfer of Coverage Form The Permittee can transfer current coverage under this permit to one or more new operators, including operators of sites within a Common Plan of Development, provided: i. The Permittee submits a complete Transfer of Coverage Form to Ecology, signed by the current and new discharger and containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage and liability (including any Administrative Orders associated with the permit); and ii. Ecology does not notify the current discharger and new discharger of intent to revoke coverage under the general permit. If this notice is not given, the transfer is effective on the date specified in the written agreement. When a current discharger (Permittee) transfers a portion of a permitted site, the current discharger must also indicate the remaining permitted acreage after the transfer. Transfers do not require public notice. 3. Modification of Coverage Form Permittees must notify Ecology regarding any changes to the information provided on the NOI by submitting an Update/Modification of Permit Coverage form in accordance with General Conditions G6 and G19. Examples of such changes include, but are not limited to: i. Changes to the Permittee’s mailing address, ii. Changes to the on-site contact person information, and iii. Changes to the area/acreage affected by construction activity. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 9 B. Public Notice For new or previously unpermitted construction activities, the applicant must publish a public notice at least one time each week for two consecutive weeks, at least 7 days apart, in a newspaper with general circulation in the county where the construction is to take place. The notice must be run after the NOI has been submitted and must contain: 1. A statement that “The applicant is seeking coverage under the Washington State Department of Ecology’s Construction Stormwater NPDES and State Waste Discharge General Permit.” 2. The name, address, and location of the construction site. 3. The name and address of the applicant. 4. The type of construction activity that will result in a discharge (for example, residential construction, commercial construction, etc.), and the total number of acres to be disturbed over the lifetime of the project. 5. The name of the receiving water(s) (that is, the surface water(s) to which the site will discharge), or, if the discharge is through a storm sewer system, the name of the operator of the system and the receiving water(s) the system discharges to. 6. The statement: Any persons desiring to present their views to the Washington State Department of Ecology regarding this application, or interested in Ecology’s action on this application, may notify Ecology in writing no later than 30 days of the last date of publication of this notice. Ecology reviews public comments and considers whether discharges from this project would cause a measurable change in receiving water quality, and, if so, whether the project is necessary and in the overriding public interest according to Tier II antidegradation requirements under WAC 173-201A-320. Comments can be submitted to: Department of Ecology, PO Box 47696, Olympia, Washington 98504-7696 Attn: Water Quality Program, Construction Stormwater. S3. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS A. Discharges must not cause or contribute to a violation of surface water quality standards (Chapter 173-201A WAC), groundwater quality standards (Chapter 173-200 WAC), sediment management standards (Chapter 173-204 WAC), and human health-based criteria in the Federal water quality criteria applicable to Washington. (40 CFR Part 131.45) Discharges that are not in compliance with these standards are prohibited. B. Prior to the discharge of stormwater and non-stormwater to waters of the State, the Permittee must apply All Known, Available, and Reasonable methods of prevention, control, and Treatment (AKART). This includes the preparation and implementation of an adequate SWPPP, with all appropriate BMPs installed and maintained in accordance with the SWPPP and the terms and conditions of this permit. C. Ecology presumes that a Permittee complies with water quality standards unless discharge monitoring data or other site-specific information demonstrates that a discharge causes or contributes to a violation of water quality standards, when the Permittee complies with the following conditions. The Permittee must fully: Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 10 1. Comply with all permit conditions, including; planning, sampling, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping conditions. 2. Implement stormwater BMPs contained in stormwater management manuals published or approved by Ecology, or BMPs that are demonstrably equivalent to BMPs contained in stormwater management manuals published or approved by Ecology, including the proper selection, implementation, and maintenance of all applicable and appropriate BMPs for on-site pollution control. (For purposes of this section, the stormwater manuals listed in Appendix 10 of the Phase I Municipal Stormwater Permit are approved by Ecology.) D. Where construction sites also discharge to groundwater, the groundwater discharges must also meet the terms and conditions of this CSWGP. Permittees who discharge to groundwater through an injection well must also comply with any applicable requirements of the Underground Injection Control (UIC) regulations, Chapter 173-218 WAC. S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, BENCHMARKS, AND REPORTING TRIGGERS A. Site Log Book The Permittee must maintain a site log book that contains a record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements, including the installation and maintenance of BMPs, site inspections, and stormwater monitoring. B. Site Inspections Construction sites one (1) acre or larger that discharge stormwater to surface waters of the State must have site inspections conducted by a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL). Sites less than one (1) acre may have a person without CESCL certification conduct inspections. (See Special Conditions S4.B.3 and B.4, below, for detailed requirements of the Permittee’s CESCL.) Site inspections must include all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points under the Permittee’s operational control. 1. The Permittee must have staff knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control. The CESCL (sites one acre or more) or inspector (sites less than one acre) must have the skills to assess the: a. Site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality of stormwater; and b. Effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the quality of stormwater discharges. The SWPPP must identify the CESCL or inspector, who must be present on site or on-call at all times. The CESCL (sites one (1) acre or more) must obtain this certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training standards established by Ecology. (See BMP C160 in the manual, referred to in Special Condition S9.C.1 and 2.) 2. The CESCL or inspector must examine stormwater visually for the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen. BMP effectiveness must be evaluated to Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 11 determine if it is necessary to install, maintain, or repair BMPs to improve the quality of stormwater discharges. Based on the results of the inspection, the Permittee must correct the problems identified, by: a. Reviewing the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and making appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection. b. Immediately beginning the process of fully implementing and maintaining appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs, within 10 days of the inspection. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a Permittee within the initial 10-day response period. c. Documenting BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. 3. The CESCL or inspector must inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of any discharge from the site. (For purposes of this condition, individual discharge events that last more than one (1) day do not require daily inspections. For example, if a stormwater pond discharges continuously over the course of a week, only one (1) inspection is required that week.) Inspection frequency may be reduced to once every calendar month for inactive sites that are temporarily stabilized. 4. The Permittee must summarize the results of each inspection in an inspection report or checklist and enter the report/checklist into, or attach it to, the site log book. At a minimum, each inspection report or checklist must include: a. Inspection date and time. b. Weather information. c. The general conditions during inspection. d. The approximate amount of precipitation since the last inspection. e. The approximate amount of precipitation within the last 24 hours. f. A summary or list of all implemented BMPs, including observations of all erosion/sediment control structures or practices. g. A description of: i. BMPs inspected (including location). ii. BMPs that need maintenance and why. iii. BMPs that failed to operate as designed or intended, and iv. Where additional or different BMPs are needed, and why. h. A description of stormwater discharged from the site. The Permittee must note the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen, as applicable. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 12 i. Any water quality monitoring performed during inspection. j. General comments and notes, including a brief description of any BMP repairs, maintenance, or installations made following the inspection. k. An implementation schedule for the remedial actions that the Permittee plans to take if the site inspection indicates that the site is out of compliance. The remedial actions taken must meet the requirements of the SWPPP and the permit. l. A summary report of the inspection. m. The name, title, and signature of the person conducting the site inspection, a phone number or other reliable method to reach this person, and the following statement: I certify that this report is true, accurate, and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. Table 3 Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements Size of Soil Disturbance1 Weekly Site Inspections Weekly Sampling w/ Turbidity Meter Weekly Sampling w/ Transparency Tube Weekly pH Sampling2 CESCL Required for Inspections? Sites that disturb less than 1 acre, but are part of a larger Common Plan of Development Required Not Required Not Required Not Required No Sites that disturb 1 acre or more, but fewer than 5 acres Required Sampling Required – either method3 Required Yes Sites that disturb 5 acres or more Required Required Not Required4 Required Yes 1 Soil disturbance is calculated by adding together all areas that will be affected by construction activity. Construction activity means clearing, grading, excavation, and any other activity that disturbs the surface of the land, including ingress/egress from the site. 2 If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves significant concrete work (1,000 cubic yards of concrete or recycled concrete placed or poured over the life of a project) or the use of engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and stormwater from the affected area drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer stormwater collection system that drains to other surface waters of the State, the Permittee must conduct pH sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.D. 3 Sites with one or more acres, but fewer than 5 acres of soil disturbance, must conduct turbidity or transparency sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.C.4.a or b. 4 Sites equal to or greater than 5 acres of soil disturbance must conduct turbidity sampling using a turbidity meter in accordance with Special Condition S4.C.4.a. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 13 C. Turbidity/Transparency Sampling Requirements 1. Sampling Methods a. If construction activity involves the disturbance of five (5) acres or more, the Permittee must conduct turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C.4.a, below. b. If construction activity involves one (1) acre or more but fewer than five (5) acres of soil disturbance, the Permittee must conduct either transparency sampling or turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C.4.a or b, below. 2. Sampling Frequency a. The Permittee must sample all discharge points at least once every calendar week when stormwater (or authorized non-stormwater) discharges from the site or enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example, a creek running through a site); sampling is not required on sites that disturb less than an acre. b. Samples must be representative of the flow and characteristics of the discharge. c. Sampling is not required when there is no discharge during a calendar week. d. Sampling is not required outside of normal working hours or during unsafe conditions. e. If the Permittee is unable to sample during a monitoring period, the Permittee must include a brief explanation in the monthly Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR). f. Sampling is not required before construction activity begins. g. The Permittee may reduce the sampling frequency for temporarily stabilized, inactive sites to once every calendar month. 3. Sampling Locations a. Sampling is required at all points where stormwater associated with construction activity (or authorized non-stormwater) is discharged off site, including where it enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example, a creek running through a site). b. The Permittee may discontinue sampling at discharge points that drain areas of the project that are fully stabilized to prevent erosion. c. The Permittee must identify all sampling point(s) in the SWPPP and on the site map and clearly mark these points in the field with a flag, tape, stake or other visible marker. d. Sampling is not required for discharge that is sent directly to sanitary or combined sewer systems. e. The Permittee may discontinue sampling at discharge points in areas of the project where the Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 14 4. Sampling and Analysis Methods a. The Permittee performs turbidity analysis with a calibrated turbidity meter (turbidimeter) either on site or at an accredited lab. The Permittee must record the results in the site log book in nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs). b. The Permittee performs transparency analysis on site with a 1¾ inch diameter, 60 centimeter (cm)-long transparency tube. The Permittee will record the results in the site log book in centimeters (cm). Table 4 Monitoring and Reporting Requirements Parameter Unit Analytical Method Sampling Frequency Benchmark Value Turbidity NTU SM2130 Weekly, if discharging 25 NTUs Transparency Cm Manufacturer instructions, or Ecology guidance Weekly, if discharging 33 cm 5. Turbidity/Transparency Benchmark Values and Reporting Triggers The benchmark value for turbidity is 25 NTUs. The benchmark value for transparency is 33 centimeters (cm). Note: Benchmark values do not apply to discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State’s 303(d) list (Category 5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus; these discharges are subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity. Refer to Special Condition S8 for more information and follow S5.F – Noncompliance Notification for reporting requirements applicable to discharges which exceed the numeric effluent limit for turbidity. a. Turbidity 26 – 249 NTUs, or Transparency 32 – 7 cm: If the discharge turbidity is 26 to 249 NTUs; or if discharge transparency is 32 to 7 cm, the Permittee must: i. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs, and no later than 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period. ii. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. iii. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. b. Turbidity 250 NTUs or greater, or Transparency 6 cm or less: If a discharge point’s turbidity is 250 NTUs or greater, or if discharge transparency is less than or equal to 6 cm, the Permittee must complete the reporting and adaptive Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 15 management process described below. For discharges which are subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity, see S5.F – Noncompliance Notification. i. Within 24 hours, telephone or submit an electronic report to the applicable Ecology Region’s Environmental Report Tracking System (ERTS) number (or through Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal [WQWebPortal] – Permit Submittals when the form is available), in accordance with Special Condition S5.A. • Central Region (Okanogan, Chelan, Douglas, Kittitas, Yakima, Klickitat, Benton): (509) 575-2490 • Eastern Region (Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Pend Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, Walla Walla, Whitman): (509) 329-3400 • Northwest Region (Kitsap, Snohomish, Island, King, San Juan, Skagit, Whatcom): (425) 649-7000 • Southwest Region (Grays Harbor, Lewis, Mason, Thurston, Pierce, Clark, Cowlitz, Skamania, Wahkiakum, Clallam, Jefferson, Pacific): (360) 407-6300 These numbers and a link to the ERTS reporting page are also listed at the following website: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/index.html. ii. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period. iii. Sample discharges daily until: a) Turbidity is 25 NTUs (or lower); or b) Transparency is 33 cm (or greater); or c) The Permittee has demonstrated compliance with the water quality standard for turbidity: 1) No more than 5 NTUs over background turbidity, if background is less than 50 NTUs, or 2) No more than 10% over background turbidity, if background is 50 NTUs or greater; or *Note: background turbidity in the receiving water must be measured immediately upstream (upgradient) or outside of the area of influence of the discharge. d) The discharge stops or is eliminated. iv. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within seven (7) days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 16 v. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. Compliance with these requirements does not relieve the Permittee from responsibility to maintain continuous compliance with permit benchmarks. D. pH Sampling Requirements – Significant Concrete Work or Engineered Soils If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves significant concrete work (significant concrete work means greater than 1000 cubic yards placed or poured concrete or recycled concrete used over the life of a project) or the use of engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and stormwater from the affected area drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State, the Permittee must conduct pH sampling as set forth below. Note: In addition, discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State’s 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH are subject to a numeric effluent limit for pH; refer to Special Condition S8. 1. The Permittee must perform pH analysis on site with a calibrated pH meter, pH test kit, or wide range pH indicator paper. The Permittee must record pH sampling results in the site log book. 2. During the applicable pH monitoring period defined below, the Permittee must obtain a representative sample of stormwater and conduct pH analysis at least once per week. a. For sites with significant concrete work, the Permittee must begin the pH sampling period when the concrete is first placed or poured and exposed to precipitation, and continue weekly throughout and after the concrete placement, pour and curing period, until stormwater pH is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su). b. For sites with recycled concrete where monitoring is required, the Permittee must begin the weekly pH sampling period when the recycled concrete is first exposed to precipitation and must continue until the recycled concrete is fully stabilized with the stormwater pH in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su). c. For sites with engineered soils, the Permittee must begin the pH sampling period when the soil amendments are first exposed to precipitation and must continue until the area of engineered soils is fully stabilized. 3. The Permittee must sample pH in the sediment trap/pond(s) or other locations that receive stormwater runoff from the area of significant concrete work or engineered soils before the stormwater discharges to surface waters. 4. The benchmark value for pH is 8.5 standard units. Anytime sampling indicates that pH is 8.5 or greater, the Permittee must either: a. Prevent the high pH water (8.5 or above) from entering storm sewer systems or surface waters of the state; or b. If necessary, adjust or neutralize the high pH water until it is in the range of pH 6.5 to 8.5 (su) using an appropriate treatment BMP such as carbon dioxide (CO2) sparging, dry ice or food grade vinegar. The Permittee must obtain written approval from Ecology before using any form of chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging, dry ice or food grade vinegar. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 17 S5. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS A. High Turbidity Reporting Anytime sampling performed in accordance with Special Condition S4.C indicates turbidity has reached the 250 NTUs or more (or transparency less than or equal to 6 cm), high turbidity reporting level, the Permittee must notify Ecology within 24 hours of analysis either by calling the applicable Ecology Region’s Environmental Report Tracking System (ERTS) number by phone or by submitting an electronic ERTS report (through Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal (WQWebPortal) – Permit Submittals when the form is available). See the CSWGP website for links to ERTS and the WQWebPortal. (http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/ construction/index.html) Also, see phone numbers in Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i. B. Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) Permittees required to conduct water quality sampling in accordance with Special Conditions S4.C (Turbidity/Transparency), S4.D (pH), S8 (303[d]/TMDL sampling), and/or G12 (Additional Sampling) must submit the results to Ecology. Permittees must submit monitoring data using Ecology's WQWebDMR web application accessed through Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal. Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions on how to obtain a paper copy DMR at: Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, WA 98504-7696 Permittees who obtain a waiver not to use WQWebDMR must use the forms provided to them by Ecology; submittals must be mailed to the address above. Permittees must submit DMR forms to be received by Ecology within 15 days following the end of each month. If there was no discharge during a given monitoring period, all Permittees must submit a DMR as required with “no discharge” entered in place of the monitoring results. DMRs are required for the full duration of permit coverage (from the first full month following the effective date of permit coverage up until Ecology has approved termination of the coverage). For more information, contact Ecology staff using information provided at the following website: www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/permits/paris/contacts.html. C. Records Retention The Permittee must retain records of all monitoring information (site log book, sampling results, inspection reports/checklists, etc.), Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, copy of the permit coverage letter (including Transfer of Coverage documentation) and any other documentation of compliance with permit requirements for the entire life of the construction project and for a minimum of five (5) years following the termination of permit coverage. Such information must include all calibration and maintenance records, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit. This period of retention must be extended during Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 18 the course of any unresolved litigation regarding the discharge of pollutants by the Permittee or when requested by Ecology. D. Recording Results For each measurement or sample taken, the Permittee must record the following information: 1. Date, place, method, and time of sampling or measurement. 2. The first and last name of the individual who performed the sampling or measurement. 3. The date(s) the analyses were performed. 4. The first and last name of the individual who performed the analyses. 5. The analytical techniques or methods used. 6. The results of all analyses. E. Additional Monitoring by the Permittee If the Permittee samples or monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit using test procedures specified by Special Condition S4 of this permit, the sampling results for this monitoring must be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted in the Permittee’s DMR. F. Noncompliance Notification In the event the Permittee is unable to comply with any part of the terms and conditions of this permit, and the resulting noncompliance may cause a threat to human health or the environment (such as but not limited to spills or fuels or other materials, catastrophic pond or slope failure, and discharges that violate water quality standards), or exceed numeric effluent limitations (see S8 – Discharges to 303(d) or TMDL Waterbodies), the Permittee must, upon becoming aware of the circumstance: 1. Notify Ecology within 24 hours of the failure to comply by calling the applicable Regional office ERTS phone number (refer to Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i, or go to https://ecology.wa.gov/About-us/Get-involved/Report-an-environmental-issue to find contact information for the regional offices.) 2. Immediately take action to prevent the discharge/pollution, or otherwise stop or correct the noncompliance, and, if applicable, repeat sampling and analysis of any noncompliance immediately and submit the results to Ecology within five (5) days of becoming aware of the violation (See S5.F.3, below, for details on submitting results in a report). 3. Submit a detailed written report to Ecology within five (5) days of the time the Permittee becomes aware of the circumstances, unless requested earlier by Ecology. The report must be submitted using Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal (WQWebPortal) – Permit Submittals, unless a waiver from electronic reporting has been granted according to S5.B. The report must contain a description of the noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and the steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 19 The Permittee must report any unanticipated bypass and/or upset that exceeds any effluent limit in the permit in accordance with the 24-hour reporting requirement contained in 40 C.F.R. 122.41(l)(6). Compliance with these requirements does not relieve the Permittee from responsibility to maintain continuous compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit or the resulting liability for failure to comply. Upon request of the Permittee, Ecology may waive the requirement for a written report on a case-by-case basis, if the immediate notification is received by Ecology within 24 hours. G. Access to Plans and Records 1. The Permittee must retain the following permit documentation (plans and records) on site, or within reasonable access to the site, for use by the operator or for on-site review by Ecology or the local jurisdiction: a. General Permit b. Permit Coverage Letter c. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) d. Site Log Book e. Erosivity Waiver (if applicable) 2. The Permittee must address written requests for plans and records listed above (Special Condition S5.G.1) as follows: a. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to Ecology within 14 days of receipt of a written request from Ecology. b. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to the public when requested in writing. Upon receiving a written request from the public for the Permittee’s plans and records, the Permittee must either: i. Provide a copy of the plans and records to the requester within 14 days of a receipt of the written request; or ii. Notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the written request of the location and times within normal business hours when the plans and records may be viewed; and provide access to the plans and records within 14 days of receipt of the written request; or Within 14 days of receipt of the written request, the Permittee may submit a copy of the plans and records to Ecology for viewing and/or copying by the requester at an Ecology office, or a mutually agreed location. If plans and records are viewed and/or copied at a location other than at an Ecology office, the Permittee will provide reasonable access to copying services for which a reasonable fee may be charged. The Permittee must notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the request where the plans and records may be viewed and/or copied. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 20 S6. PERMIT FEES The Permittee must pay permit fees assessed by Ecology. Fees for stormwater discharges covered under this permit are established by Chapter 173-224 WAC. Ecology continues to assess permit fees until the permit is terminated in accordance with Special Condition S10 or revoked in accordance with General Condition G5. S7. SOLID AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL The Permittee must handle and dispose of solid and liquid wastes generated by construction activity, such as demolition debris, construction materials, contaminated materials, and waste materials from maintenance activities, including liquids and solids from cleaning catch basins and other stormwater facilities, in accordance with: A. Special Condition S3, Compliance with Standards. B. WAC 173-216-110. C. Other applicable regulations. S8. DISCHARGES TO 303(d) OR TMDL WATERBODIES A. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits For Certain Discharges to 303(d)-Listed Water Bodies 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies listed as impaired by the State of Washington under Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, must conduct water quality sampling according to the requirements of this section, and Special Conditions S4.C.2.b-f and S4.C.3.b-d, and must comply with the applicable numeric effluent limitations in S8.C and S8.D. 2. All references and requirements associated with Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act mean the most current listing by Ecology of impaired waters (Category 5) that exists on January 1, 2021, or the date when the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later. B. Limits on Coverage for New Discharges to TMDL or 303(d)-Listed Waters Construction sites that discharge to a TMDL or 303(d)-listed waterbody are not eligible for coverage under this permit unless the operator: Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 21 1. Prevents exposing stormwater to pollutants for which the waterbody is impaired, and retains documentation in the SWPPP that details procedures taken to prevent exposure on site; or 2. Documents that the pollutants for which the waterbody is impaired are not present at the site, and retains documentation of this finding within the SWPPP; or 3. Provides Ecology with data indicating the discharge is not expected to cause or contribute to an exceedance of a water quality standard, and retains such data on site with the SWPPP. The operator must provide data and other technical information to Ecology that sufficiently demonstrate: a. For discharges to waters without an EPA-approved or -established TMDL, that the discharge of the pollutant for which the water is impaired will meet in-stream water quality criteria at the point of discharge to the waterbody; or b. For discharges to waters with an EPA-approved or -established TMDL, that there is sufficient remaining wasteload allocation in the TMDL to allow construction stormwater discharge and that existing dischargers to the waterbody are subject to compliance schedules designed to bring the waterbody into attainment with water quality standards. Operators of construction sites are eligible for coverage under this permit only after Ecology makes an affirmative determination that the discharge will not cause or contribute to the existing impairment or exceed the TMDL. C. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits for Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d) List for Turbidity, Fine Sediment, or Phosphorus 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus must conduct turbidity sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.C.2 and comply with either of the numeric effluent limits noted in Table 5 below. 2. As an alternative to the 25 NTUs effluent limit noted in Table 5 below (applied at the point where stormwater [or authorized non-stormwater] is discharged off-site), Permittees may choose to comply with the surface water quality standard for turbidity. The standard is: no more than 5 NTUs over background turbidity when the background turbidity is 50 NTUs or less, or no more than a 10% increase in turbidity when the background turbidity is more than 50 NTUs. In order to use the water quality standard requirement, the sampling must take place at the following locations: a. Background turbidity in the 303(d)-listed receiving water immediately upstream (upgradient) or outside the area of influence of the discharge. b. Turbidity at the point of discharge into the 303(d)-listed receiving water, inside the area of influence of the discharge. 3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for turbidity constitute a violation of this permit. 4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit must sample discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non-compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 22 Table 5 Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters Parameter identified in 303(d) listing Parameter Sampled Unit Analytical Method Sampling Frequency Numeric Effluent Limit1 • Turbidity • Fine Sediment • Phosphorus Turbidity NTU SM2130 Weekly, if discharging 25 NTUs, at the point where stormwater is discharged from the site; OR In compliance with the surface water quality standard for turbidity (S8.C.2.a) 1 Permittees subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity may, at their discretion, choose either numeric effluent limitation based on site-specific considerations including, but not limited to, safety, access and convenience. D. Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d) List for High pH 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH must conduct pH sampling in accordance with the table below, and comply with the numeric effluent limit of pH 6.5 to 8.5 su (Table 6). Table 6 pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters Parameter identified in 303(d) listing Parameter Sampled/Units Analytical Method Sampling Frequency Numeric Effluent Limit High pH pH /Standard Units pH meter Weekly, if discharging In the range of 6.5 – 8.5 su 2. At the Permittee’s discretion, compliance with the limit shall be assessed at one of the following locations: a. Directly in the 303(d)-listed waterbody segment, inside the immediate area of influence of the discharge; or b. Alternatively, the Permittee may measure pH at the point where the discharge leaves the construction site, rather than in the receiving water. 3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for pH (outside the range of 6.5 – 8.5 su) constitute a violation of this permit. 4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit must sample discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non-compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F. E. Sampling and Limits for Sites Discharging to Waters Covered by a TMDL or another Pollution Control Plan Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 23 1. Discharges to a waterbody that is subject to a Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus must be consistent with the TMDL. Refer to http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/tmdl/TMDLsbyWria/TMDLbyWria.html for more information on TMDLs. a. Where an applicable TMDL sets specific waste load allocations or requirements for discharges covered by this permit, discharges must be consistent with any specific waste load allocations or requirements established by the applicable TMDL. i. The Permittee must sample discharges weekly, unless otherwise specified by the TMDL, to evaluate compliance with the specific waste load allocations or requirements. ii. Analytical methods used to meet the monitoring requirements must conform to the latest revision of the Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants contained in 40 CFR Part 136. iii. Turbidity and pH methods need not be accredited or registered unless conducted at a laboratory which must otherwise be accredited or registered. b. Where an applicable TMDL has established a general waste load allocation for construction stormwater discharges, but has not identified specific requirements, compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9 (SWPPPs) will constitute compliance with the approved TMDL. c. Where an applicable TMDL has not specified a waste load allocation for construction stormwater discharges, but has not excluded these discharges, compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9 (SWPPPs) will constitute compliance with the approved TMDL. d. Where an applicable TMDL specifically precludes or prohibits discharges from construction activity, the operator is not eligible for coverage under this permit. S9. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN The Permittee must prepare and properly implement an adequate Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for construction activity in accordance with the requirements of this permit beginning with initial soil disturbance and until final stabilization. A. The Permittee’s SWPPP must meet the following objectives: 1. To identify best management practices (BMPs) which prevent erosion and sedimentation, and to reduce, eliminate or prevent stormwater contamination and water pollution from construction activity. 2. To prevent violations of surface water quality, groundwater quality, or sediment management standards. 3. To control peak volumetric flow rates and velocities of stormwater discharges. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 24 B. General Requirements 1. The SWPPP must include a narrative and drawings. All BMPs must be clearly referenced in the narrative and marked on the drawings. The SWPPP narrative must include documentation to explain and justify the pollution prevention decisions made for the project. Documentation must include: a. Information about existing site conditions (topography, drainage, soils, vegetation, etc.). b. Potential erosion problem areas. c. The 13 elements of a SWPPP in Special Condition S9.D.1-13, including BMPs used to address each element. d. Construction phasing/sequence and general BMP implementation schedule. e. The actions to be taken if BMP performance goals are not achieved—for example, a contingency plan for additional treatment and/or storage of stormwater that would violate the water quality standards if discharged. f. Engineering calculations for ponds, treatment systems, and any other designed structures. When a treatment system requires engineering calculations, these calculations must be included in the SWPPP. Engineering calculations do not need to be included in the SWPPP for treatment systems that do not require such calculations. 2. The Permittee must modify the SWPPP if, during inspections or investigations conducted by the owner/operator, or the applicable local or state regulatory authority, it is determined that the SWPPP is, or would be, ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. The Permittee must then: a. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection or investigation. b. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems no later than 10 days from the inspection or investigation. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a Permittee within the initial 10-day response period. c. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. The Permittee must modify the SWPPP whenever there is a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to waters of the State. C. Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) BMPs must be consistent with: 1. Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (most current approved edition at the time this permit was issued), for sites west of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 25 2. Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington (most current approved edition at the time this permit was issued), for sites east of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or 3. Revisions to the manuals listed in Special Condition S9.C.1 & 2, or other stormwater management guidance documents or manuals which provide an equivalent level of pollution prevention, that are approved by Ecology and incorporated into this permit in accordance with the permit modification requirements of WAC 173-226-230; or 4. Documentation in the SWPPP that the BMPs selected provide an equivalent level of pollution prevention, compared to the applicable stormwater management manuals, including: a. The technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs (scientific, technical studies, and/or modeling) that support the performance claims for the BMPs being selected. b. An assessment of how the selected BMP will satisfy AKART requirements and the applicable federal technology-based treatment requirements under 40 CFR part 125.3. D. SWPPP – Narrative Contents and Requirements The Permittee must include each of the 13 elements below in Special Condition S9.D.1-13 in the narrative of the SWPPP and implement them unless site conditions render the element unnecessary and the exemption from that element is clearly justified in the SWPPP. 1. Preserve Vegetation/Mark Clearing Limits a. Before beginning land-disturbing activities, including clearing and grading, clearly mark all clearing limits, sensitive areas and their buffers, and trees that are to be preserved within the construction area. b. Retain the duff layer, native topsoil, and natural vegetation in an undisturbed state to the maximum degree practicable. 2. Establish Construction Access a. Limit construction vehicle access and exit to one route, if possible. b. Stabilize access points with a pad of quarry spalls, crushed rock, or other equivalent BMPs, to minimize tracking sediment onto roads. c. Locate wheel wash or tire baths on site, if the stabilized construction entrance is not effective in preventing tracking sediment onto roads. d. If sediment is tracked off site, clean the affected roadway thoroughly at the end of each day, or more frequently as necessary (for example, during wet weather). Remove sediment from roads by shoveling, sweeping, or pickup and transport of the sediment to a controlled sediment disposal area. e. Conduct street washing only after sediment removal in accordance with Special Condition S9.D.2.d. f. Control street wash wastewater by pumping back on site or otherwise preventing it from discharging into systems tributary to waters of the State. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 26 3. Control Flow Rates a. Protect properties and waterways downstream of construction sites from erosion and the associated discharge of turbid waters due to increases in the velocity and peak volumetric flow rate of stormwater runoff from the project site, as required by local plan approval authority. b. Where necessary to comply with Special Condition S9.D.3.a, construct stormwater infiltration or detention BMPs as one of the first steps in grading. Assure that detention BMPs function properly before constructing site improvements (for example, impervious surfaces). c. If permanent infiltration ponds are used for flow control during construction, protect these facilities from sedimentation during the construction phase. 4. Install Sediment Controls The Permittee must design, install and maintain effective erosion controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a minimum, the Permittee must: a. Construct sediment control BMPs (sediment ponds, traps, filters, infiltration facilities, etc.) as one of the first steps in grading. These BMPs must be functional before other land disturbing activities take place. b. Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design, installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the amount, frequency, intensity and duration of precipitation, the nature of resulting stormwater runoff, and soil characteristics, including the range of soil particle sizes expected to be present on the site. c. Direct stormwater runoff from disturbed areas through a sediment pond or other appropriate sediment removal BMP, before the runoff leaves a construction site or before discharge to an infiltration facility. Runoff from fully stabilized areas may be discharged without a sediment removal BMP, but must meet the flow control performance standard of Special Condition S9.D.3.a. d. Locate BMPs intended to trap sediment on site in a manner to avoid interference with the movement of juvenile salmonids attempting to enter off-channel areas or drainages. e. Provide and maintain natural buffers around surface waters, direct stormwater to vegetated areas to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration, unless infeasible. f. Where feasible, design outlet structures that withdraw impounded stormwater from the surface to avoid discharging sediment that is still suspended lower in the water column. 5. Stabilize Soils a. The Permittee must stabilize exposed and unworked soils by application of effective BMPs that prevent erosion. Applicable BMPs include, but are not limited to: temporary and permanent seeding, sodding, mulching, plastic covering, erosion Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 27 control fabrics and matting, soil application of polyacrylamide (PAM), the early application of gravel base on areas to be paved, and dust control. b. The Permittee must control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion. c. The Permittee must control stormwater discharges, including both peak flow rates and total stormwater volume, to minimize erosion at outlets and to minimize downstream channel and stream bank erosion. d. Depending on the geographic location of the project, the Permittee must not allow soils to remain exposed and unworked for more than the time periods set forth below to prevent erosion. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest During the dry season (May 1 - September 30): 7 days During the wet season (October 1 - April 30): 2 days East of the Cascade Mountains Crest, except for Central Basin* During the dry season (July 1 - September 30): 10 days During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 5 days The Central Basin*, East of the Cascade Mountains Crest During the dry Season (July 1 - September 30): 30 days During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 15 days *Note: The Central Basin is defined as the portions of Eastern Washington with mean annual precipitation of less than 12 inches. e. The Permittee must stabilize soils at the end of the shift before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast. f. The Permittee must stabilize soil stockpiles from erosion, protected with sediment trapping measures, and where possible, be located away from storm drain inlets, waterways, and drainage channels. g. The Permittee must minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity. h. The Permittee must minimize the disturbance of steep slopes. i. The Permittee must minimize soil compaction and, unless infeasible, preserve topsoil. 6. Protect Slopes a. The Permittee must design and construct cut-and-fill slopes in a manner to minimize erosion. Applicable practices include, but are not limited to, reducing continuous length of slope with terracing and diversions, reducing slope steepness, and roughening slope surfaces (for example, track walking). b. The Permittee must divert off-site stormwater (run-on) or groundwater away from slopes and disturbed areas with interceptor dikes, pipes, and/or swales. Off-site stormwater should be managed separately from stormwater generated on the site. c. At the top of slopes, collect drainage in pipe slope drains or protected channels to prevent erosion. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 28 i. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must handle the peak 10-minute flow rate from a Type 1A, 10-year, 24-hour frequency storm for the developed condition. Alternatively, the 10-year, 1-hour flow rate predicted by an approved continuous runoff model, increased by a factor of 1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must use the existing land cover condition for predicting flow rates from tributary areas outside the project limits. For tributary areas on the project site, the analysis must use the temporary or permanent project land cover condition, whichever will produce the highest flow rates. If using the Western Washington Hydrology Model (WWHM) to predict flows, bare soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area.” ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must handle the expected peak flow rate from a 6-month, 3-hour storm for the developed condition, referred to as the short duration storm. d. Place excavated material on the uphill side of trenches, consistent with safety and space considerations. e. Place check dams at regular intervals within constructed channels that are cut down a slope. 7. Protect Drain Inlets a. Protect all storm drain inlets made operable during construction so that stormwater runoff does not enter the conveyance system without first being filtered or treated to remove sediment. b. Clean or remove and replace inlet protection devices when sediment has filled one- third of the available storage (unless a different standard is specified by the product manufacturer). 8. Stabilize Channels and Outlets a. Design, construct and stabilize all on-site conveyance channels to prevent erosion from the following expected peak flows: i. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the peak 10- minute flow rate from a Type 1A, 10-year, 24-hour frequency storm for the developed condition. Alternatively, the 10-year, 1-hour flow rate indicated by an approved continuous runoff model, increased by a factor of 1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must use the existing land cover condition for predicting flow rates from tributary areas outside the project limits. For tributary areas on the project site, the analysis must use the temporary or permanent project land cover condition, whichever will produce the highest flow rates. If using the WWHM to predict flows, bare soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area.” ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the expected peak flow rate from a 6-month, 3-hour storm for the developed condition, referred to as the short duration storm. b. Provide stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes, and downstream reaches at the outlets of all conveyance systems. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 29 9. Control Pollutants Design, install, implement and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants. The Permittee must: a. Handle and dispose of all pollutants, including waste materials and demolition debris that occur on site in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. b. Provide cover, containment, and protection from vandalism for all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and other materials that have the potential to pose a threat to human health or the environment. Minimize storage of hazardous materials on-site. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) should be supplied for all materials stored. Chemicals should be kept in their original labeled containers. On-site fueling tanks must include secondary containment. Secondary containment means placing tanks or containers within an impervious structure capable of containing 110% of the volume of the largest tank within the containment structure. Double-walled tanks do not require additional secondary containment. c. Conduct maintenance, fueling, and repair of heavy equipment and vehicles using spill prevention and control measures. Clean contaminated surfaces immediately following any spill incident. d. Discharge wheel wash or tire bath wastewater to a separate on-site treatment system that prevents discharge to surface water, such as closed-loop recirculation or upland land application, or to the sanitary sewer with local sewer district approval. e. Apply fertilizers and pesticides in a manner and at application rates that will not result in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff. Follow manufacturers’ label requirements for application rates and procedures. f. Use BMPs to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff by pH-modifying sources. The sources for this contamination include, but are not limited to: bulk cement, cement kiln dust, fly ash, new concrete washing and curing waters, recycled concrete stockpiles, waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing, exposed aggregate processes, dewatering concrete vaults, concrete pumping and mixer washout waters. (Also refer to the definition for "concrete wastewater" in Appendix A – Definitions.) g. Adjust the pH of stormwater or authorized non-stormwater if necessary to prevent an exceedance of groundwater and/or surface water quality standards. h. Assure that washout of concrete trucks is performed off-site or in designated concrete washout areas only. Do not wash out concrete truck drums onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Washout of small concrete handling equipment may be disposed of in a formed area awaiting concrete where it will not contaminate surface or groundwater. Do not dump excess concrete on site, except in designated concrete washout areas. Concrete spillage or concrete discharge directly to groundwater or surface waters of the State is Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 30 prohibited. At no time shall concrete be washed off into the footprint of an area where an infiltration BMP will be installed. i. Obtain written approval from Ecology before using any chemical treatment, with the exception of CO2, dry ice or food grade vinegar, to adjust pH. j. Uncontaminated water from water-only based shaft drilling for construction of building, road, and bridge foundations may be infiltrated provided the wastewater is managed in a way that prohibits discharge to surface waters. Prior to infiltration, water from water-only based shaft drilling that comes into contact with curing concrete must be neutralized until pH is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su). 10. Control Dewatering a. Permittees must discharge foundation, vault, and trench dewatering water, which have characteristics similar to stormwater runoff at the site, in conjunction with BMPs to reduce sedimentation before discharge to a sediment trap or sediment pond. b. Permittees may discharge clean, non-turbid dewatering water, such as well-point groundwater, to systems tributary to, or directly into surface waters of the State, as specified in Special Condition S9.D.8, provided the dewatering flow does not cause erosion or flooding of receiving waters. Do not route clean dewatering water through stormwater sediment ponds. Note that “surface waters of the State” may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for example, a creek running through a site. c. Other dewatering treatment or disposal options may include: i. Infiltration ii. Transport off site in a vehicle, such as a vacuum flush truck, for legal disposal in a manner that does not pollute state waters. iii. Ecology-approved on-site chemical treatment or other suitable treatment technologies (See S9.D.9.i, regarding chemical treatment written approval). iv. Sanitary or combined sewer discharge with local sewer district approval, if there is no other option. v. Use of a sedimentation bag with discharge to a ditch or swale for small volumes of localized dewatering. d. Permittees must handle highly turbid or contaminated dewatering water separately from stormwater. 11. Maintain BMPs a. Permittees must maintain and repair all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function in accordance with BMP specifications. b. Permittees must remove all temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs within 30 days after achieving final site stabilization or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 31 12. Manage the Project a. Phase development projects to the maximum degree practicable and take into account seasonal work limitations. b. Inspect, maintain and repair all BMPs as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. Conduct site inspections and monitoring in accordance with Special Condition S4. c. Maintain, update, and implement the SWPPP in accordance with Special Conditions S3, S4, and S9. 13. Protect Low Impact Development (LID) BMPs The primary purpose of on-site LID Stormwater Management is to reduce the disruption of the natural site hydrology through infiltration. LID BMPs are permanent facilities. a. Permittees must protect all LID BMPs (including, but not limited to, Bioretention and Rain Garden facilities) from sedimentation through installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment control BMPs on portions of the site that drain into the Bioretention and/or Rain Garden facilities. Restore the BMPs to their fully functioning condition if they accumulate sediment during construction. Restoring the facility must include removal of sediment and any sediment-laden bioretention/ rain garden soils, and replacing the removed soils with soils meeting the design specification. b. Permittees must maintain the infiltration capabilities of LID BMPs by protecting against compaction by construction equipment and foot traffic. Protect completed lawn and landscaped areas from compaction due to construction equipment. c. Permittees must control erosion and avoid introducing sediment from surrounding land uses onto permeable pavements. Do not allow muddy construction equipment on the base material or pavement. Do not allow sediment-laden runoff onto permeable pavements or base materials. d. Permittees must clean permeable pavements fouled with sediments or no longer passing an initial infiltration test using local stormwater manual methodology or the manufacturer’s procedures. e. Permittees must keep all heavy equipment off existing soils under LID BMPs that have been excavated to final grade to retain the infiltration rate of the soils. E. SWPPP – Map Contents and Requirements The Permittee’s SWPPP must also include a vicinity map or general location map (for example, a USGS quadrangle map, a portion of a county or city map, or other appropriate map) with enough detail to identify the location of the construction site and receiving waters within one mile of the site. The SWPPP must also include a legible site map (or maps) showing the entire construction site. The following features must be identified, unless not applicable due to site conditions. 1. The direction of north, property lines, and existing structures and roads. 2. Cut and fill slopes indicating the top and bottom of slope catch lines. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 32 3. Approximate slopes, contours, and direction of stormwater flow before and after major grading activities. 4. Areas of soil disturbance and areas that will not be disturbed. 5. Locations of structural and nonstructural controls (BMPs) identified in the SWPPP. 6. Locations of off-site material, stockpiles, waste storage, borrow areas, and vehicle/equipment storage areas. 7. Locations of all surface water bodies, including wetlands. 8. Locations where stormwater or non-stormwater discharges off-site and/or to a surface waterbody, including wetlands. 9. Location of water quality sampling station(s), if sampling is required by state or local permitting authority. 10. Areas where final stabilization has been accomplished and no further construction-phase permit requirements apply. 11. Location or proposed location of LID facilities. S10. NOTICE OF TERMINATION Partial terminations of permit coverage are not authorized. A. The site is eligible for termination of coverage when it has met any of the following conditions: 1. The site has undergone final stabilization, the Permittee has removed all temporary BMPs (except biodegradable BMPs clearly manufactured with the intention for the material to be left in place and not interfere with maintenance or land use), and all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity have been eliminated; or 2. All portions of the site that have not undergone final stabilization per Special Condition S10.A.1 have been sold and/or transferred (per Special Condition S2.A), and the Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity; or 3. For residential construction only, the Permittee has completed temporary stabilization and the homeowners have taken possession of the residences. B. When the site is eligible for termination, the Permittee must submit a complete and accurate Notice of Termination (NOT) form, signed in accordance with General Condition G2, to: Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, WA 98504-7696 Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 33 When an electronic termination form is available, the Permittee may choose to submit a complete and accurate Notice of Termination (NOT) form through the Water Quality Permitting Portal rather than mailing a hardcopy as noted above. The termination is effective on the 31st calendar day following the date Ecology receives a complete NOT form, unless Ecology notifies the Permittee that termination request is denied because the Permittee has not met the eligibility requirements in Special Condition S10.A. Permittees are required to comply with all conditions and effluent limitations in the permit until the permit has been terminated. Permittees transferring the property to a new property owner or operator/Permittee are required to complete and submit the Notice of Transfer form to Ecology, but are not required to submit a Notice of Termination form for this type of transaction. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 34 GENERAL CONDITIONS G1. DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS All discharges and activities authorized by this general permit must be consistent with the terms and conditions of this general permit. Any discharge of any pollutant more frequent than or at a level in excess of that identified and authorized by the general permit must constitute a violation of the terms and conditions of this permit. G2. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All permit applications must bear a certification of correctness to be signed: 1. In the case of corporations, by a responsible corporate officer. 2. In the case of a partnership, by a general partner of a partnership. 3. In the case of sole proprietorship, by the proprietor. 4. In the case of a municipal, state, or other public facility, by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. B. All reports required by this permit and other information requested by Ecology (including NOIs, NOTs, and Transfer of Coverage forms) must be signed by a person described above or by a duly authorized representative of that person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if: 1. The authorization is made in writing by a person described above and submitted to Ecology. 2. The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility, such as the position of plant manager, superintendent, position of equivalent responsibility, or an individual or position having overall responsibility for environmental matters. C. Changes to authorization. If an authorization under paragraph G2.B.2 above is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of paragraph G2.B.2 above must be submitted to Ecology prior to or together with any reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized representative. D. Certification. Any person signing a document under this section must make the following certification: I certify under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 35 G3. RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND ENTRY The Permittee must allow an authorized representative of Ecology, upon the presentation of credentials and such other documents as may be required by law: A. To enter upon the premises where a discharge is located or where any records are kept under the terms and conditions of this permit. B. To have access to and copy, at reasonable times and at reasonable cost, any records required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit. C. To inspect, at reasonable times, any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, methods, or operations regulated or required under this permit. D. To sample or monitor, at reasonable times, any substances or parameters at any location for purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the Clean Water Act. G4. GENERAL PERMIT MODIFICATION AND REVOCATION This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 173-226 WAC. Grounds for modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination include, but are not limited to, the following: A. When a change occurs in the technology or practices for control or abatement of pollutants applicable to the category of dischargers covered under this permit. B. When effluent limitation guidelines or standards are promulgated pursuant to the CWA or Chapter 90.48 RCW, for the category of dischargers covered under this permit. C. When a water quality management plan containing requirements applicable to the category of dischargers covered under this permit is approved, or D. When information is obtained that indicates cumulative effects on the environment from dischargers covered under this permit are unacceptable. G5. REVOCATION OF COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT Pursuant to Chapter 43.21B RCW and Chapter 173-226 WAC, the Director may terminate coverage for any discharger under this permit for cause. Cases where coverage may be terminated include, but are not limited to, the following: A. Violation of any term or condition of this permit. B. Obtaining coverage under this permit by misrepresentation or failure to disclose fully all relevant facts. C. A change in any condition that requires either a temporary or permanent reduction or elimination of the permitted discharge. D. Failure or refusal of the Permittee to allow entry as required in RCW 90.48.090. E. A determination that the permitted activity endangers human health or the environment, or contributes to water quality standards violations. F. Nonpayment of permit fees or penalties assessed pursuant to RCW 90.48.465 and Chapter 173-224 WAC. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 36 G. Failure of the Permittee to satisfy the public notice requirements of WAC 173-226-130(5), when applicable. The Director may require any discharger under this permit to apply for and obtain coverage under an individual permit or another more specific general permit. Permittees who have their coverage revoked for cause according to WAC 173-226-240 may request temporary coverage under this permit during the time an individual permit is being developed, provided the request is made within ninety (90) days from the time of revocation and is submitted along with a complete individual permit application form. G6. REPORTING A CAUSE FOR MODIFICATION The Permittee must submit a new application, or a supplement to the previous application, whenever a material change to the construction activity or in the quantity or type of discharge is anticipated which is not specifically authorized by this permit. This application must be submitted at least sixty (60) days prior to any proposed changes. Filing a request for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not relieve the Permittee of the duty to comply with the existing permit until it is modified or reissued. G7. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND STATUTES Nothing in this permit will be construed as excusing the Permittee from compliance with any applicable federal, state, or local statutes, ordinances, or regulations. G8. DUTY TO REAPPLY The Permittee must apply for permit renewal at least 180 days prior to the specified expiration date of this permit. The Permittee must reapply using the electronic application form (NOI) available on Ecology’s website. Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions on how to obtain a paper NOI. Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, WA 98504-7696 G9. REMOVED SUBSTANCE The Permittee must not re-suspend or reintroduce collected screenings, grit, solids, sludges, filter backwash, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of stormwater to the final effluent stream for discharge to state waters. G10. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION The Permittee must submit to Ecology, within a reasonable time, all information that Ecology may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this permit or to determine compliance with this permit. The Permittee must also submit to Ecology, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit [40 CFR 122.41(h)]. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 37 G11. OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR All other requirements of 40 CFR 122.41 and 122.42 are incorporated in this permit by reference. G12. ADDITIONAL MONITORING Ecology may establish specific monitoring requirements in addition to those contained in this permit by administrative order or permit modification. G13. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING PERMIT CONDITIONS Any person who is found guilty of willfully violating the terms and conditions of this permit shall be deemed guilty of a crime, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) and costs of prosecution, or by imprisonment at the discretion of the court. Each day upon which a willful violation occurs may be deemed a separate and additional violation. Any person who violates the terms and conditions of a waste discharge permit shall incur, in addition to any other penalty as provided by law, a civil penalty in the amount of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for every such violation. Each and every such violation shall be a separate and distinct offense, and in case of a continuing violation, every day’s continuance shall be deemed to be a separate and distinct violation. G14. UPSET Definition – “Upset” means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology-based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the Permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation. An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with such technology-based permit effluent limitations if the requirements of the following paragraph are met. A Permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset must demonstrate, through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs or other relevant evidence that: 1) an upset occurred and that the Permittee can identify the cause(s) of the upset; 2) the permitted facility was being properly operated at the time of the upset; 3) the Permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Special Condition S5.F, and; 4) the Permittee complied with any remedial measures required under this permit. In any enforcement proceeding, the Permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof. G15. PROPERTY RIGHTS This permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege. G16. DUTY TO COMPLY The Permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the Clean Water Act and is grounds for enforcement action; for permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or denial of a permit renewal application. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 38 G17. TOXIC POLLUTANTS The Permittee must comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under Section 307(a) of the Clean Water Act for toxic pollutants within the time provided in the regulations that establish those standards or prohibitions, even if this permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the requirement. G18. PENALTIES FOR TAMPERING The Clean Water Act provides that any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained under this permit shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 per violation, or by imprisonment for not more than two years per violation, or by both. If a conviction of a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this condition, punishment shall be a fine of not more than $20,000 per day of violation, or imprisonment of not more than four (4) years, or both. G19. REPORTING PLANNED CHANGES The Permittee must, as soon as possible, give notice to Ecology of planned physical alterations, modifications or additions to the permitted construction activity. The Permittee should be aware that, depending on the nature and size of the changes to the original permit, a new public notice and other permit process requirements may be required. Changes in activities that require reporting to Ecology include those that will result in: A. The permitted facility being determined to be a new source pursuant to 40 CFR 122.29(b). B. A significant change in the nature or an increase in quantity of pollutants discharged, including but not limited to: a 20% or greater increase in acreage disturbed by construction activity. C. A change in or addition of surface water(s) receiving stormwater or non-stormwater from the construction activity. D. A change in the construction plans and/or activity that affects the Permittee’s monitoring requirements in Special Condition S4. Following such notice, permit coverage may be modified, or revoked and reissued pursuant to 40 CFR 122.62(a) to specify and limit any pollutants not previously limited. Until such modification is effective, any new or increased discharge in excess of permit limits or not specifically authorized by this permit constitutes a violation. G20. REPORTING OTHER INFORMATION Where the Permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application or in any report to Ecology, it must promptly submit such facts or information. G21. REPORTING ANTICIPATED NON-COMPLIANCE The Permittee must give advance notice to Ecology by submission of a new application or supplement thereto at least forty-five (45) days prior to commencement of such discharges, of any facility expansions, production increases, or other planned changes, such as process modifications, in the permitted facility or activity which may result in noncompliance with permit limits or conditions. Any maintenance of facilities, which might necessitate unavoidable interruption of Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 39 operation and degradation of effluent quality, must be scheduled during non-critical water quality periods and carried out in a manner approved by Ecology. G22. REQUESTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT Any discharger authorized by this permit may request to be excluded from coverage under the general permit by applying for an individual permit. The discharger must submit to the Director an application as described in WAC 173-220-040 or WAC 173-216-070, whichever is applicable, with reasons supporting the request. These reasons will fully document how an individual permit will apply to the applicant in a way that the general permit cannot. Ecology may make specific requests for information to support the request. The Director will either issue an individual permit or deny the request with a statement explaining the reason for the denial. When an individual permit is issued to a discharger otherwise subject to the construction stormwater general permit, the applicability of the construction stormwater general permit to that Permittee is automatically terminated on the effective date of the individual permit. G23. APPEALS A. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to the appropriate class of dischargers, are subject to appeal by any person within 30 days of issuance of this general permit, in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW, and Chapter 173-226 WAC. B. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to an individual discharger, are appealable in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW within 30 days of the effective date of coverage of that discharger. Consideration of an appeal of general permit coverage of an individual discharger is limited to the general permit’s applicability or nonapplicability to that individual discharger. C. The appeal of general permit coverage of an individual discharger does not affect any other dischargers covered under this general permit. If the terms and conditions of this general permit are found to be inapplicable to any individual discharger(s), the matter shall be remanded to Ecology for consideration of issuance of an individual permit or permits. G24. SEVERABILITY The provisions of this permit are severable, and if any provision of this permit, or application of any provision of this permit to any circumstance, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances, and the remainder of this permit shall not be affected thereby. G25. BYPASS PROHIBITED A. Bypass Procedures Bypass, which is the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility, is prohibited for stormwater events below the design criteria for stormwater management. Ecology may take enforcement action against a Permittee for bypass unless one of the following circumstances (1, 2, 3 or 4) is applicable. 1. Bypass of stormwater is consistent with the design criteria and part of an approved management practice in the applicable stormwater management manual. 2. Bypass for essential maintenance without the potential to cause violation of permit limits or conditions. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 40 Bypass is authorized if it is for essential maintenance and does not have the potential to cause violations of limitations or other conditions of this permit, or adversely impact public health. 3. Bypass of stormwater is unavoidable, unanticipated, and results in noncompliance of this permit. This bypass is permitted only if: a. Bypass is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage. “Severe property damage” means substantial physical damage to property, damage to the treatment facilities which would cause them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. b. There are no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime (but not if adequate backup equipment should have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventative maintenance), or transport of untreated wastes to another treatment facility. c. Ecology is properly notified of the bypass as required in Special Condition S5.F of this permit. 4. A planned action that would cause bypass of stormwater and has the potential to result in noncompliance of this permit during a storm event. The Permittee must notify Ecology at least thirty (30) days before the planned date of bypass. The notice must contain: a. A description of the bypass and its cause b. An analysis of all known alternatives which would eliminate, reduce, or mitigate the need for bypassing. c. A cost-effectiveness analysis of alternatives including comparative resource damage assessment. d. The minimum and maximum duration of bypass under each alternative. e. A recommendation as to the preferred alternative for conducting the bypass. f. The projected date of bypass initiation. g. A statement of compliance with SEPA. h. A request for modification of water quality standards as provided for in WAC 173- 201A-110, if an exceedance of any water quality standard is anticipated. i. Steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the bypass. 5. For probable construction bypasses, the need to bypass is to be identified as early in the planning process as possible. The analysis required above must be considered during Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 41 preparation of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and must be included to the extent practical. In cases where the probable need to bypass is determined early, continued analysis is necessary up to and including the construction period in an effort to minimize or eliminate the bypass. Ecology will consider the following before issuing an administrative order for this type bypass: a. If the bypass is necessary to perform construction or maintenance-related activities essential to meet the requirements of this permit. b. If there are feasible alternatives to bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, stopping production, maintenance during normal periods of equipment down time, or transport of untreated wastes to another treatment facility. c. If the bypass is planned and scheduled to minimize adverse effects on the public and the environment. After consideration of the above and the adverse effects of the proposed bypass and any other relevant factors, Ecology will approve, conditionally approve, or deny the request. The public must be notified and given an opportunity to comment on bypass incidents of significant duration, to the extent feasible. Approval of a request to bypass will be by administrative order issued by Ecology under RCW 90.48.120. B. Duty to Mitigate The Permittee is required to take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 42 APPENDIX A – DEFINITIONS AKART is an acronym for “All Known, Available, and Reasonable methods of prevention, control, and Treatment.” AKART represents the most current methodology that can be reasonably required for preventing, controlling, or abating the pollutants and controlling pollution associated with a discharge. Applicable TMDL means a TMDL for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, which was completed and approved by EPA before January 1, 2021, or before the date the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later. TMDLs completed after a complete permit application is received by Ecology become applicable to the Permittee only if they are imposed through an administrative order by Ecology, or through a modification of permit coverage. Applicant means an operator seeking coverage under this permit. Benchmark means a pollutant concentration used as a permit threshold, below which a pollutant is considered unlikely to cause a water quality violation, and above which it may. When pollutant concentrations exceed benchmarks, corrective action requirements take effect. Benchmark values are not water quality standards and are not numeric effluent limitations; they are indicator values. Best Management Practices (BMPs) means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other physical, structural and/or managerial practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the State. BMPs include treatment systems, operating procedures, and practices to control stormwater associated with construction activity, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage. Buffer means an area designated by a local jurisdiction that is contiguous to and intended to protect a sensitive area. Bypass means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility. Calendar Day A period of 24 consecutive hours starting at 12:00 midnight and ending the following 12:00 midnight. Calendar Week (same as Week) means a period of seven consecutive days starting at 12:01 a.m. (0:01 hours) on Sunday. Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) means a person who has current certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training standards established by Ecology (See BMP C160 in the SWMM). Chemical Treatment means the addition of chemicals to stormwater and/or authorized non-stormwater prior to filtration and discharge to surface waters. Clean Water Act (CWA) means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act enacted by Public Law 92-500, as amended by Public Laws 95-217, 95-576, 96-483, and 97-117; USC 1251 et seq. Combined Sewer means a sewer which has been designed to serve as a sanitary sewer and a storm sewer, and into which inflow is allowed by local ordinance. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 43 Common Plan of Development or Sale means a site where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules and/or by different contractors, but still under a single plan. Examples include: 1) phased projects and projects with multiple filings or lots, even if the separate phases or filings/lots will be constructed under separate contract or by separate owners (e.g., a development where lots are sold to separate builders); 2) a development plan that may be phased over multiple years, but is still under a consistent plan for long-term development; 3) projects in a contiguous area that may be unrelated but still under the same contract, such as construction of a building extension and a new parking lot at the same facility; and 4) linear projects such as roads, pipelines, or utilities. If the project is part of a common plan of development or sale, the disturbed area of the entire plan must be used in determining permit requirements. Composite Sample means a mixture of grab samples collected at the same sampling point at different times, formed either by continuous sampling or by mixing discrete samples. May be "time-composite" (collected at constant time intervals) or "flow-proportional" (collected either as a constant sample volume at time intervals proportional to stream flow, or collected by increasing the volume of each aliquot as the flow increases while maintaining a constant time interval between the aliquots. Concrete Wastewater means any water used in the production, pouring and/or clean-up of concrete or concrete products, and any water used to cut, grind, wash, or otherwise modify concrete or concrete products. Examples include water used for or resulting from concrete truck/mixer/pumper/tool/chute rinsing or washing, concrete saw cutting and surfacing (sawing, coring, grinding, roughening, hydro- demolition, bridge and road surfacing). When stormwater comingles with concrete wastewater, the resulting water is considered concrete wastewater and must be managed to prevent discharge to waters of the State, including groundwater. Construction Activity means land disturbing operations including clearing, grading or excavation which disturbs the surface of the land (including off-site disturbance acreage related to construction-support activity). Such activities may include road construction, construction of residential houses, office buildings, or industrial buildings, site preparation, soil compaction, movement and stockpiling of topsoils, and demolition activity. Construction Support Activity means off-site acreage that will be disturbed as a direct result of the construction project and will discharge stormwater. For example, off-site equipment staging yards, material storage areas, borrow areas, and parking areas. Contaminant means any hazardous substance that does not occur naturally or occurs at greater than natural background levels. See definition of “hazardous substance” and WAC 173-340-200. Contaminated soil means soil which contains contaminants, pollutants, or hazardous substances that do not occur naturally or occur at levels greater than natural background. Contaminated groundwater means groundwater which contains contaminants, pollutants, or hazardous substances that do not occur naturally or occur at levels greater than natural background. Demonstrably Equivalent means that the technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs is documented within a SWPPP, including: 1. The method and reasons for choosing the stormwater BMPs selected. 2. The pollutant removal performance expected from the BMPs selected. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 44 3. The technical basis supporting the performance claims for the BMPs selected, including any available data concerning field performance of the BMPs selected. 4. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will comply with state water quality standards. 5. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will satisfy both applicable federal technology-based treatment requirements and state requirements to use all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment (AKART). Department means the Washington State Department of Ecology. Detention means the temporary storage of stormwater to improve quality and/or to reduce the mass flow rate of discharge. Dewatering means the act of pumping groundwater or stormwater away from an active construction site. Director means the Director of the Washington State Department of Ecology or his/her authorized representative. Discharger means an owner or operator of any facility or activity subject to regulation under Chapter 90.48 RCW or the Federal Clean Water Act. Domestic Wastewater means water carrying human wastes, including kitchen, bath, and laundry wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments, or other places, together with such groundwater infiltration or surface waters as may be present. Ecology means the Washington State Department of Ecology. Engineered Soils means the use of soil amendments including, but not limited, to Portland cement treated base (CTB), cement kiln dust (CKD), or fly ash to achieve certain desirable soil characteristics. Equivalent BMPs means operational, source control, treatment, or innovative BMPs which result in equal or better quality of stormwater discharge to surface water or to groundwater than BMPs selected from the SWMM. Erosion means the wearing away of the land surface by running water, wind, ice, or other geological agents, including such processes as gravitational creep. Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs means BMPs intended to prevent erosion and sedimentation, such as preserving natural vegetation, seeding, mulching and matting, plastic covering, filter fences, sediment traps, and ponds. Erosion and sediment control BMPs are synonymous with stabilization and structural BMPs. Federal Operator is an entity that meets the definition of “Operator” in this permit and is either any department, agency or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the Federal government of the United States, or another entity, such as a private contractor, performing construction activity for any such department, agency, or instrumentality. Final Stabilization (same as fully stabilized or full stabilization) means the completion of all soil disturbing activities at the site and the establishment of permanent vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as pavement, riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) which will prevent erosion. See the applicable Stormwater Management Manual for more information on vegetative cover expectations and equivalent permanent stabilization measures. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 45 Groundwater means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the land surface or a surface waterbody. Hazardous Substance means any dangerous or extremely hazardous waste as defined in RCW 70.105.010 (5) and (6), or any dangerous or extremely dangerous waste as designated by rule under chapter 70.105 RCW; any hazardous sub-stance as defined in RCW 70.105.010(14) or any hazardous substance as defined by rule under chapter 70.105 RCW; any substance that, on the effective date of this section, is a hazardous substance under section 101(14) of the federal cleanup law, 42U.S.C., Sec. 9601(14); petroleum or petroleum products; and any substance or category of substances, including solid waste decomposition products, determined by the director by rule to present a threat to human health or the environment if released into the environment. The term hazardous substance does not include any of the following when contained in an underground storage tank from which there is not a release: crude oil or any fraction thereof or petroleum, if the tank is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local law. Injection Well means a well that is used for the subsurface emplacement of fluids. (See Well.) Jurisdiction means a political unit such as a city, town or county; incorporated for local self-government. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) means the national program for issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring, and enforcing permits, and imposing and enforcing pretreatment requirements, under sections 307, 402, 318, and 405 of the Federal Clean Water Act, for the discharge of pollutants to surface waters of the State from point sources. These permits are referred to as NPDES permits and, in Washington State, are administered by the Washington State Department of Ecology. Notice of Intent (NOI) means the application for, or a request for coverage under this general permit pursuant to WAC 173-226-200. Notice of Termination (NOT) means a request for termination of coverage under this general permit as specified by Special Condition S10 of this permit. Operator means any party associated with a construction project that meets either of the following two criteria: • The party has operational control over construction plans and specifications, including the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications; or • The party has day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are necessary to ensure compliance with a SWPPP for the site or other permit conditions (e.g., they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the SWPPP or comply with other permit conditions). Permittee means individual or entity that receives notice of coverage under this general permit. pH means a liquid’s measure of acidity or alkalinity. A pH of 7 is defined as neutral. Large variations above or below this value are considered harmful to most aquatic life. pH Monitoring Period means the time period in which the pH of stormwater runoff from a site must be tested a minimum of once every seven days to determine if stormwater pH is between 6.5 and 8.5. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 46 Point Source means any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to, any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, and container from which pollutants are or may be discharged to surface waters of the State. This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture. (See the Fact Sheet for further explanation) Pollutant means dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash, sewage, garbage, domestic sewage sludge (biosolids), munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste. This term does not include sewage from vessels within the meaning of section 312 of the CWA, nor does it include dredged or fill material discharged in accordance with a permit issued under section 404 of the CWA. Pollution means contamination or other alteration of the physical, chemical, or biological properties of waters of the State; including change in temperature, taste, color, turbidity, or odor of the waters; or such discharge of any liquid, gaseous, solid, radioactive or other substance into any waters of the State as will or is likely to create a nuisance or render such waters harmful, detrimental or injurious to the public health, safety or welfare; or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational, or other legitimate beneficial uses; or to livestock, wild animals, birds, fish or other aquatic life. Process Wastewater means any non-stormwater which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product. If stormwater commingles with process wastewater, the commingled water is considered process wastewater. Receiving Water means the waterbody at the point of discharge. If the discharge is to a storm sewer system, either surface or subsurface, the receiving water is the waterbody to which the storm system discharges. Systems designed primarily for other purposes such as for groundwater drainage, redirecting stream natural flows, or for conveyance of irrigation water/return flows that coincidentally convey stormwater are considered the receiving water. Representative means a stormwater or wastewater sample which represents the flow and characteristics of the discharge. Representative samples may be a grab sample, a time-proportionate composite sample, or a flow proportionate sample. Ecology’s Construction Stormwater Monitoring Manual provides guidance on representative sampling. Responsible Corporate Officer for the purpose of signatory authority means: (i) a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy- or decision-making functions for the corporation, or (ii) the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities, provided, the manager is authorized to make management decisions which govern the operation of the regulated facility including having the explicit or implicit duty of making major capital investment recommendations, and initiating and directing other comprehensive measures to assure long term environmental compliance with environmental laws and regulations; the manager can ensure that the necessary systems are established or actions taken to gather complete and accurate information for permit application requirements; and where authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures (40 CFR 122.22). Sanitary Sewer means a sewer which is designed to convey domestic wastewater. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 47 Sediment means the fragmented material that originates from the weathering and erosion of rocks or unconsolidated deposits, and is transported by, suspended in, or deposited by water. Sedimentation means the depositing or formation of sediment. Sensitive Area means a waterbody, wetland, stream, aquifer recharge area, or channel migration zone. SEPA (State Environmental Policy Act) means the Washington State Law, RCW 43.21C.020, intended to prevent or eliminate damage to the environment. Significant Amount means an amount of a pollutant in a discharge that is amenable to available and reasonable methods of prevention or treatment; or an amount of a pollutant that has a reasonable potential to cause a violation of surface or groundwater quality or sediment management standards. Significant Concrete Work means greater than 1000 cubic yards placed or poured concrete or recycled concrete used over the life of a project. Significant Contributor of Pollutants means a facility determined by Ecology to be a contributor of a significant amount(s) of a pollutant(s) to waters of the State of Washington. Site means the land or water area where any "facility or activity" is physically located or conducted. Source Control BMPs means physical, structural or mechanical devices or facilities that are intended to prevent pollutants from entering stormwater. A few examples of source control BMPs are erosion control practices, maintenance of stormwater facilities, constructing roofs over storage and working areas, and directing wash water and similar discharges to the sanitary sewer or a dead end sump. Stabilization means the application of appropriate BMPs to prevent the erosion of soils, such as, temporary and permanent seeding, vegetative covers, mulching and matting, plastic covering and sodding. See also the definition of Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs. Storm Drain means any drain which drains directly into a storm sewer system, usually found along roadways or in parking lots. Storm Sewer System means a means a conveyance, or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, manmade channels, or storm drains designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater. This does not include systems which are part of a combined sewer or Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW), as defined at 40 CFR 122.2. Stormwater means that portion of precipitation that does not naturally percolate into the ground or evaporate, but flows via overland flow, interflow, pipes, and other features of a stormwater drainage system into a defined surface waterbody, or a constructed infiltration facility. Stormwater Management Manual (SWMM) or Manual means the technical Manual published by Ecology for use by local governments that contain descriptions of and design criteria for BMPs to prevent, control, or treat pollutants in stormwater. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) means a documented plan to implement measures to identify, prevent, and control the contamination of point source discharges of stormwater. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 48 Surface Waters of the State includes lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters, salt waters, and all other surface waters and water courses within the jurisdiction of the state of Washington. Temporary Stabilization means the exposed ground surface has been covered with appropriate materials to provide temporary stabilization of the surface from water or wind erosion. Materials include, but are not limited to, mulch, riprap, erosion control mats or blankets and temporary cover crops. Seeding alone is not considered stabilization. Temporary stabilization is not a substitute for the more permanent “final stabilization.” Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) means a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a waterbody can receive and still meet state water quality standards. Percentages of the total maximum daily load are allocated to the various pollutant sources. A TMDL is the sum of the allowable loads of a single pollutant from all contributing point and nonpoint sources. The TMDL calculations must include a "margin of safety" to ensure that the waterbody can be protected in case there are unforeseen events or unknown sources of the pollutant. The calculation must also account for seasonable variation in water quality. Transfer of Coverage (TOC) means a request for transfer of coverage under this general permit as specified by Special Condition S2.A of this permit. Treatment BMPs means BMPs that are intended to remove pollutants from stormwater. A few examples of treatment BMPs are detention ponds, oil/water separators, biofiltration, and constructed wetlands. Transparency means a measurement of water clarity in centimeters (cm), using a 60 cm transparency tube. The transparency tube is used to estimate the relative clarity or transparency of water by noting the depth at which a black and white Secchi disc becomes visible when water is released from a value in the bottom of the tube. A transparency tube is sometimes referred to as a “turbidity tube.” Turbidity means the clarity of water expressed as nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs) and measured with a calibrated turbidimeter. Uncontaminated means free from any contaminant. See definition of “contaminant” and WAC 173-340-200. Upset means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology-based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the Permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation. Waste Load Allocation (WLA) means the portion of a receiving water’s loading capacity that is allocated to one of its existing or future point sources of pollution. WLAs constitute a type of water quality based effluent limitation (40 CFR 130.2[h]). Water-Only Based Shaft Drilling is a shaft drilling process that uses water only and no additives are involved in the drilling of shafts for construction of building, road, or bridge foundations. Water Quality means the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of water, usually with respect to its suitability for a particular purpose. Waters of the State includes those waters as defined as "waters of the United States" in 40 CFR Subpart 122.2 within the geographic boundaries of Washington State and "waters of the State" as defined in Chapter 90.48 RCW, which include lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters, underground waters, salt Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 49 waters, and all other surface waters and water courses within the jurisdiction of the state of Washington. Well means a bored, drilled or driven shaft, or dug hole whose depth is greater than the largest surface dimension. (See Injection Well.) Wheel Wash Wastewater means any water used in, or resulting from the operation of, a tire bath or wheel wash (BMP C106: Wheel Wash), or other structure or practice that uses water to physically remove mud and debris from vehicles leaving a construction site and prevent track-out onto roads. When stormwater comingles with wheel wash wastewater, the resulting water is considered wheel wash wastewater and must be managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9. Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 50 APPENDIX B – ACRONYMS AKART All Known, Available, and Reasonable Methods of Prevention, Control, and Treatment BMP Best Management Practice CESCL Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead CFR Code of Federal Regulations CKD Cement Kiln Dust cm Centimeters CPD Common Plan of Development CTB Cement-Treated Base CWA Clean Water Act DMR Discharge Monitoring Report EPA Environmental Protection Agency ERTS Environmental Report Tracking System ESC Erosion and Sediment Control FR Federal Register LID Low Impact Development NOI Notice of Intent NOT Notice of Termination NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit RCW Revised Code of Washington SEPA State Environmental Policy Act SWMM Stormwater Management Manual SWPPP Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan TMDL Total Maximum Daily Load UIC Underground Injection Control USC United States Code USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency WAC Washington Administrative Code WQ Water Quality WWHM Western Washington Hydrology Model 2025 D.R. STRONG Consulting Engineers, Inc. Bethany Corner Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Page F-2 Appendix F Engineering Calculations No sediment trap is required as a part of this Project. 2025 D. R. STRONG Consulting Engineers Inc. Page 56 Camellia Court Technical Information Report Renton, Washington APPENDIX “E” DECLARATIONS OF COVENANT PROHIBITING USE OF LEACHABLE METALS Form Revised 12/12/06 1 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: DECLARATION OF COVENANT PROHIBITING USE OF LEACHABLE METALS Grantor: _ Grantee: City of Renton Legal Description: Additional Legal(s) on: Assessor's Tax Parcel ID#: IN CONSIDERATION of the approved City of Renton ________________________ permit for application file No. relating to real property legally described above, the undersigned as Grantor(s), declares(declare) that the above described property is hereby established as having a prohibition on the use of leachable metals on those portions of the property exposed to the weather for the purpose of limiting metals in stormwater flows and is subject to the following restrictions. City Clerk's Office City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Leon Cohen TOBIN H H-D C # 37 BEG AT NE COR OF BLK 24 TOWN OF RENTON 4 0007200096 C24000744 LUA23000361 TH W ALG N LN OF SD BLK 115 FT TH N 50 FT TH E 115 FT TH S ALG WILLIAMS ST 50 FT TO BEG Form Revised 12/12/06 2 The Grantor(s) hereby covenants(covenant) and agrees(agree) as follows: no leachable metal surfaces exposed to the weather will be allowed on the property. Leachable metal surfaces means a surface area that consists of or is coated with a non-ferrous metal that is soluble in water. Common leachable metal surfaces include, but are not limited to, galvanized steel roofing, gutters, flashing, downspouts, guardrails, light posts, and copper roofing. City of Renton or its municipal successors shall have a nonexclusive perpetual access easement on the Property in order to ingress and egress over the Property for the sole purposes of inspecting and monitoring that no leachable metal is present on the Property. This easement/restriction is binding upon the Grantor(s), its heirs, successors, and assigns unless or until a new drainage or site plan is reviewed and approved by the City of Renton or its successor. Form Revised 12/12/06 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Declaration of Covenant is executed this _____ day of ____________________, 20_____. GRANTOR, owner of the Property GRANTOR, owner of the Property STATE OF WASHINGTON ) COUNTY OF KING )ss. On this day personally appeared before me: _____________________________________________, to me known to be the individual(s) described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument and acknowledged that they signed the same as their free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein stated. Given under my hand and official seal this _____ day of ____________________, 20_____. Printed name Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at My appointment expires Exhibit A Legal Description PARCEL NO. 0007200096 (99 WILLIAMS AVE S) BEGINNING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF BLOCK 24 IN THE TOWN OF RENTON, AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, ON PAGE 135, RECORDS OF KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON; THENCE WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID BLOCK 115 FEET; THENCE NORTH AND PARALLEL TO THE CENTER LINE OF WILLIAMS ST. 50 FEET; THENCE EAST AND PARALLEL TO THE NORTH LINE OF SAID BLOCK, 115 FEET; THENCE SOUTH ALONG THE EAST LINE OF WILLIAMS ST. 50 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON 4 Form Revised 12/12/06 1 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: DECLARATION OF COVENANT PROHIBITING USE OF LEACHABLE METALS Grantor: _ Grantee: City of Renton Legal Description: Additional Legal(s) on: Assessor's Tax Parcel ID#: IN CONSIDERATION of the approved City of Renton ________________________ permit for application file No. relating to real property legally described above, the undersigned as Grantor(s), declares(declare) that the above described property is hereby established as having a prohibition on the use of leachable metals on those portions of the property exposed to the weather for the purpose of limiting metals in stormwater flows and is subject to the following restrictions. City Clerk's Office City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Leon Cohen LOT 20, BLK 24, TOWN OF RENTON, VOL. 1 OF PLATS, PAGE 135, 4 7231502130 C24000744 LUA23000361 KING CO. WA. Form Revised 12/12/06 2 The Grantor(s) hereby covenants(covenant) and agrees(agree) as follows: no leachable metal surfaces exposed to the weather will be allowed on the property. Leachable metal surfaces means a surface area that consists of or is coated with a non-ferrous metal that is soluble in water. Common leachable metal surfaces include, but are not limited to, galvanized steel roofing, gutters, flashing, downspouts, guardrails, light posts, and copper roofing. City of Renton or its municipal successors shall have a nonexclusive perpetual access easement on the Property in order to ingress and egress over the Property for the sole purposes of inspecting and monitoring that no leachable metal is present on the Property. This easement/restriction is binding upon the Grantor(s), its heirs, successors, and assigns unless or until a new drainage or site plan is reviewed and approved by the City of Renton or its successor. Form Revised 12/12/06 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Declaration of Covenant is executed this _____ day of ____________________, 20_____. GRANTOR, owner of the Property GRANTOR, owner of the Property STATE OF WASHINGTON ) COUNTY OF KING )ss. On this day personally appeared before me: _____________________________________________, to me known to be the individual(s) described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument and acknowledged that they signed the same as their free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein stated. Given under my hand and official seal this _____ day of ____________________, 20_____. Printed name Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at My appointment expires Exhibit A Legal Description PARCEL NO. 7231502130 (101 WILLIAMS AVE S) LOT 20, BLOCK 24, TOWN OF RENTON, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, PAGE 135, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON; EXCEPT THE WEST 5 FEET THEREOF HERETOFORE CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF RENTON FOR ALLEY, BY DEED RECORDED UNDER AUDITOR'S FILE NO. 2117471. SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON 4 Form Revised 12/12/06 1 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: DECLARATION OF COVENANT PROHIBITING USE OF LEACHABLE METALS Grantor: _ Grantee: City of Renton Legal Description: Additional Legal(s) on: Assessor's Tax Parcel ID#: IN CONSIDERATION of the approved City of Renton ________________________ permit for application file No. relating to real property legally described above, the undersigned as Grantor(s), declares(declare) that the above described property is hereby established as having a prohibition on the use of leachable metals on those portions of the property exposed to the weather for the purpose of limiting metals in stormwater flows and is subject to the following restrictions. City Clerk's Office City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Williams Avenue Ventures, LLC, LOT 19, BLK 24, TOWN OF RENTON, VOL. 1 OF PLATS, PAGE 135, 4 7231502125 C24000744 LUA23000361 KING CO. WA. Leon Cohen (Representative) Form Revised 12/12/06 2 The Grantor(s) hereby covenants(covenant) and agrees(agree) as follows: no leachable metal surfaces exposed to the weather will be allowed on the property. Leachable metal surfaces means a surface area that consists of or is coated with a non-ferrous metal that is soluble in water. Common leachable metal surfaces include, but are not limited to, galvanized steel roofing, gutters, flashing, downspouts, guardrails, light posts, and copper roofing. City of Renton or its municipal successors shall have a nonexclusive perpetual access easement on the Property in order to ingress and egress over the Property for the sole purposes of inspecting and monitoring that no leachable metal is present on the Property. This easement/restriction is binding upon the Grantor(s), its heirs, successors, and assigns unless or until a new drainage or site plan is reviewed and approved by the City of Renton or its successor. Form Revised 12/12/06 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Declaration of Covenant is executed this _____ day of ____________________, 20_____. GRANTOR, owner of the Property GRANTOR, owner of the Property STATE OF WASHINGTON ) COUNTY OF KING )ss. On this day personally appeared before me: _____________________________________________, to me known to be the individual(s) described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument and acknowledged that they signed the same as their free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein stated. Given under my hand and official seal this _____ day of ____________________, 20_____. Printed name Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at My appointment expires Exhibit A Legal Description PARCEL NO. 7231502125 (107 WILLIAMS AVE S) LOT 19, BLOCK 24, TOWN OF RENTON, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 1 OF PLATS, PAGE 135, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON; EXCEPT THE WEST 5 FEET THEREOF, CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF RENTON FOR ALLEY PURPOSES, BY DEED RECORDED UNDER AUDITOR'S FILE NO. 2117484. SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON 4